Pa =~ 4

AS ta Tate

Fee = 4 OR

7 +=

“s af

iy Ze

+2 een es

it oe ont

> a 2355 2i&

5 ¢ a 2&. s

wet OE vs SN

na = SE ste Beard

at 43 sf s Pe

+t te ea re ts! “EOF os eee

ve: woe Be a 4 ae HE <p ee He

“24 He he's =F Roaed ee = 3 the He

a : fresittce spin Go EMS ke iy OS

< e Of Devens Ti iis of RE SAS eth. eS

a < 2 2 ead Wetiie SS

. 2 es Ts ag == as

st nie

= 2 Is = :

<t J oe Ssatn

ie =.

ste Ts,

coed Tests

TF, ae

hes = Sire.

ti ats TSge .

sts ear ste. pa

Ts = : WHEE ate”

nage Ss ye lest. weeiie

soe =, ee Fe ISS Hs, = +5455 5 * = 3852 == *

itt, pp et HIST MAINS RISE

+25 yo o< ree

Fis Fess Teh = *. —_ Fis

Shite 2 Be £h Fa sls rey

ME. 2 pee Siet€s" = Ease

“He S, “eee = uf He =! =

Sickel we FE a * Sn. 4

See > = eae Bers =

Tires fers weil

EiSietrs- ae earnest

TES tts ss Beaters

ee eee

OTs SSIS iit easaee

Queensland

Department of

Environment and

Heritage

at AHA AGRA UI, ets mmm

am in Bay

he HC itt

SPCC nOnrOnhonrcrcnrccrccecnecrecrcnrocecpeonrecrercrrrr Cre’ a LM Oimrr ma CO CCt COC Lath ulds

Editorial Committee

E.M. Ross (editor)

R.J.F, Henderson (technical advisor)

Word Processing

Y.C. Smith

Austrobaileya

Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977

Vol. 3, No. 4 was published on 9 September 1992

Austrobaileya is published once per year.

Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.

Subscriptions: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is (1993) A$25

per issue for individuals, A$40 for institutions, including postage.

All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be

addressed to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld

4068, Australia.

ISSN 0155-4131

Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and is devoted to publication of results

of sound research and of informed discussion on plant systematics, with special emphasis on

Queensland plants.

Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or views

of the Queensland Herbarium.

Austrobaileya 4(1): 1-137 (1993)

Contents

Aspects of rarity in the Australian flora 7

Fee, ISON fh terecy oa eta feet i late eect Googe a ee beat a heii pic eacdtte tahey ch Geecal age 8 ca ND EE Gy I

Two new species of Symplocos Jacquin (Symplocaceae) from Queensland

DW, POSSI: 22 beets o srepeieatand alee lanes eetrieeors ee wafee eR pk aL JAG. Moeptay BAe eget! ov mead SEO euaded ‘7

A taxonomic revision of Neisosperma Raf. (Apocynaceae) in Australia,

together with a key to Australian genera of Apocynaceae

Pa) LAPSE Sadek sicted Ub datickanere pa ot geen Gol dneas deck aad Mpeg oath ress 13

The genus Pavetta L. (Rubiaceae) in Australia

Boa Le, AR EVEIONAS .F slnnddshn oth Aap OM resic ee pend ain ds lee chleas Fad. wehde emeeieioe teed thick cael add yok ah 21

Taxonomic studies on the genus Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae)

in Papuasia, 6

Pant I. Porsterd: David Ti jdGle~-:as9 ca nurecteedee ura d packed ed ere ee bee all diel ah 51

Studies in Australian grasses, 7. Four new species of Sporobolus R. Br.

(Poaceae, Chloridoideae, Sporoboleae) from Australia

SPAIN IT RI EEINODED sche nz vel i¥o-ta oy ca!50 aloe p Felgab tp etel a dah bathe 2 SUT R Gel 9 va ce 2d wd Page AG HIE Mh, al wee ws a 37

Conspectus of Cryptolepis R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Periplocoideae) in Malesia

PP AULELS MOV SECIS abet eater det Taurean et ob ctotete seem sath mtnh. seen Toate ak aS gaubeasty Plated at shoes Petace yea 67

Notes on Tiliaceae in Australia, 1

EPSPs TALLINE oa, ast bel bg BS way 2a ah al Sevsdbed so Soe salent Sey alse gine bate g Ey, 8 ada 4 siSe, beg ta dirngitente aca eRe on 75

Sigesbeckia fugax and Tetramolopium vagans, new Asteraceae from Queens-

land

BAP SOIGS i aS gs clean ES caacha tl nbev cata peeves sistas beve dud A Ss beveheotenn ore Gia ictonsl aoc ep dey eee Se ae 87

A taxonomic revision of the genus Peperomia Ruiz & Pav. (Piperaceae) in

mainland Australia

Pa PRSter na eaemath pute y aut ditch ba etek lida aul eR vecie A Goer feed legal abe aoe ahs 93

Studies in Australian grasses 8. Anew species of Thelepogon (Andropogoneae:

Ischaeminae) for Australia

EAST MIO cep con tes ahaa at ape Ha gee vee win Nee RA byth of ce, Bowe sen Nine Gk acon, SE oonldy SEI gk, 105

Resurrection of Wrightia versicolor S.T. Blake (Apocynaceae)

Pat FORSCH erties aSs saceiv ds. beanbek clench dinctarm tf baere Lub itte Saas neah gn gnaehe deh a tea dalchare ab eee Sk Hh 109

Resurrection of Dischidia littoralis Schltr. (Asclepiadaceae)

Paul I. Forster é& David J, Biddle. uo ccs cub ecceee etutp oP als ce ee ea ea eh 113

Notes

Nomenclatural changes in Spermacoce L. (Rubiaceae)

Va SIAUICR ORNS st AS Ao Bae epytn danas sag ers ate ncaeind oe Ladle ad Abigas emery oh puncet eee eal kc 117

The correct names for two Australian varieties of Ficus L. (Moraceae)

Rodney J.F. Henderson

The distribution and habitats of three presumed rare species from Cape York

Peninsula

Bye CA CANE Ost se setines sere fie ete fs cacy eet Rep Ragh k ER Eee A ER ag, Sapna deol een BE al neg fe 12]

Additional records for some species of Finlaysonia Wallich, Gymnanthera R.

Br., Heterostemma Wight & Arn. and Sarcolobus R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae)

in Melanesia and Papuasia

Paul I. Forster

(continued)

Austrobaileya 4(1): 1-137 (1993)

Plant Profile

Bambusa moreheadiana F.M. Bailey (Magnoliophyta: Poaceae)

Ne CHILO BEL al 5a. tom dp poppe, Micky. Bh aheretis Soe esas dates “SoA haste eB tela el eae NT ie tele teat We, BS SoBe Stina

OOK REVIGWE iu odo 55 G-arih. to toletg eye need hewn eee EP Wu alah ALR BRE antes eng deb ee eee Hee OS

SiS T ie iG) ) a ee ee ee oe Ce ae ere oe ee ee en a eee Le eee en ee

Aspects of rarity in the Australian flora

James A. Elsol

Summary

Elsol, James A. (1993). Aspects of rarity in the Australian flora. Austrobaileya 4(1): 1-6. Four regional

floras of eastern Australia each with over 1 500 species reveal superorder compositions similar to that for

the whole of Australia. Of the 30 superorders known to occur in Australia, three to seven account for 75%

of the concentration of dominance within the floras. Commeliniflorae consistently contributes at least

10% of species in aregion. Fabiflorae, Myrtiflorae, Lilitflorae, Malviflorae and Asteriflorae may each

contribute up to 10% or more. Eighteen superorders consistently contribute less than 5% each. One

superorder, Loasiflorae has not been recorded from Australia.

Twenty-two percent of Australia’s flora has been recorded as rare. Percentage rarity recorded

within superorders varies up to 37% but appears unrelated to superorder size.

Future research into rare taxa depends on whether priority is given to groups accounting for high

percentages of rare species within a flora, eg Myrtiflorae with 15% of Australia’s rare species, or those taxa

with a high degree of rarity, e.g. 37% of palms (Areciflorae) are rate but constitute only about 1% of

Australia’s rare species.

Keywords: rarity — Australian flora, floristic composition, superorders — Angiosperms.

James A. Elsol, 46 Avalon Road, Sheldon, Qld 4157, Australia

Introduction

Attention continues to focus on rarity in the

world’s biota. Much of the biological attention

has been directed towards recognising those

taxa that are rare and determining whether they

are threatened or endangered (Reveal 1981).

Whathas seemingly not been addressed though,

is whether rarity is evenly distributed across the

major groups of taxa. The present investigation

addresses this issue by examining the com-

position of some floras of eastern Australia.

Sources of data

The intention of this investigation 1s to reveal

trends rather than provide numerically accurate

syntheses. For the latter more detailed data may

be required.

An overview of Australia’s flora was

gained from Morley and Toelken (1983) and

compared with the following four more re-

stricted floras 1n eastern Australia: Moreton

refers to the coastal part of south-eastern Queens-

land described by McDonald and Elsol (1984);

Port Curtis 1s the flora described by Batianoff

Accepted for publication 1 June 1993

and Dillewaard (1988) from around Rock-

hampton in central coastal Queensland; North-

ern Territory comprises the flora of the Darwin

and Gulf region botanical province as described

by Dunlop (1987) and Victoria comprises the

flora of Victoria as described by Forbes et al.

(1984). Data on rare species were obtained

from Briggs and Leigh (1988) for Australia,

Victoria and Northern Territory, from

HERBRECS (Queensland Herbarium records)

for Moreton and from Batianoff and Dillewaard

(1988) for Port Curtis.

Naturalised exotic taxa were ignored.

Superorders follow the system of Dahl-

eren (1980).

Distribution of rarity within flora

A common concept of species rarity is that taxa

may be rare if numerically few or of limited

geographic extent.

Rarity may also occur in taxonomic ranks

higher than species in the same way as species

rarity exists, and also in the sense that a particu-

lar higher taxon may comprise few species and

therefore constitute only arare component of a

AAA AN ANSE Nae aed re ee Ee ae a re eee eae,

flora. For example, aroid and ginger floras, with

about 25 species each, are rare in the Australian

angiosperm flora which totals about 14 500

species.

Composition of the Australian flora: 1n the

four floristic censuses investigated,20—28

superorders are commonly present (Tables 1 &

Austrobaileya 4(1): 1-6 (1993)

3). Superorder compositions of the regional

floras do not differ significantly from that of

Australia at 5% level (Kolmogorov-Smirnov

test, Siegel & Castellan 1988). Superorders

accounting for 90% of Australia’s flora and

their major constituent families are listed in

Table 2.

Table 1. Superorder composition of the Australian angiosperm flora ranked from highest

to lowest representation. Arrows indicate added variability observed in four eastern

Australian floras (Northern Territory to Victoria).

- Percentage of species within flora

10% or > 5-9% 14% O-1% Absent

Commeliniflorae

Fabiflorae —-_—-—————>

Myrtiflorae ———-——_—_>

< —-——_ Lilitflorae >

< ————— Malviflorae >

Proteiflorae >

Lamiuiflorae >

< ——--— Asteriflorae >

Gentianiflorae >

<——-— Rutiflorae

<————— Caryophylliflorae

Corniflorae

Solaniflorae

Araliuflorae

Violiflorae

Santaliflorae

Magnoltiflorae ————>

Rositlorae ————————_>

Theiflorae ————————>

Primultflorae

Alismatiflorae

Areciflorae

Ranuncultflorae

Polygoniflorae

Nymphaeiflorae

Ariflorae

Zingiberiflorae

Balanophoriflorae

Podostemiflorae

Triuridiflorae

Loasiflorae

Elsol, Rarity and floristic composition

Table 2. Superorders accounting for 90% of Australia’s angiosperm flora and major

Liliaceae, Orchidaceae

Dilleniaceae, Malvaceae, Euphorbiaceae

Acanthaceae, Lamiaceae, Scrophulariaceae, Verbenaceae

Asteraceae, Campanulaceae

Goodeniaceae, Rubiaceae, Apocynaceae, Asclepiadaceae

Rutaceae, Sapindaceae

Amaranthaceae, Chenopodiaceae, Caryophyllaceae

constituent families

1. Commeliniflorae: Cyperaceae, Poaceae

2. Fabiflorae: Mimosacee, Fabaceae

3. Myrtiflorae: Myrtaceae

4. Liluflorae:

5. Malviflorae:

6. Proteiflorae: Proteaceae

7. Lamiiflorae:

8. Asteriflorae:

9. Gentianiflorae:

10. Rutiflorae:

11. Caryophylliflorae:

12. Corntflorae: Epacridaceae

13. Solaniflorae: Solanaceae

14. Araliuflorae: Apiaceae

15. Violiflorae:

One superorder, Commeliniflorae, con-

stantly contributes 10% or more species to the

four regional floras studied. A further five

superorders, Fabiflorae, Myrtiflorae, Liliflorae,

Malviflorae and Asteriflorae may each contrib-

ute to 10% or more in some of the regional

floras.

Eighteen superorders consistently con-

tribute less than 5% each.

One superorder Loasiflorae, has not been

recorded from Australia.

Relationship of rare species numbers to size of

parent superorder: Rare species have been

recorded as comprising as much as 22% of

Australia’s flora (Briggs & Leigh 1988). By

excluding Podostemiflorae with about one spe-

cies, rarity of species within superorders varies

between 2% (Polygoniflorae) and 37%

(Areciflorae) and mostly lies within 10% and

30%. The percentage varies regionally and

appears uncorrelated with the size of the

superorder (r < 0.1).

None-the-less interesting trends are ob-

served for some of the superorders (Table 3).

1. Commeliniflorae, Caryophyliiflorae: The

proportions of rare species within Australia

Brassicaceae, Capparaceae

and the four regional floras accounted for by

these superorders are lower than the propor-

tions these superorders have when all species

are considered.

2. Myrtiflorae, Lilitflorae, Malviflorae, Protei-

florae: The proportions of rare species within

Australia and the four regional floras ac-

counted for by these superorders are mostly

higher than the proportions these superorders

have when all-species are considered.

3. Fabiflorae: Though there is regional varia-

tion, rarity of the superorder’s species within

the Australian flora is in the same proportion

that the superorder has when all species are

considered.

4, Lamiflorae: Compared to the other floras

examined, the proportions of rare species in

Port Curtis and Northern Territory floras ac-

counted for by the superorder are higher than

the proportions this superorder has when all

species are considered.

5. Gentianiflorae, Solaniflorae, Violiflorae:

Compared to the other floras examined, the

proportions of rare species in Port Curtis

accounted for by these superorders are higher

than the proportions these superorders have

when all species are considered.

Austrobaileya 4(1): 1-6 (1993)

MN TAIN wwMm AN won deter oOM Orr Oe coeo oe ce OS

a _

oO Mm et sos tO Ns sss Se RD SY Ss SS S|

VI S$?

a ev

SBIO[FIOGISUIZ

OvIO]IMA]sSOpog

SeIOTJISOY

avloymosAjog

avlolTNouNue y

ovloyyioeydurAN

ovloyguy

ovIO TRU

vIOTJOY

oplopgiyery

SPIO[J Mouse]

ovIO[PIOSIy

SeIO[JHeWSITYy

OVIOTFIOLA

vIOTINOIg

SeIOIIMUIO?)

SvloppTeyues

svIOyUIsYy

seloyuNyYy

SeIOYINLT

SvIO[IULOS

avioyypAydoAr-)

SRIO[PIUUe’T

SvIOTJIUPHUSL)

SeIOTFOIAW

SBIOTIATCIA

ovloyyiqey

SVIO[JLUTPOUIUIOT)

AIOVWWA], WIOYVION

a] |

I~ SO sO WW AF AF FNM NNN NR RR Se

=—

OmrOON OA WANMONWOCOANO OTTO COON COO

a sv

SPIO[JUOGISUIZ

evlolpIoary

QPIOTJION L

se1oyuVy

seloTjroeydurAN

oelOyMOsATOg

svIOTTNOuNUe yy

svio[NeUsITy

avIOTJTUWIO7)

OVIOTJISOY

WIOTIO} 01g

ovIo Mery

IVIO[JMpOuse|A]

OBIO[JI[OTA,

aR (6) BESLEELOLES

avIOTJIURIOS

oviopmpAydoAre)

OvIO[JMUIL’]

ovIO[IN]

seloyUasy

oPloyuNy

SpIo[MENUaH

eIOPMIAW

IVIO[JIATEIA

avioyiqey

avIOTJrurpouru107)

sqm) WOd

Fre PNA He Ore NB OC COCO ©

POO mwMosOKI OANA A A sess =

oo st —

rt mt

seIOYIOBIYV

seloyroeyduiAN

ovloyMurnig

avIOTIIV

SvIOPNPOUSeIN

SeIO[JIOY |,

dvIOTMOS ATO

ovloyynounue y

SRIOTJISOY

ovloyyeyues

SvIOLHeUISITy

SvIOTIULIOS

QVIO[FIOLA,

IPIO[FISIOIY

OPIOTJIULIOZ)

oRloypely

svloyoNy

oelolyuenuery

ovloyimme{

avIoyIqvy

avlopTAydodAre~)

OVIOTJIATCWA)

ORIOL HIAA

SeIOLY]

seloyUussy

SvIOTITUTTOUIUIO7)

BLIOIOTA

oom

as OnrhO WOOT NH HOH MOH AAA AAA S| = =

ee A, co |

THREAD KO NNH tT HtORRBOTOAMMNNAHOCOCDO

ovIOTFLIOQISUIZ

ovloyIOAIy

seloyroeydur AN

avIOTIOY I

seloguy

geiopMos Ajog

apjoyNounue y

SeIOLTNUIL

QPIO[JISOY

ovIOyNeWsITy

SRIOTIUPIOS

OVIO[JIOLA,

oployAydoAre-)

avloygiyery

ovIOTTEUeS

QPIOTJIVOIg

SPIO[JIUIO7)

QVIO[FIOUSEIN

avIopMUe’y

SeloljMEyUEH

SvIOyUssy

OVIO[JIATE]

SesO[JNNY

svIOTUIAW

ovloyiqey

SvIOyU]

OPIO]JIMIT[OUUEO-)

U0}IOJ

rt ot

Ir ot

¢ UCT

I @

C 6

C 6C

I ¢

¢ OUP

¢ UY

f= 19

S$ 9

6 9

8 iL

SI Ol

cl Gi

£ &T

a sv

ovIO[FIPHNL |

SBIOPJMUAIO}SOpog

seloyuoydourreg

OvIO[FLIAqisulZ

avioyuy

ovloproeydurAN

selogmosAjog °

ovloyTNounuey -

SvIOTIOVIY *

avloymeursipy °

seloyyyNUg *

RIO YOU],

OPIOTJISOY -

vloyMjouseyy] *

svioyryeyues -

QVIOPIOLA °

seioyMyery

SvIOTFIURIOS °

OvIO[FMIOT) °

avlopAydoAresy ©

snioyuny -

OvIOTJMWeNUaLY °

SPIO[JUIISY -

SvIOyMMe’y °

QvIOTJIBOIg °

OvIOTIARI *

SVIOTFNYET ©

SBIOTJHIA *

seloyiqe,y *

ORIO[FIUTPOULIOT) -

erensny

‘6¢

"8C

“LC

‘OC

‘SC

rea CI on st Wy SO of foo &

(% [> = *) *AUALULMAOP JO WONLIZNIINOD 91} 0} B1OUI 10 96¢/ aINQLAVUWOD AJBAQIeT][09 BUT] 9q}

dAOQE SIOPIOIOdNS *(y) soiseds a1B.1 7 WUANTOD {(¥) soteds [|e Jo saseyUed.10d SUIBJUOD [ UUINIO<) *(QR6]) WoAS|TYGeG JO 9S0q] o.1¥ SIapsOIIdNS

SBIOT] ULIedsoisue UeTYeIsSNYy U.19jSe9 INO] pue UETeEAsNy Jo uoIsodmo-) *¢ a[quI.

Elsol, Rarity and floristic composition

Concentration of higher taxa diversity: ‘The

degree of concentration or dominance in acom-

munity or flora may be indicated by Simpson’s

(1949) Index, in this case estimated byz p,

where p. is the proportion of a flora accounted

for by a superorder. The index measures the

probability that two individuals selected at ran-

dom from a sample will belong to the same

taxon. Values of the index calculated from the

proportions of the superorders within the floras

investigated are shown in Table 4. Three to

seven superorders collectively contribute 75%

or more to the concentration of dominance 1n

the floras examined, with Commel-iniflorae

and Fabifiorae common to all five.

Table 4. Dominance of angiosperm superorders and constituent rare components in Australia

and some eastern Australian floras. C = Simpson’s Index

Total flora Rare component

G 1 Flora size C it Flora size

C 000’s C x 0.1

Australia 0.076 13.3 14.5 0.081 12.4 320

Moreton 0.076 13.3 1.7 0.087 11.5 12

Victoria 0.089 11.2 Del 0.097 10.3 18

Port Curtis 0.097 10.3 1.9 0.078 12.8 5

Northern Territory 0.113 3.9 2.1 0.099 10.1 9.5

None of the regional floras examined

shows dominance less than expressed for Aus-

tralia as a whole. The highest concentration of

dominance is expressed in the Northern Terri-

tory and is associated with that flora’s high

percentage (25%) of Commeliniflorae (Table

3). A similar trend is also well developed in the

Port Curtis district.

Simpson’s Index varies inversely with

heterogeneity. The reciprocal of the index may

therefore be interpreted as the number of equally

represented taxa that would be required to pro-

duce the observed heterogeneity (Peet 1974)

and shows a range of 9-13 superorders of the

total of 30 for Australia. The rare components

of the floras of Australia, Moreton and Victoria

are concentrated slightly more than are the

superorders when all species are considered

(Table 4). For Port Curtis and Northern Terri-

tory the rare species are more evenly spread

across the superorders. This difference may be

attributable to the lower species numbers present

in the latter two floras.

Discussion and implications

Observations of percentage rarity within taxa

and the representations of those taxa within

floras suggest differences in the way major

evolutionary lines are dispersed. For example

rarity in the Commeliniflorae and Caryo-

phylliflorae is low relative to the total contribu-

tions these two taxa have in Australia, whereas

in Myrtiflorae and Proteiflorae rarity is rela-

tively high. This observation is consistent with

Commeliniflorae and Caryophylliflorae gener-

ally having wider geographic ranges than spe-

cies of Myrtiflorae, Malviflorae and Protei-

florae, that is changes in species composition

over distance or environmental gradient is gen-

erally higher for the latter three taxa. Pollina-

tion, whether by wind or animal vector, may be

contributory.

In the flora of Australia the number of

species per superorderranges from one to nearly

2000. From present observations, percentage

rarity within them appears unrelated to their

STENT Pl IR CE ARH eared See

size but is widespread across the superorders.

Accordingly, as priorities for vegetation con-

servation often relate to the presence of rare

species, itis important torealise that the greatest

diversity in genetic material that would be con-

served by rare species conservation occurs when

those species are from a diverse range of higher

taxa rather than a narrow range. This may be

important when ranking the importance of areas

with similar numbers of rate species.

For further research into rarity choosing

major groups of plants will depend upon how

rarity is assessed. If for example priority is

based on the compositions of rare species the

major taxa to be investigated are

Myrtiflorae 15% Ge 15% of rare Aus-

tralian species

are myrtles)

Fabiflorae 12%

Proteiflorae 9%

Liliiflorae 8%

Malvitlorae 8%

Commeliniflorae 79%

Rutiflorae 6%

If priority is based on percentage rarity within

superorders, major taxa to be investigated are

Areciflorae 37% (ie 37% of palms are

rare)

Myrtiflorae 34%

Proteiflorae 33%

Magnoluflorae 33%

Rutiflorae 32%

Zingiberitflorae 32%

Corniflorae 30%

If priority is to be based on a combination of

both above criteria major taxa requiring inves-

tigation are Myrtiflorae, Proteiflorae and

Rutiflorae.

Austrobaileya 4(1) ; 1-6 (1993)

Acknowledgements

Advice from Professor H.T. Clifford and dis-

cussions with Mr G.N. Batianoff are greatly

appreciated.

References

BaTIANofr, G. N, & DILLEWAARD, H.A. (1988). Port Curtis

district and Early Botanists. Queensland Her-

barium and Society for Growing Australian Plants

(Qd Region) Inc.

Bricos, J.D. & Letcu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Austral-

ian Nat-ional Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

DAHLGREN, R.M.T. (1980). A revised system of classifica-

tion of the angiosperms. Botanical Journal of the

Linnean Society 80: 91-124.

Duntop, C.R. (ed.) (1987). Checklist of vascular plants of

the Northern Territory. Technical Report —Number

26. Darwin, N.T.: Conservation Commission of the

Northern Territory.

ForBEs, S.J, CULLAN, P.K., KitGour, R.A. & Powe.i, M.A.

(1984). A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victo-

ria. Melbourne: National Herbarium of Victoria,

Department of Conservation, Forests and Lands.

McDona_p, W.J.F. & Etso, J.A. (1984). Moreton Region

vegetation map series: summary report and species

checklist for Caloundra, Brisbane, Beenleigh and

Murwillumbah Sheets. Brisbane: Queensland De-

partment of Primary Industries.

Mor ey, B.D. & ToELKEn, H.R. (eds) (1983). Flowering

Plants in Australia, Adelaide: Rigby.

PEET, R.K. (1974). The Measurement of species diversity.

Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 5:

285-307.

REVEAL, J.L. (1981). The concepts of rarity and population

threats in plant communities. In L.E. Morse & M.S.

Henitfin (eds), Rare Plant Conservation: geographi-

cal data organisation, pp. 41-47. New York: New

York Botanical Garden.

SIEGAL, S. & CASTELLAN, N.J. (1988), Nonparametric Sta-

tistics for the Behavioural Sciences. Second edi-

tion. New York: McGraw-Hill.

SIMPSON, E.H. (1949). Measurement of diversity. Nature

163: 688.

Two new species of Symplocos Jacquin (Symplocaceae)

from Queensland

L.W. Jessup

Summary

Jessup, L.W, (1993). Two new species of Symplocos Jacquin (Symplocaceae) from Queensland, Austro-

baileya 4(1): 7-11. Two new species of Symplocos (Symplocaceae) from Queensland viz S. harroldit

Jessup and S. graniticola Jessup are named and described with notes on their affinities and distribution.

Keywords: Symplocaceae, Symplocos harroldii, Symplocos graniticola, Symplocos — Australia.

L.W. Jessup, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

The Symplocaceae of the Old World except

New Caledonia were revised by Nooteboom in

1975, and the Australian species of Symplocos

were revised by him six years later (Nooteboom

1981). In the 1981 revision, Nooteboom re-

ferred briefly in a note under Symplocos

cochinchinensis subsp. thwaitestt vat. montana

to collections from Belmont (Brisbane), Imbil

and Eumundi deviating ‘in having long stiff

hairs as well as the normal indumentum’. This

population has been recognised by local botan-

ists as representing a distinct species which is

described below. The second species described

below was included by Nooteboom in 1981 as

“7. Symplocos sp. nov.?’. Nooteboom explained

that he refrained from describing it as a new

taxon because he had not seen the fruit. A key to

the Australian taxa is provided in Nooteboom

(1981). This paper is a precursor to a full treat-

ment of Australian Symplocaceae to be pub-

lished in Volume Ten of ‘Flora of Australia’.

Taxonomy

Symplocos harroldii Jessup sp. nov.; differt a

S. baeuerlenioR.T, Baker innovationibus

et ramulis sparsim pilosis cum pilis 1-2

mm iongis, laminis obovatis vel

oblanceolatis, petalis majoribus (3-4 x

2—2.5 mm, non 1.5—-2.5 x 1.5 mm) et

Accepted for publication 1 February 1993

staminibus plus numerosis (30-40, non

15-20). Typus: Queensland. Moreton

District: Moggill State Forest, just down-

stream of road crossing Pullen Creek, 16

November 1980, L. W. Jessup 268 (holo:

BRI; iso: K, NSW).

Symplocos sp. 1, Stanley (1986); Symplocos

species (hairy hazelwood) in Williams et

al. (1984); Symplocos sp. “Bahrs Scrub’

in Thomas & McDonald (1989);

Symplocos (W.J. McDonald 3823) in

Forster et al. (1991).

Shrub or small tree to 6 m high. Shoots, twigs

and cataphylls sparsely pilose with erect straight

hairs 1-2 mm long; cataphylls caducous. Leaves

with a petiole 3-4 mm long, glabrous or sparsely

pilose with erect hairs; lamina narrowly obovate

or oblanceolate, 3—10 cm long, 0.8—3.5 cm

wide, frequently acuminate but with a rounded

tip, minutely dentate to serrate towards the

apex, acute at the base, glabrous or with a few

hairs on the underside, particularly along the

midvein; secondary veins mostly 6-12 pairs.

Inflorescence racemose, to 2 cm long,

puberulous; peduncles 0.2—2 mm long; bracts

and bracteoles ciliate, semi-persistent, bracts

broadly triangular, 0.7—1 mm long, bracteoles

triangular, 0.3-0.4 mm long. Calyx tube 1-2

mm long, glabrous; lobes broadly ovate, 0.40.6

mm long, glabrous or ciliate. Petals obovate to

oblong, 3-4 mm long, 2—2.5 mm wide. Stamens

30-40, 1.8—5mm long. Disc puberulous. Ovary

Senereprpraep herent ta Ane RRR +

Q Austrobaileya 4(1) : 7 -11 (1993)

SIRS

WA. SMITH NO} ew ne RP AA

Fig.1. Symplocos harroldii: A, part of twig x1.5.B. an inflorescence x 4, C. vegetative shoot with leaf laminas removed

x 2. D. fruit and leaf showing venation x1.5. A,B, Jessup 268; C, Jessup 82 & McDonald; D, Jessup 273.

Jessup, New Queensland Symplocos

3-locular with up to 4 ovules per locule. Style

3.5—4 mm long, glabrous, dilated at the stigma.

Fruit narrowly ovoid or ellipsoidal, 3-10 mm x

6—7 mm. Fig. LA-D.

Specimens examined: Queensland. WIDE Bay DIsTRICT:

Off Fig Tree Point road, Cooloola National Park, Apr 1986,

Sandercoe C764 & Milne (BRD; Tewantin S. F., Oct 1984,

Harrold (BRI); Noosa National Park, Oct 1985, Sharpe

3974 (BRI); ditto, Sharpe 3986 (BRI); Portion 3, sub. 2,

Parish of Tewantin, Nov 1987, Sandercoe C1264 (BRI);

Araucaria L.A., Compartment 12, Imbil S.F. (S.F.135

Brooloo), Oct 1982, McDonald 3696 & Williams (BRD;

ditto, McDonald 3823 (BRI). Moreton Districr: Sandy

L.A., S.F. 283, Colinton (Benarkin S.F.), approx. 130 km

NW of Brisbane, Apr 1978, Jessup 82 & McDonald (BRD;

Yarraman, Oct 1924, Cameron Y69 (BRD; Enoggera Creek,

Brisbane, Sep 1874, Bailey [AQ 84411] (BRI); Ithaca

Creek, Brisbane, c. 1874, Bailey [AQ 84413] (BRD;

Belmont Scrub, near Brisbane, Sep 1884, Bailey [AQ

84412] (BRI); Mt Coot-tha, c. 1.5 km E of QTQ Channel

9 studios, Oct 1976, Clarkson 139 (BRD); Brookfield, Dec

1897, Simmonds [AQ 84410] (BRD; Moggill S. F., just

downstream of road crossing Pullen Creek, Novy 1980,

Jessup 268 (BRD; ditto, Jan 1981, Jessup 273 (BRI);

Liversey Road, Moggill, Mar 1982, Bird (BRD; Moggill

State Forest near end of Grandview Road, Oct 1987, Bird

(BRI); 1 km W of O’ Brien Road, Pullenvale, Brisbane, Oct

1984, Bird (BRD; Bahr’s Scrub, c. 6 km SW of Beenleigh,

Jul 1981, Guymer 1595 & Jessup (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: This species occurs

from Cooloola National Park to near Beenleigh

and West to near Yarraman, in southeastern

Queensland, in notophyll vine forest and adja-

cent sclerophyli forest.

Notes: S. harroldii appears to be related to S.

baeuerlenii R.T. Baker but differs in having

pilose shoots with erect hairs 1-2 mm long,

rather than puberulous, thicker branchlets and

leaves, narrowly obovate or oblanceolate lamina

with a rounded tip, rather than narrowly elliptic

or lanceolate with an acuminate tip, larger pet-

als 3-4 x 2—2.5 mm rather than 1.5-2.5 x

1.5mm, and 30—40 stamens rather than 15-20.

Conservation status: This species has been

assigned a conservation coding of 3VC in

Thomas and McDonald (1989). It occurs in

Cooloola and Noosa National Parks.

Etymology: The species 1s named in honour of

Dr Arthur G. Harrold of Noosa for his contribu-

tion to the conservation of coastal plant commu-

nities in south-eastern Queensland, particularly

at Cooloola. He has also collected this species.

Symplocos graniticola Jessup sp. nov.; differt

a S. cyanocarpa C.T. White foltis

marginibus recurvis habens, inflores-

centiis spiciformibus ad 1.5 cm longis et

filamentis staminum glabris non pilosus.

Typus: Queensland. Cook Districr : Mt

Lewis, 24 December 1986, G. Sankowsky

598 & N. Sankowsky (holo: BRI).

Symplocos sp. nov.?, Nooteboom, Brunonia

4: 324 (1981); Symplocos sp. “Mt Lewis’,

Thomas & McDonald (1989).

Shrub to 2 m high. Shoots and cataphylls with

very sparse appressed hairs, glabrescent;

cataphylls caducous. Twigs glabrous. Leaves

with a petiole 8-20 mm long, glabrous; lamina

narrowly obovate or narrowly oblanceolate,

obtuse or shortly acuminate at the apex, acute

or attenuate at the base, 9-23 cm long, 2—7.5 cm

wide, glabrous; margins entire, recurved in

mature foliage, sometimes remotely serrulate or

denticulate; secondary veins mostly 6—12 pairs

with distinct marginal loops, more prominent

on the lower surface. Inflorescence axes clus-

tered, spike-like, to 1.5 cm long, puberulous;

bracts and bracteoles ovate, slightly keeled,

sometimes denticulate, pubescent, persistent,

the bracts 1.2—-1.5 mm long, the bracteoles

1-1.3 mm long. Calyx tube 1—1.3 mm long,

glabrous; limb 1—1.2 mm long; lobes ovate or

depressed ovate, 0.8-1 mm long, sparsely

puberulous and ciliate. Petals oblong to obovate,

2.5~-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide. Stamens

25-30, 2.5-4 mm long, filaments glabrous.

Disc pilose. Style 2.5 mm long, pilose. Fruit

GQmmature) cylindrical to ellipsoidal, 10-13

mm long, 44.5 mm wide. Fig. 2A—D.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook Districr: S.F.R.

143, S Mary Logging Area, May 1976, Hyland 8773 (BRD;

32.6 km along Mt Lewis road from Mossman-Mt Molloy

road, Dec 1989, Jessup GJD3359, Guymer & Dillewaard

(BRD; Mt Lewis, Oct 1971 Webb & Tracey 11929 (BRD;

Mt Spurgeon, Roots Creek, Sep 1936, White 10641 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Occurs from Mt

Spurgeon to Mt Lewis and Platypus Creek,

north Queensland, in simple notophyli vine

forest and simple microphyll vine-fern forest on

sranite- or granodiorite-derived soils.

Notes: S. graniticolaisrelatedtoS. cyanocarpa

C.T.White but differs in the leaves having

shee repre [es beter enn ce cent peng eee mine get a omnes en rarer ty MEAT A RET

nnn A A Aaa N88 etm ii AA A a Mi Se SEL SH A

10 Austrobaileya 4(1) : 7-11 (1993)

= ae

nei

Laff sR

BEGUN

SUES

Fig. 2. Symplocos graniticola: A. partoftwig x 0.5. B. aninflorescence x 4. C. vegetative shoot with leaf laminas removed

x 2. D. fruit and leaf showing venation x 1.5. A-C, Jessup GJD3359, Guymer & Dillewaard; D, White 10641.

Jessup, New Queensland Syniplocos

recurved rather than flat margins, the spiciform

inflorescence up to 1.5 cm long (fasciculate

flowers in S$. cyanocarpa) and glabrous rather

than pilose staminal filaments.

Conservation status: This species has been

assigned aconservation coding of 2R in Thomas

& McDonald (1989). Although not stated on

any specimen labels this species probably oc-

curs in Daintree National Park.

Etymology: The species name 1s derived from

its predominant occurrence in habitats on soils

of granitic origin.

Acknowledgement

Mr W. Smith produced the line drawings.

References

Forster, P.1., Bostock, P.D., Birp, L.H. & Bran, A.R.

(1991), Distribution Atlas and Conservation Status

of Vineforest Plants in south east Queensland,

Australia, World Wide Fund for Nature Project

P135 — Final Report.

Nootesoom, H.P, (1975), Revision of the Symplocaceae of

the Old World, New Caledonia excepted.

Universitaire Pers Leiden (Leiden Botanical Series

1) 164+336 pp.

(1981). A revision of the Australian species of

Symplocos (Symplocaceae). Brunonia 4: 309-326.

STANLEY, T.D. (1986). Symplocaceae, In T.D. Stanley &

E.M. Ross, Flora of South-eastern Queensland.

Volume 2, Brisbane: Queensland Department of

Primary Industries.

THomMas, M.B, & McDona.p, W.J.F. (1989). Rare and

Threatened Plants of Queensland. 2nd edition.

Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary In-

dustries.

WILLIAMS, J.B., HARDEN, G.J., & MCDONALD, W.J.F. (1984).

Trees & Shrubs in Rainforests of New South Wales

& Southern Queensland, Armidale: Botany Depatt-

ment, University of New England, New South Wales.

LTT

REE RS

ORE

soph tay

eat ema oem rey mre MA GW AMAA EY i rte er rr nt Se A

A taxonomic revision of Netsosperma Raf. (Apocynaceae) in

Australia, together with a key to Australian genera of

Apocynaceae

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (1993). A taxonomic revision of Neisosperma Raf. (Apocynaceae) in Australia, together

with akey to Australian genera of Apocynaceae. Austrobaileya 4(1): 13-20. Two species of Neisosperma

Raf. are recognised in Australia, namely N. kilneri (F. Muell.) Fosberg & Sachet and N. poweri (F.M.

Bailey) Fosberg & Sachet. N. kilneriis lectotypified. Both species are described and illustrated. A key for

their identification and notes on their distribution, habitats and conservation status are provided. N. kilneri

is endangered whereas N. poweri is vulnerable. Both species are present in conservation reserves.

A key to the 19 native and naturalised genera of Apocynaceae in Australia is given.

Keywords: Neisosperma — Australia, Neisosperma kilneri, Neisosperma poweri, Apocynaceae — key to

genera.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

The genus Neisosperma was described by

Rafinesque (1838) to include a single species N.

muricata Raf. from Polynesia. Since then the

name Neisosperma has been little used and

many of the species now referred to the genus

were previously included in other genera such

as Ochrosia Juss. or Calpicarpum G. Don.

(Fosberg et al. 1977).

Neisosperma was resurrected by Fosberg and

Sachet (1974) who considered that it differed

from Ochrosia primarily in the loosely fibrous

or spinose endocarps of the fruits as opposed to

the solid endocarps of the latter. An independ-

ent study by Boiteau et al. (1974, 1975) came to

the same conclusion; however, they applied the

later generic name of Calpicarpum to this taxon.

Subsequently, Fosberg and Sachet (1977) dis-

cussed the status of Neisosperma and

Calpicarpum and concluded that the latter was

asynonym of the former. Fosberg et al. (1977)

then made the necessary new combinations

under Neisosperma, including the transfer of

the Australian Ochrosia poweri F.M. Bailey

and O. kilneri F. Muell. Markeraf (1979), in

dealing with the Malesian species, summarised

Accepted for publication 23 April 1993

previous work and concluded that the two

genera could be distinguished by Neisosperma

having “Carpels immerged into a special tis-

sue, or in a cross with 2 minute disk scales,

abruptly rounded below the style ... Endocarp

splitted [sic] into coarse fibers penetrating the

mesocarp, often ending in warts in touch with

the exocarp. Alcaloids [sic] on corynane ba-

sis.” and Ochrosia having “Carpels not

immerged in a tissue, though glandular at the

base, gradually tapering into the the style; no

disk ... Mericarps with a solid thin or thick

endocarp surrounding two lateral spongy cavi-

ties. Alcaloids [sic] on ellipticine basis.” In

spite of these differences and the widespread

agreement between Boiteau, Fosberg and

Markgraf on the necessity for two genera,

Leeuwenberg (1987) dismissed their arguments

and reunited the two genera when dealing with

the African species.

Despite the close attention to the generic

status of these plants by Fosberg and his asso-

ciates, there has still been no monographic

revision of the genera Ochrosia or Neisosperma

that provides descriptions and details on distri-

bution and habitats for all species concerned.

Recent taxonomic accounts for Africa

(Leeuwenberg 1987), Malesia (Markeraf 1979)

and New Caledonia (Boiteau 1981) have been

anahangneenerenerre tht hinds na aeneaean eae cogene ena nner te tae cL TERR

published but the last for Australia was by

Bailey in 1900.

Bailey’s (1900) account is now outdated

and includes detailed accounts of several ‘taxa’,

namely O. newelliana F.M. Bailey and O.

mcdowalliana F.M. Bailey, now considered

conspecific with N. poweri (F.M. Bailey)

Fosberg & Sachet and N. kilnert (F. Muell.)

Fosberg & Sachet respectively (Fosberg ef al.

1977). Recent collecting has revealed a much

greater range for N. poweri in Queensland than

that given by, for example, Francis (1981),

while N. kilneri remains a plant of restricted

distribution. I take the opportunity here to

describe the Australian species of Neisosperma

in detail and provide a key for their identifica-

tion because they are poorly known and have

often been confused with each other and with

species of Ochrosia, either in horticulture or in

herbaria. A key to the Australian species of

Ochrosiahas been published previously (Forster

1991); however, I also include a combined key

to the three species of Ochrosia and the two

Neisosperma species occurring in Australia,

based on vegetative characters, to enable field

identification of relevant material. Flowers of

the Australian species of Neisosperma may be

distinguished from those of Ochrosia by the

presence of a small floral disk of 2 scales

alternating with the carpels in the former as

opposed to a complete absence of a disk in the

latter.

It is anticipated that this 1s my final revi-

sionary paper on the Australian Apocy-naceae,

which leaves Parsonsia to be reviewed by J.B.

Williams. Therefore, a tentative key to the

eenera of the family considered to occur in

Australia (Forster 1991, 1992a,b,c,d,e,f,g, 1993;

Forster & Hyland 1991) is presented here, In

providing this I invite users to test its validity

prior to publication of the account of

Austrobaileya 4(1): 13— 20 (1993)

Apocynaceae in Volume 28 of “Flora of Aus-

tralia’.

Materials and methods

This revision of Australian Neisospermais based

on herbarium materialsin AD, BO, BRI, CANB,

CBG, MEL, QRS and SING. Both species were

examined in the field.

Terminology follows my previous revi-

sionary papers on Australian Apocynaceae

(Forster 1992a,b,c,d,e,f,g, 1993).

Taxonomic treatment

Neisosperma Raf., Sylva Tell. 162

(1838).Type: N. muricata Raf. (=

Neisosperma oppositifolia(Lam.) Fosberg

& Sachet).

Perennial shrubs or trees, evergreen; latex clear

or white. Stems without spines. Leaves peti-

olate, opposite or 3-6 in whorls; lamina simple,

coriaceous, with margins entire; colleters ab-

sent. Inflorescences axillary, cymose, pedun-

culate, bracteate. Flowers pedicellate, scented.

Calyx lacking colleters. Corolla cream to or-

ange, hypocrateriform; tube cylindrical, con-

tracted at top above stamens, glabrous, without

scales; lobes dextrorse in bud; corolline corona

absent. Stamens included, inserted near middle

or near top of tube; anthers lanceolate. Disk

reduced to 2 scales alternate withcarpels. Style-

head ellipsoid, with a basal ring of hairs, bifid.

Fruit apocarpous, mericarps 2, drupaceous;

exocarp chartaceous; mesocarp fleshy; endocarp

fibrous, projecting into mesocarp numerous

hornlike distally directed processes. Seeds 1-4,

oblong, flat, ecomose.

A genus of eighteen species, mainly in the

Pacific and Indian Oceans, with two species in

Australta.

Key to Australian species of Netsosperma

1. Secondary venation in leaf lamina prominent; inflorescence a much

branched panicle 5-17 cm long ........

« «@ 4 a # * #& © #£ EF EF EF EF FF F&F FF &F F FF FF *# FF HF BF FF BS F£

1. N. kilmeri

Secondary venation in leaf lamina + visible; inflorescence an

umbelliform cyme 2-4 cm long ........

sila ca ates w Fava tres a oie Skis eeeehs Som as 2. N. powerl

Forster, Australian Neisosperma 15

Key to Australian species of Ochrosia and Neisosperma

based on vegetative features and habitat

1. Leaves always opposite, never in whorls of 4 (QIid/NSW border

PUIPESS APPAR OLCSI Yo 250d Sua -x, ote SaReea te Bow Soap gs pee geg ds vou inating @ iciras ad, en es . O. moorei

Leaves rarely opposite, usually in whorls of 2t04...... 0.00. eee eee ees 2

2. Leaf lamina with 20-25 secondary veins per side of midrib ............. 0.0 c cue 3

Leaf lamina with 25-30 secondary veins per side of midrib ......... 0.0.00. cee eeees 4

3. Leaves in whorls of 2 or 3 (Cape York Peninsula in vinethickets) gate pace ere abe Bi QO. minima

Leaves in whorls of 4 (central and northern Qld in mangroves)..... Oe ee O. elliptica

4. Secondary veins prominent in lower leaf lamina surface ................005. N. kilneri

Secondary veins just visible in lower leaf lamina surface................0005 N. poweri

1. Neisosperma kilneri (F. Muell.) Fosberg &

Sachet, Adansonia Ser. 2, 17: 29 (1977);

Ochrosia kilneri PB. Muell., Pragm. 7:

129-130 (1871); Lactaria kilneri (¥.

Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. P].415 (1891).

Type: Queensland, NorTH KENNEDY DIs-

trict: Mt Dryander, April 1871, E.

Fitzalan (lecto (here designated): MEL!

[MEL1587728)}).

Ochrosia mcdowalliana F.M. Bailey, Bot.

Bull. 7: 65 (1893). Type: Queensland.

Moreton District: cultivated tree,

Wickham Terrace Reserve, Brisbane, R.

McDowall (holo: BRI!; iso: BRI').

Illustrations: F.M. Bailey, Queensl. fi. 3: t.

XLI & XLIU: 6 (1900); K.A.W. Williams,

Native Pl. Queensl. 2: 209 (1984),

Tree to 20 m high; latex white. Leaves peti-

olate, in whorls of 3 or 4; lamina elliptic to

obovate, up 14 cm long and 6.5 cm wide,

discolorous, glabrous, with secondary veins

25—30 very prominent below, tertiary venation

reticulate; upper surface dark green; lower sur-

face golden-brown; tip rounded to retuse; base

cuneate; petiole 3-6 mm long. Inflorescences

much-branched pantculate, to 17 cm long, paired

or in threes atnodes ofupper leaf bearing stems;

peduncles 10-35 mm long. Flowers c. 7 mm

long and 7 mm diameter, strongly scented;

pedicels 1—-1.3 mm long. Sepals triangular-

ovate, [-1.5 mm long, 0.9~—1 mm wide. Corolla

cream; tube 4—5.4 mm long, 1—1.5 mm diam-

eter; lobes obovate, 4-5 mm long, 1.4—1.8 mm

wide. Stamens inserted 1.5—1.6 mm from top of

tube; anthers 1~1.1 mm long, c. 0.4 mm wide.

Fruit ellipsoidal, 45-55 mm long, 25-35 mm

wide; exocarp red, endocarp fibrous. Fig. 1.

Selected specimens: Queensland, NortH KENNEDY Dis-

TRIicT: Dryander Creek, Mt Dryander SE base, 20°14’S,

148°34’E, Jan 1992, Forster 9413 (BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS);

SE foothills of Mt Dryander, 20°15’S, 148°33’E, May

1969, Smith 14528 (BRI, CANB); 2-4kmS of Mt Dryander,

N of Proserpine, 20°1S’S, 148°33’E, Apr 1985, Rodd &

Hardie 4445 (BRI); Gregory Creek, 2km NE of Gregory &

c. 15 km N of Proserpine, 20°16’S, 148°35’E, Nov 1985,

Sharpe 4151 & Perry (BRI). Sourn KENNepy District: Mt

Blackwood, creek E of Kuttabul, 21°02’S, 148°56’E, Jul

1991, Champion 533 (BRI); Range W of Koumala, May

1927, Francis [AQ212765] (BRI), Cultivated. Wickham

Park, Brisbane City, Feb 1989, Gordon [AQ454851] (BRD;

Ipswich, Jan 1980, Bird [AQ331656] (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: N. kilneri is known

from North and South Kennedy districts of

Queensland (Map 2) at the type locality Mt

Dryander north of Proserpine and at Mt

Blackwood. I have been unable to confirm the

Francis locality near Koumala; however, the

area is poorly known and further survey work in

the region centred on Mackay and Proserpine

may well reveal additional populations. Plants

grow onstony alluvium alongcreeks in notophyll

vineforest at Mt Dryander in association with N.

power.

16 Austrobaileya 4(1): 13— 20 (1993)

Se ee

=, ee ee i CE

WASMITH A

Fig. 1. A,C—-G Neisosperma poweri. B, H. N. kilneri. A,B. habit of flowering stem x 0.4, C. face view of flower x 4. D.

side view of flower = 4. E. half corolla showing position of stamens and staminal traces in tube x 4. F. side view of fruit

x 2. G. transverse section of fruit showing different layers x 2. H. seedling and fibrous endocarp of fruit x 0.4. A, Williams

[AQ394694]; B, Bird [AQ331655]; C—G, Forster 8151; H, Forster 5182A. Del. W. Smith.

Forster, Australian Nefsosperma

Notes: N. kilnertis a distinctive species with its

large fruit with the characteristic woody and

intricately patterned fibrous endocarp. Itis also

the only Australian species of the two genera

here discussed, with the inflorescence well de-

veloped and extending well beyond the foliage.

Despite the earlier attention to nomencla-

ture of the genus by Fosberg and Sachet (1977)

and Fosberg et al. (1977), no lectotype has

previously been selected for N. kilneri. There

are at least five undated specimens of fruits of

this species at MEL as well as a pressed speci-

men with flowers that is dated April 1871, all

collected by Fitzalan at Mt Dryander. The

flowering specimen is selected as lectotype of

the name OchrosiakilneriF. Muell. as itis dated

and predates the publication of that name by

Mueller (1871) and is a more complete collec-

tion than the others.

Phenology: Flowers April to May; fruits May to

July.

Conservation status: Since this species is known

definitely from only two localities, this plant

should be considered as endangered with a

coding of 3EC (cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988). Even

though part of the Mt Dryander population 1s

now included within a National Park, there are

large numbers of plants in Dryander Creek on

the south-east side of the mountain that are not.

Plants are infrequently cultivated.

2. Neisosperma poweri (F.M. Bailey) Fosberg

& Sachet, Adansonia Ser. 2, 17:31 (1977);

Ochrosia poweri F.M. Bailey, Bot. Bull.

13: 11 (1896). Type: Queensland.

Moreton District: Eumundi, November

1895, F.M. Bailey (holo: BRI).

Ochrosia newelliana F.M. Bailey, Queens-

land Agric. J. 5: 389 (1899). Type:

Queensland. Coox District: Atherton, JF.

Bailey (holo: BRI)).

Ulustration: F.M. Bailey, Queensl. fl. 3: t.

XLI & XLII: 2,3 (1900); Floyd, Rainfor-

est Trees Mainland S-E. Austral. 71

(1989).

Tree to 10m high; latex white. Leaves petiolate,

in whorls of 2 or 3; lamina elliptic, obovate or

lanceolate-elliptic, up to 15 cm long and 4.5 cm

wide, discolorous, glabrous, with secondary

veins 25-30 per side of midrib but + obscure,

tertiary venation obscure; upper surface glossy

green; lower surface golden-brown; tip acute to

shortly acuminate; base cuneate; petiole 3-6

mm long. Infloresence a solitary umbelliform

cyme in the upper leaf bearing axils; peduncle

1—25 mm long. Flowers 9-10 mm long, c. 4mm

diameter; pedicels 1—1.5 mm long. Sepals

lanceolate-ovate, 1.3—1.8 mm long, 0.7-0.9 mm

wide. Corolla cream to pale yellow; tube 7—10

mm long, 0.7—1 mm diameter; lobes lanceolate-

ovate, 2.5—7 mm long, |.7—2.6 mm wide. Sta-

mens inserted just below top of tube; anthers

1—1.1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide. Fruit ellipsoid-

obloid, 35-40 mm long, 14-15 mm diameter,

exocarp red, endocarp fibrous. Fig. 1.

Selected specimens: Queensland, Coox Districr: Davies

Creek, $.F. 607, 9km past National Park carpark, 17°02’S,

142°38’E, Jun 1991, Forster 8532 (BRI, MEL, QRS);

Smithfield, R99, Mar 1961, Hyland 1811 (BRD; S.F. 185

Danbulla, Kauri Creek road, 4 km from Tinaroo Dam end,

17°06’S, 145°35’E, Jan 1992, Forster 9546 (BRI, K, L,

MEL, QRS); Tolga, Apr 1962, McKee 9293 (BRI); The

Crater, Mt Hypipamee N.P., 17°25’S, 145°30’E, Aug 1948,

Smith 3891 (BRD; East Malanda, Sep 1929, Kajewski 1217

(BRI); Goolagan Creek, Palmerston, 17°50’S, 146°05’E,

Nov 1963, Hyland 3073 (BRI). NortH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

Herberton Range, Nov 1929, Kajewski 1374 (BRD; Por-

tion 69, Parish Herberton, 17°28’S, 145°28’E, Jan 1977,

Gray 216(BRI, QRS); Keough’s Block, Evelyn, Mar 1972,

Stocker 860 (BRI, QRS); SE base of Mt Dryander, middle

branch of Dryander Creek, 20°16’S, 148°35’E, Jun 1989,

Forster 5180 & Tucker (BRI, NSW); Impulse Creek, S.F.

Conway, 20°21°S, 148°44’E, May 1991, Forster 8286 &

McDonald (BRI, MEL, QRS); Mt Macartney, S.F. 652

Cawley, 20°49’S, 148°33’E, Apr 1991, Forster 8151 &

McDonald (BISH, BRI, CBG, K, L, MEL, MO, QRS).

Wink Bay Districr: Mt Cooroy, c, 4 km E of Cooroy,

26°26’S, 152°57’E, Nov 1988, Sharpe 4829 et al. (BRI).

Moreton District: Tuckers Creek N.P., 2kmN of Nambour,

26°36’S, 152°38’E, Jan 1990, Sharpe 4935 & Thomas

(BRI); Brolga Park, Dulong road, Dulong, 26°39’S,

152°54’E, Dec 1989, Sharpe 4929 & Bean (BRI); Upper

Tallebudgera, Dec 1917, White [AQ212761] (BRI); Cougals

track, Jun 1984, Jones [AQ440569] (BRI. New South

Wales. Bangalow, Dec 1896, Baker [AQ212763] (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: N. powerit has been

recorded from north-eastern New South Wales

mainly late last century (Floyd 1989), and its

distribution is highly disjunctin eastern Queens-

land with populations in south-eastern, central

and north-eastern regions (Map 1). A northern

limit appears to be in the Lamb Range, north of

Mareeba (cf. Forster 8532). Plants grow in

notophyll vineforests on volcanic soils, often,

but not exclusively so, on alluvia.

Notes: N. poweri has been confused in herbaria

and cultivation with N. kilneri and Ochrosia

minima (Markeraf) Kosberg & Boiteau (Forster

1991).

Austrobaileya 4(1): 13— 20 (1993)

This species has alkaloids in the foliage

and bark (Doy & Moore 1962, Douglas et al.

1964) and the fruit are poisonous to mammals.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits throughout the

year.

Conservation status: This species is widespread

but populations are highly disjunct. An appro-

priate conservation coding is 3 VC (cf. Briggs &

Leigh 1988). It is present in several National

Parks in both southern (Forster et al. 1991) and

north-eastern Queensland.

Key to the native and naturalised genera of Apocynaceae m Australia

[SSS TOMAS: SVIEIESDITIES oo oe Ses: bn oh iby ewe pee eo edd Velde SO win ee ewe alae Carissa

SLES WM OUT SINGS mice ere reuse Ges arte 6s iy) BER lee a A ape eco qe AP yaa WS, Moon a al aad ole pes Z

Zr, eH URCTUT SS LOY PME EE 59nd outs Fasre Mean a dteite seth Eo boast chested Sale ite yk YT nase ais APT a al "G tune ee ese Seen a 3

Stems erect or sprawling, nOttWIMING 1.1... eee ce eee ee tee eens 6

3. Stamens exserted from corolla tube; anthers adherent to style-head ........... Parsonsia

Stamens included in corolla tube; anthers free of style-head .......... 0.0.0... 0 0000 ee 4

4, Fruit a dehiscent dry follicle; seeds comose.... 2... ee ee ees Ichnocarpus

Fruit an indehiscent fleshy drupe; seeds ecomose ...... 0... cee cee ee eee 5

5. Corolline corona present; fruit not stipitate and not comprised of

SEVET AISTIG LOSI FF SSP Tc lel 4 Shute bunscucactnn toe Rrgbntesd | dubece tet ol easiian can okie Melodinus

Corolline corona absent; fruit stipitate and comprised of 1—3 articles ............. Alyxia

6; PAE CENISCERE «Ve oraisaicthtencerbtadw ps. sonieuke been shtsht ahaa males ahs aux slo a Wal aueeceh ee Whe 7

PACS CIS CTs oan gece teal d ececaed se beay tos PAPE vigutah wa ation tar atl tala seca nae oau= ey git it

7. Corolla with corolline corona of lobing at tube mouth........0.0 000.000 ccc eee ee ee 8

Corolla without corolline corona of lobing at tube mouth .........0........ 00.5 eee 9

O: G-Orslla Opes Tex Orse. iii DUG «6. 22h ae) ease a ates) aang oe abated eee te Bh Nerium

Corolla lobes sintstrorse in bud «0.2... ce eee ec eee eee nes Wrightia

9, Anthers adherent to style-head; fruit with long soft spines ................. Allamanda

Anthers free of style-head; fruit without long soft spines. ............0..0 00 ce veces 10

LO. Fruit WoGd ys THSIFORDA ey cy seo nig, db to ce Snipes ge EN § aed Be OR Alstonia

Fruit fleshy, obliquely ovoid ......... 0.0000. c cee eee eee ees Tabernaemontana

ULES Sean i hse ehcavepatt ct ah soa awd enc ele dasae Sole Huse bebe Shr Sree ESE te Rvaah Se pd cnsd ald igen A EMMMUAY oe OEE, 12

SSLINIBOS VOTERS are ve aotesce eee ay WZ, Phe tatoo Soest abe Niele grew ae tase BRE doe I AA EASA D WEN Ee Secon 5 13

Forster, Australian Netsosperma 19

12.Stems stolonitferous; corolla lilac-blue ... 0.0... eee ee nes Vinca

Stems not stoloniferous; corolla white or pink... .... 0... 00... Catharanthus

L3,.eat lamina base with:colleters se ca sce yee len SON ea he ee ee A Rauvolfia

Leaf lamina base without colleters ... 0.0... cc eee eee eee nee 14

PM: Corolla infimdi Dolor: .. «5.3 <4 cee Scaceye us aoececd won he Fate bopoee uae e et we aa Cascabela

Corolla hypocrateriform or salverform.... 0... cece eee eens 15

PS. Styleswitlt disk ab-Daseé: ce. wees ea ce te wee yA eae ee EE 5B tates Hwee 16

SEs WVAIIOUE GISRSAU ASE Fe. Sense aby atiar eee deg teeter de ama pad aAd Hoe kek bas ieded net aes ens 18

16. Corolla lobes sinistrorse in bud .........0.....00. By otto megeeeee au leh enrae Voacanga

Corolla lobes dextrorse in bud 2... eee cen ee evens e eens 17

17. Corolla tube contracted at top above stamens; fruit endocarp fibrous ....... Neisosperma

Corolla tube expanded at top above stamens; fruit endocarp fleshy.............. Kopsia

18. Corolla lobes dextrorse in bud 2.0... cc cee ene eens Ochrosia

(Corolla Obes SiiisiPOrse I DUG: cn feud eyes eed ace ogc hegonngt Bot ok o etna aaeirecaan ibaa 19

19. Anthers with introrse dehiscence; fruit moniliform, often with 1—several

ATIFC HESS coe: san Mi x Peess, DEG Oa hb ee ago aye eee Sehr Vee EEN el aheetas Noe oa SR Mie ahd cae esha Alyxia

Anthers with lateral to sublateral dehiscence; fruit winged..................0. Cerbera

Acknowledgements

Figure 1 was prepared by W. Smith (BRI). Plant

specimens or distributional data were collected

with the assistance of P.D. Bostock, I, Cham-

pion, G. Kenning, D.J. & LM. Liddle, W.J.

McDonald, P. Thompson and M.C. Tucker.

The author was funded by the Australian Bio-

logical Resources Study for preferred objective

research on the Apocynaceae in 1991-92,

References

BAILEY, F.M, (1900), Apocynaceae. In Queensland Flora.

3: 974-395. Brisbane: Governemnt Printer.

Borreau, P. (1981). Apocynacées. In Flore de la Nouvelle-

Calédonie et Dependances. 10. Paris: Muséum

~ National D’ Histoire Naturelle.

BolTEAu, P., ALLORGE, L., SEVENET, T. & Potizr, P. (1974).

Observations morphologiques et chimiotaxo-

nomigues sur les Ochrosiniinées de Nouvelle-

Calédonie, Adansonia, Sér, 2, 14: 485-497.

BorrEAuo, P., ALLORGE, L. & SEVENET, T, (1975). Notes sur

jes Ochrosinées de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Adansonia,

Sér, 2, 15:147-153.

DouGLas, B., KIRKPATRICK, J.L., Moore, B.P. & WeIsBacn,

J.A. (1964). Alkaloids of Ochrosia poweri Bailey,

II, The 2-acylindole stem-bark bases. Australian

Journal of Chemistry 17: 246-255.

Doy, F.A. & Moors, B.P. (1962). Alkaloids of Ochrosia

power Bailey, 1. The leaf-bases. Australian Jour-

nal of Chemistry 15: 548-554,

Fioyvp, A.G. (1989). Rainforest Trees of Mainland South-

eastern Australia, Melbourne & Sydney: Inkata

~ Press.

Forster, P.I. (1991). Ochrosia minima (Markgraf) Fosberg

& Boiteau (Apocynaceae), a new record for Aus-

tralia. Austrobaileya 3: 557-559.

(1992a), A taxonomic revision of Melodinus

(Apocynaceae) in Australia. Australian Systematic

Botany 3: 387-400.

(1992b). A taxonomic revision of Cerbera L.

(Apocynaceae) in Australia and Papuasia, Austro-

baileya 3: 569-579.

(1992c), Circumscription of Tabernaemontana

pandacaqui Lam. (Apocynaceae) in Australia, Auys-

tralian Systematic Botany 5: 521-531.

1 ZI

Austrobaileya 4(1): 13-20 (1993)

Maps 1-2. Distribution of Neisosperma spp. mapped in 1° grid squares. 1. N. poweri. 2. N. kilneri .

(1992d). A taxonomic revision of Ichnocarpus

(Apocynaceae) in Australia and Papuasia. Austral-

ian Systematic Botany 5: 533-545.

(1992e). A taxonomic revision of Alyxia

(Apocynaceae) in Australia. Australian Systematic

Botany 5: 547-580.

(1992f). A taxonomic revision of Carissa

(Apocynaceae) in Australia, Australian Systematic

Botany 5: 581-591.

(1992¢), A taxonomic revision of Alstonia

(Apocynaceae) in Australia. Australian Systematic

Botany 5: 745-760.

(1993). Resurrection of Wrightia versicolor S.T.

Blake (Apocynaceae). Austrobaileya 4: 109-112.

Forster, P.I. & Hytanp, B.P.M. (1991). Voacanga

erandifolia (Miq.) Rolfe (Apocynaceae), a new

generic record from Torres Strait, Queensland, Aus-

tralia. Austrobaileya 3: 561.

Forster, P.I., Bostock, P.D., Birp, L.H. & BEAN, A.R.

(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-East

Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.

Fosperc, F.R. & SAcuet, M.-H. (1974). Plants of South-

eastern Polynesia. 3. Micronesica 10: 251-256.

FossBerG F.R, & Sacuet, M.-H. (1977). Nomenclature of

the Ochrosiinae (Apocynaceae): 1. Application of

the names Neisosperma Raf, and Calpicarpum G.

Don. Adansonia Ser. 2, 17: 19-22.

FosperG F.R., Borreau, P. & SACHET, M.-H. (1977). No-

menclature of the Ochrosiinae (Apocynaceae): 2.

Synonymy of Ochrosia Juss. and Neisosperma Raf.

Adansonia Ser. 2, 17: 23-33.

Frances, W.D. (1981). Australian Rain-forest Trees. 4th

Edition. Canberra: Australian Government Pub-

lishing Service.

LEEUWENBERG, A.J.M. (1987). The African species of

Ochrosia Juss. Agricultural University Wageningen

Papers 87-5: 45-53.

MarkarafF, F. (1979), Florae Malesianae Praecursores LIX

Apocynaceae V, Ochrosia, Neisosperma, Blumea

25: 233-247, |

MUELLER, F. (1871). Ochrosia kilneri. Fragmenta

Phytographie Australie 7: 129. Melbourne: Goy-

ernment Printer.

RAFINESQUE, C.S. (1838). Sylva Telluriana, Philadelphia:

C.S. Rafinesque.

The genus Pavetta L. (Rubiaceae) in Australia

S.T. Reynolds

Summary

Reynolds, S.T. (1993). The genus Pavetta L. (Rubiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49. The

genus Pavetta L. in Australia is revised; fen species and four varieties are recognised, P. conferta, P.

kimberleyana, P. rupicola, P. speciosa, P. tenella, P. vaga, P. australiensis var. pubigera, and P. brownii

var. glabrata are new. All taxa recognised are described, and notes on their diagnostic features, affinities

and geographical distribution given. Keys to these taxa and distributional maps of them are provided.

P, modesta Bremek, is synonymised under P. granitica Bremek.; P. insulana Bremek. under P.

brownii Bremek.; P. brownil var. pubescens Bremek, and P. brownii var. glabra Bremek. under P. brownti

var. brownii. Specimens previously identified as P. brownit var. glabra are included under P. brownii var,

glabrata. A lectotype is chosen for P. brownii Bremek.

Keywords: Pavetta — Australia, Pavetta conferta, Pavetta kimberleyana, Pavetta rupicola, Pavetta

speciosa, Pavetta tenella, Pavetta vaga, Pavetta australiensis vat. pubigera, Pavetta brownii var.

glabrata.

S.T. Reynolds, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

The genus Pavetta L. in Australia is extremely

complex, and the identification of most of its

species has been very difficult and problematic,

mainly because most of the species resemble

each other closely especially in their inflores-

cence and fruit characters. Moreover many spe-

cies were poorly known and poorly represented

or represented by incomplete material (leaves

immature on flowering specimens). In most

cases it was found that only a few specimens

appear to belong together, and with a limited

amount of material it was difficult to ascertain

the variations and exceptions within the species.

One species, viz P. insulana Bremek. was not

represented at all in Australian herbaria (type at

L).

Bentham (1867), who followed Lamarck

(1789) by referring Pavetta L. to asection under

the genus /xora L., recognised two species from

Australia which he considered to be the same as

two Indian species, viz xora pavetta Roxb. and

Ixora tomentosa Roxb.

Bremekamp (1934), however, considered

the Australian plants to be quite distinct from

the above Indian species (which according to

Accepted for publication 28 May 1993

him arerestricted to South East Asia). Herecog-

nised and described six species from Australia

(1934, 1939), viz P. australiensis, P. brownii,

P. granitica, P. insulana, P. modesta and P.

muelleri, which he considered all new and en-

demic to Australia. Because his treatment is

mostly regional, the relationship of these spe-

cies with the Indian and other species from

outside Australia (especially New Guinea) is

notknown. Withtheexception of P. australiensis

and P. brownii, all his other species were known

only from their types. As more material became

available, the differentiating characters he used

in his key to separate the species were found to

beunreliable, because the characters were found

to vary not only in different samples of the same

species but also within the same individual.

Therefore it was extremely difficult to delimit

some of the species and misidentification was

frequent in Australian herbaria. Most species

were in a confused state; similar specimens

were found filed under different names; differ-

ent looking specimens were filed under the

same name, while some were still filed under P.

indica and P. tomentosa. Increased collectings

also exhibited an increased range of variability

of some of the species viz P. australiensis and P.

brownii, making them very difficult to circum-

scribe.

Although increased collectings in recent

years have added to the number of representa-

tive specimens of many of the species, and

enabled description of the new species, some

species are still poorly known. Also there are

a few unknown collections which cannot be

placed with certainty in any of the recognised

taxa. All these require further collectings.

Ten species are recognised here: six of

these are new; four of the species recognised by

Bremekamp are retained, viz P. australiensis,

P. brownii, P. granitica and P. muelleri; two of

his species are placed in synonymy, viz P.

insulana Bremek. under P. brownii Bremek.,

and P. modesta Bremek. under P. granitica

Bremek. Although the species recognised here

are quite variable, or forms resemble each other

closely , they are nevertheless, quite distinctive.

However the relationship and status of some of

the species may probably change as more mate-

rial becomes available.

Some of the Australian species, viz P.

australiensis Bremek. and P. tenella S.T.

Reynolds closely resemble P. platyclada

Lauterb. et K. Schum. from New Guinea, P.

opulina (J.R. Forst.) DC. from New Caledonia

and P. moluccana Bremek. from Timor, and the

species are no doubt closely related. But speci-

mens available for study of these offshore spe-

cies are too few for a comparative study, and an

assessment of their relationship must awaitrevi-

sionary studies of Pavetta L. for this whole area.

Conservation status: Although most species

are poorly represented in herbaria (mainly be-

cause some species occur only in remote areas),

none of the Australian species of Pavetta appear

to be rare or threatened.

Note: This study is based mostly on herbarium

material. The measurements of leaves and inflo-

rescence axes are based on dried material, while

those of flowers are from fresh material or

material reconstituted by boiling in water.

This revision of Pavetta L. is part of the

‘Revision of the tribe Pavetteae Dumort in

Australia’, funded by the Australian Biological

Resources Study. A revision of the remainder

of the tribe will be published later.

Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49 (1993)

Taxonomy

Pavetta L. Sp. Pl. 1: 110 (May 1753). Type:

Pavetta indica L.

Bremekamp, Feddes Repert. 37: 1-208

(1934), op. cit. 47: 12, 26, 27 (1939);

Bridson, Kew Bulletin 32(3): 609-652

(1978).

lxora sect. Pavetta (L.) Benth., F1. austral.

3: 414-415 (1867, ‘1866’)

Derivation of name: from ‘Pawatta’, a

Sinhalese name for P. indica L.

Deciduous shrubs or small trees. Leaves imma-

ture or absent at time of flowering, usually

clustered at apex of branchlets, opposite, mem-

branous to slightly coriaceous, usually drying

blackish, mostly obscurely dotted, sometimes

with bacterial galls in the lamina; petiolate;

stipules united into an interpetiolar oblique

sheath, truncate or with subulate long-aristate

lobes, or with ovate or triangular, cuspidate or

aristate lobes, prominently keeled, mostly with

silky colleters on the inside (at base). Inflores-

cences terminal on main or lateral leafy or

leafless branchlets (flowering branchlets),

loosely trichotomous, usually sessile above the

last pair of leaves; branches corymbiform, usu-

ally many-flowered; central branch with one to

few, usually short internodes, mostly with a few

pairs of small deciduous leaves distal to first

internode (usually absent on fruiting specimens);

lateral branches mostly with one internode;

bracts sheathing young inflorescences large,

stipular; those subtending the trichotomous

branches of the inflorescences (usually lower

corymbiform branches) connate, conspicuous,

usually + membranous, while those at base of

cymules small and usually subulate; bracteoles

inconspicuous or absent; peduncle-like flower-

ing branchlets (subtending the inflorescence)

usually long, and covered with thin smooth

corky flaky bark. Flowers bisexual, 4-merous;

pedicellate. Calyx usually with a shorttube, and

shorter, flared, mostly membranous, denticulate

limb (Australian species); calyx tube turbinate

or campanulate, glabrous or hairy outside, gla-

brous inside; limb witha shorttube and with tiny

lobes at flared apex; calyx lobes ovate, triangu-

lar to subulate, keeled or not. Corolla white,

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta

fragrant, tube cylindrical, slender, usually

slightly dilated at the throat, glabrous or pilose

outside; usually pilose inside at throat; corolla

lobes shorter than the tube, contorted in bud,

lanceolate or elliptic, apiculate, reflexed. Sta-

mens inserted at mouth of the corolla tube,

subsessile, filaments shorter than anthers; an-

thers dorsifixed near its base, linear, acuminate

with a prolonged connective at apex, sagittate at

base, exserted, usually reflexed, twisted at

anthesis. Disc annular, fleshy. Ovary 2-locular,

ovules solitary in each locule, slightly immersed

in fleshy + cupular placenta; style slender, thick-

ened in the upper part, long-exserted, exserted

portion much longer than corolla lobes; stigma

club-shaped, bifid, ribbed, papillate or shortly

hairy. Fruit a drupe, globose, crowned by

persistent calyx lobes, mostly drying black and

shiny; pyrenes | or 2, thin-walled. Seeds 2 or 1

(by abortion), attached to the centre of septum,

subglobose or hemispherical, convex on dorsal

face, and usually rugose, + concave and with a

wide circular excavation in the centre on the

ventral face; testa thin; endosperm entire; em-

bryo dorsal, small, curved.

About 400 species (Mabberley 1989) in

Old World tropics, from Africa to South East

Asia, New Guinea, Australia, New Caledonia

and Vanuatu. Ten species in Australia, six new.

The genus Pavetta L. is characterised by

its corymbiform inflorescences terminal on long

peduncle-like leafy or leafless branchlets,

connate bracts at the junction of the tricho-

tomously branched inflorescences, and by its

white, 4-merous flowers, with long exserted

style and fusiform bifid stigma.

It is easily distinguished from other mem-

bers of the tribe Pavetteae Dumort in Australia,

Ixora L. and Tarenna Gaertner, chiefly by the

conspicuous connate bracts at the base of the

trichotomous branches ofthe inflorescence. The

bracts are free in the latter genera.

The genera Pavetta L. and IxoraL., which

have sometimes been combined, may be distin-

guished as follows.

1. Bracts connate at base of trichotomous branches of the inflorescence, and

usually membranous; branches of inflorescence not articulated; stigma

inconspicuously 2-fid; flowers drying very pale brown or blackish; leaves

deciduous, + membranous or slightly coriaceous, hairy or glabrous;

stipules united into an interpetiolar sheath, truncate or with prominent

CPISPIG APS UDO GSere = mua 5! aj cnlen kal his al nde ose F.4E raw GEE a GS Sela led dy eheelalla WGue Pavetta

Bracts free, + coriaceous; branches of inflorescence articulated; stigma

with 2 recurved lobes, flowers drying + reddish (wine-coloured); leaves

not deciduous, usually coriaceous, glabrous; stipules usually very shortly

united at base, and with cuspidate or aristate lobes. ... 00... . cc ce ee eee Ixora

The genus Pavetta L. was divided by

Bremekamp (1934) into subgenera, sections

and series. The Australian species are referable

to subgenus Pavetta ‘eupavetta’, section

Pavettaster Bremek. and series Austro-

orientales Bremek.

Notes: In the following key to species, the

nature of the hairs on the calyx (of opened

flowers but not buds) and the leaves are used to

distinguish most of the species. Because most

species (except P. australiensis) are poorly

represented in herbaria, or represented by in-

complete material Gnostly because the leaves

are deciduous and therefore absent or immature

when flowering material is collected), sets of

characters are provided to help distinguish the

species.

In the descriptions, the length ofthe flow-

ering branchlet is actually that of the peduncle-

like long stalk subtending the trichotomously

branched corymbiform inflorescences, and the

measurement of the inflorescence comprises

the three corymbiform branches from apex of

peduncle-like stalk.

Sree ree rent bce tee rb nr nce ne te ME RN A ROR RRR REE «

Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49 (1993)

Key to the Species

. Leaves and inflorescence glabrous (very rarely with a few scattered

hairs on inflorescence axes and calyX) 0... ce ee eee eee eee etna 2

Leaves hairy all over the surface or the hairs restricted to midrib and nerves

EVTELOTE S CENCE SIG sas vse p peak we ets Doe ree eei k Oe Macy Aes le ae: ee sik rl nih cee aed eke Sj 4

. Leaves 0.8—2.5(—-3.2) cm wide; petioles 2—-10(—16) mm long; midrib

conspicuously raised on lower surfaces; inflorescences compact with

short branches; pedicels 1-4 mm long; calyx distinctly toothed

Leaves (2.0-)4.0—8.0(—9.2) cm wide; petioles (7—)12—22 mm long; midrib

not conspicuously raised on lower surfaces; inflorescences open with

long branches; pedicels 4.5—-12.0 mm long; calyx indistinctly toothed ............... 3

. Leaves 5.5-15.0 x 2.0-6.2 cm, elliptic, lanceolate or oblanceolate,

apex acute, acuminate or subobtuse; texture thin; corolla tube

CFA 2 17 am ORS sc 5.5 aiare cc rguiseied Atel A hls BEng, Bal wie alee RE 1. P. australiensis

Leaves 7.5-21.0 x 3.5-9.2 cm, elliptic, elliptic-oblong or + obovate,

apex obtuse or subacute, rarely shortly acuminate or + rounded;

texture + coriaceous; corolla tube 6-9(-11) mm long .................. 5. P. brownii

. Leaves 0.8—2.5(—3.2) cm wide, attenuate into short petiole; both

surfaces hairy; petioles 2—10(—16) mm long; inflorescence usually

compacted; pedicels 1-4 mm long; calyx distinctly toothed, appressed

hairy; corolla tube (8—)12—14 mm long ...... 0... ce eee 2. P. granitica

Leaves usually more than 3.5 cm wide, if less then not with above

SOM DIT ALIOM COL CHATACTORS 5.15.05. kets teon seh oe ONGN ws acetastrueke wg aaah p mite: sonar hina wedey tL seyhoe Negt bese 5

. Leaves very thin in texture, apex prominently acuminate or acute;

lower surfaces of leaves and inflorescences very finely hairy......... 1, P. australiensis

Leaves usually + coriaceous, apex obtuse, + rounded, acute, subacute

or rarely shortly acuminate at apex; both surfaces of leaves and

inflorescences finely hairy, or leaves hairy only on lower surfaces,

or only on the midrib and nerves ...... 0... cc eee cette tenet eens 6

. Hairs on calyx tube usually straight and patent... 0.0... cc ee eee eens 7

Hairs on calyx tube usually curved, antrorsely curved or appressed,

PAPC TY AAS ES POAT cd ba elec le a rtine Sage gases wane nary adi cela oP deg Mes brmovcat & aes ob Eek esate acndlytaates 9

. Leaves and flowers on short stalks; petioles 0.5—1.0 cm long;

pedicels 2-4 mm long; leaves 1.5~5.5 cm wide, both surfaces hairy,

dries very pale brown or yellow-brown with paler nerves; lateral

corymbs 9—14-flowered 2.0... ccc ccc eee eee eee e tee ee ene a 6. P. rupicola

Leaves and flowers on long stalks; petioles 0.8-4.0 cm long;

pedicels (4.5—)6—-13 mm long; leaves (3.5—)4.5-10.0 cm wide;

both surfaces hairy or hairy only on the midrib and nerves, dries

brown, olive-brown or infused with black, with whitish or blackish

nerves; lateral corymbs (7—)11—34-flowered .......... 0.0.0.0 cee eeu eeees sou bes SESS 4 8

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta

8. Petioles 0.8—1.7(-2.2) cm long; leaves 7.5—15.5(-21) x (3.5—)4.5-8.0

(-9.2) cm; internode of lateral branches of inflorescence (6—)

11-20 mm long; calyx lobes 0.3-0.5 mm long; corollatube 6-11 mm long,

corolla lobes 4.5-6.0 mm long; leaves and inflorescence usually

dries blackish or infused with black .......... 0.00... cc cae ee eee

Petioles (1.6—)2.7-4.0 cm long; leaves (12.0-)17.0-24.5 x (4.7—)5.5—10.0

cm; internode of lateral branches of inflorescence (6-)20-40 mm long;

calyx lobes 0.7-1.0 mm long; corolla tubes (8—)10-13 mm long;

corolla lobes 5.5—6.5 mm long; leaves and inflorescence very rarely

ery annfirsedoyitiy DIACK >, 5.2 dye bce ek koe we bls ceaeeeaee nein Spek Fee wees

9. Leaves‘hatry on both surfaces: .... <0 ces ee ee ce ees ee een ees

Leaves glabrous on upper surfaces, but hairy on lower surfaces, or hairy

only on the midrib of both surfaces... 0... . cee ee

10.Lower surface of leaves densely hairy, upper ones with dense

or sparse persistent hairs; calyx with appressed hairs.................

Both surfaces of leaves sparsely hairy; calyx with antrorsely curved,

appressed or + spreading Nas « ..sad4 fsa gece hs Ge ae ee da a oo

11.Pedicels usually unequal in length in a cymule; fruiting pedicels

3-8 mm long; petioles 0.5-—2.5 cm long; internodes of central

branch of inflorescence 5-10 mm long; calyx tube and usually limb,

with dense, slightly curly appressed hairs; corolla tube (4-)7-10 mm

long; leaves usually glossy on upper surface, dries brown or reddish

brown with reddish or whitish nerves; lateral nerves 12-14 pairs .......

Pedicels usually equal in length in a cymule; fruiting pedicels (7-)

10-20 mm long; petioles (1.2—)2.4—3.5 cm long; internodes of central

branch of inflorescence (6—)12—17 mm long; calyx tube with moderately

sparse, short, + curved, appressed hairs, hairs sparser on limb;

corolla tube 9-11(—15) mm long; leaves + shiny or slightly dull on

upper surface, dries pale brown, yellowish-brown to olive-brown,

3. P. muelleri

with whitish or pale yellow nerves; lateral nerves 9-11(-13) pairs ... 4. P. kimberleyana

12.Inflorescences compact, depressed from top and with short

lateral branches (internodes of central branch 3—5(—7) mm long,

that of lateral branch 2—7(—12) mm long); connate bracts finely hairy

outside; calyx tube usually with appressed or antrorsely curved hairs;

— corolla tube 7—-11(—-13) mm long, glabrous outside; stipules connate

below middle, with broadly ovate lobes ..... 0.0.0.0... 0c cc eee eee

Inflorescences open with long branches (internodes of central

branch 5-15 mm long, that of lateral branch 20-30 mm long);

connate bracts + velutinous outside; calyx tube with antrorsely

curved or + spreading hairs; corolla tube 12-14 mm long, usually

pilose outside; stipules united nearly the whole length forming a long

sheath, truncate or with small ovate lobes... 0.0... 0.0.0.0 eee eee ee

9. P. conferta

Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49 (1993)

13.Leaves and fruits on long stalks; petioles (1.2—)2.4-4.0 cm long;

fruiting pedicels (7—)10—20 mm long; lateral branch of inflorescence

with (6-)10-40 mm long internode; calyx distinctly toothed, tube

appressed hairy; leaves (6.0—)8.5—25.0 x (2.5—)5.5-10.0 cm... . 0... eee ee 14

Leaves and fruits on moderately short stalks; petioles 0.8-2.2 cm long;

fruiting pedicels 8-14 mm long; lateral branch of inflorescence

with (6—)8—20 mm long internode; calyx with or without distinct teeth,

tube with appressed or antrorsely curved hairs; leaves (6.0—)9.0—15.5

(—21.0) x 3.5-8.0(7-9.2) cm .........0..

14, Petioles (1.2—)2.4-3.5 cm long; pedicels 2.5-4.5(—-10.0) mm long (in

fruit (7-)10—20 mm long); internode of lateral branch of inflorescence

10-27 mm long;

corolla tube 9-11(-15) mm long; leaves (6.0—)

8.5—18.5(-25.0) x (2.5—)5.5—7.0(-8.5) cm, elliptic, broadly lanceolate or

subobovate, apex obtuse, + rounded or subacute ............ 00 ee 4, P. kimberleyana

Petioles (1.6—)2.7-4.0 cm long; pedicels (6—)10—13mm long (in fruit

(8—)12—-15 mm long); internode of iateral branch of inflorescence

(6—)20—40 mm long; corolla tube (8—)10-13 mm long; leaves

(12.0—)17.0-24.5 x (4.7—)5.5—10.0 cm, elliptic, abruptly narrow at both

ends, apex obtuse or abruptly shortly acuminate ...... 0.0... cece eee 7. P. tenella

15. Inflorescences large, densely flowered with showy large flowers; branches

short (internodes of central branch 5-8 mm long, that of

lateral branch 6—11 mm long); corolla tube (9-)12—16 mm long, gradually

dilated to apex, pilose outside; corolla lobes 6.5—7.0 mm long; calyx

distinctly toothed; leaves obovate to elliptic; lateral nerves

oblique or arcuate, (9—)12—18-paired....

' * * © @#@ © 8 #£ @ © © © €£ ££ & & &@ # © # © HF 8 8 8 f

8. P. speciosa

Not with above combination of characters; inflorescence branches

usually long (internodes of central branch 5-15-30) mm long, that

of lateral branch (6—)11—20 mm long); corolla tubes 6—9(-11) mm

long, slender or dilated towards apex, glabrous outside; corolla lobes

4.5-6.0 mm long; calyx indistinctly toothed; leaves elliptic, elliptic-

oblong or rarely+ obovate; lateral nerves patent or + oblique, 8—10-paired

* s&s © © & © & F&F &€& § & FE € F FF F&F F&F F&F FF SF FE FE FE EE F&F S&S FF F&F FF EF EF FF FF

1. Pavetta australiensis Bremek., Feddes

Repert. 37: 124 (1934). Type: Queens-

land: Coox Districr: Cape York, 12 No-

vember 1849, J. Macgillivray s.n. (holo:

K 3),

[Jxora pavetta auct. non Roxb.: Benth., FI.

austral. 3: 414 (1867 ‘1866’): F. Muell.,

Ist Census 74 (1882)].

[Pavetta indica auct. non L.: F. Muell.,

Fragm. 9:182 (1875): Bailey, Synopsis.

Qd Fl. 227 (1883), & Qd FI. 3: 766

(1900): Ewart & Davies, Fl. Northern

Territory 258 (1917): Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 623 (1928) as P indica var. typica

nom. inval. |

Becket Dolal gles Gk ark WRT AS aos AY eM ast eoatlabahe 5. P. brownii

Shrubs or small trees 2—5 m high; bark grey; all

parts glabrous, or tips of branchlets, leaves and

inflorescence finely hairy. Leaves usually clus-

tered at tips of branchlets, elliptic, narrowly

elliptic, narrowly oblanceolate-acuminate to

lanceolate, (5.5—)8.0—15.0 x (2.0-)4.0-6.2 cm;

apex abruptly acuminate (acumen long or short),

acute or + obtuse, mucronate, base + obtuse or

acute, occasionally abruptly acute and attenuate

into petiole; texture thin (very thin when dry and

slightly membranous); glabrous or lower sur-

faces finely hairy with pale or brown hairs, or

only midribs hairy; dries pale olive-green to

darkish brown or blackish with black, reddish or

whitish nerves; midrib usually + sunken to-

wards the base on upper surfaces, raised below,

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta

dries whitish or blackish; lateral nerves very

thin, widely spaced, 6—9(—12) pairs, slightly

oblique, erect or arcuate; reticulate venation

very fine; petioles (0.7—)1.7—2.2 cm long, hairy

or glabrous. Stipules at apex of branchlets

ovoid-globose, acuminate, those on branchlets

connate to above the middle and usually form-

ing an oblique sheath, slightly truncate, or with

ovate, aristate, conspicuously keeled lobes, +t

membranous, dries very pale brown, glabrous

or puberulous outside, usually with sparse long

colleters inside (at base). Stipular bracts sheath-

ing young inflorescences broadly ovate, +mem-

branous, dries pinkish-brown. Inflorescence

bearing branchlets 3.5—19.5 cm long, with pale

or reddish brown papery peeling bark; inflores-

cences one to few clustered at tips of branchlets,

2,5-9.5 x 5,0-12.0 cm, laxly corymbose, cen-

tral branch with (1), 2 or 3 internodes, these

(3-)7-28 mm long; lateral branches with (6—)

11-35 mm long internode, and (8—)17—29-flow-

ered corymbs; peduncles glabrous, rarely witha

few antrorsely curved hairs; connate bracts

broadly ovate, cuspidate, membranous, glabrous

or puberulous outside, 8-10 x 6—8 mm. Pedicels

5—10 mm long (in fruit (8—)13—16 mm long),

glabrous or puberulous; calyx with a slightly

flared, short, pale + membranous limb, indis-

tinctly toothed, 1.5—2.5 x 1.0-2.2 mm, glabrous

or with fine, antrorsely curved or appressed

hairs onthe tube; limb about one third the length

of the tube, glabrous; calyx lobes minute, about

0.5 mm long, narrowly triangular or subulate,

keeled, glabrous or with a few hairs at apex;

corolla tube slender, dilated towards the mouth,

(7—) 12-17 mm long, 1.0—1.5 mm wide at base,

1.5—2.5 mm wide at top, usually pilose at throat;

corolla lobes about halfas long as the tube, (5—)

6-8 x 2-3 mm, elliptic or lanceolate, obtuse or

subacute; anthers 3.5—5.0 mm long; styles

2.5~3.5 mm long. Fruits 5—9 x 5~7 mm; seeds

subglobose, 4-6 x 4-6 mm.

Diagnostic features: P. australiensis is dis-

tinguishable by its thin, glabrous or hairy, ellip-

tic or lanceolate, acuminate, subacute or obtuse

leaves; its few lateral nerves; obliquely ovate

thin stipules; usually many-flowered, laxly

corymbose, glabrous or hairy inflorescences; its

slender pedicels, long corolla tubes, and by its

large, thin, oblique, usually persistent bracts on

young inflorescences.

This species is very variable in the shape

and size of leaves and inflorescence, in the

length of corolla tube and the degree of hairi-

ness. Two varieties are separated here as fol-

lows.

1. Leaves and inflorescence glabrous (very rarely with a few scattered

FRATES ee yc calacetsiniestacs- 4c vs seh deh oh Sancta oe

ane te ava Mune ok teh wok alent whl var. australiensis

Lower surface of leaves and inflorescence finely hairy................08. var. pubigera

P. australiensis Bremek. var. australiensis

Distinguishing characters are as indicated in the

key above.

Representative specimens: Queensland. Cook District:

Cape York, Mar 1868, Daemels.n. GS, MEL); 4.5 km from

Watson River Crossing on the Aurukun-Merluna road,

about 40 km NE of Aurukun, Dec 1981, Clarkson 4060

(BRI); Round Mountain, Embley Range (13°33'S, 143°30!

E), Jun 1992, Forster 10468 (BRD); *Silver Valley (17°27’S,

145°15°E), Dec 1976, Gray 9 (QRS).* Mt Molloy, Apr

1932, Brass s.n.(BRIJ). Burke District: ** Karumba, Aug

1943, Blake 15135 (BRI, MEL);NortH Kennepy District:

Murray River, Oct 1867, Dallachy sn. QMEL 1554006);

*Townsville, Dec 1961, Kennedy s.n. (BRI); Conway road

about 0.5 km N of Conway beach, about 30 km E of

Proserpine, Nov 1985, Sharp 4001 & Batianoff (BRD.

South Kennepy District: Port Mackay, 1863, Dietrich

1836 (CANB). Port Curtis District: Keppel and Shoal

Bay, Brown 3447 (BM ), and 3448 (BM, CANB, NSW).

LEICHHARDT bDistricTt: Lake Elphinstone area, Feb 1987,

Champion 217 (BRD. purnett District: 5 of Cania Gorge

National Park, about 20 km NNW of Monto, Oct 1983,

Henderson 2984, Guymer & Dillewaard (BRI, CANB).

Moreton District: Brisbane River, date unknown, Mueller

(K, MEL); ditto, Sep 1820, Cunningham 105 (K), ditto, Sep

1827, Cunningham 562 (BM, K). New South Wales.

Tweed River, date unknown, Eaves s.n. MEL 15533987);

Kyogle, May 1947, Hayes s.n. (NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Eastern Australia,

chiefly coastal, from Cape York Peninsula,

Queensland, to northern New South Wales;

usually as an understorey tree in fringing forests

along creeks and rivers, in dry scrubs, coastal

forests, beach ridges, and hillsides. Map 1.

Notes: This variety consists of several forms

varying especially in the form of the leaves and

inflorescences. These forms are not formally

recognised here because they are connected by

intermediate forms or they are poorly known.

However, two of these forms, from north and

northwestern Queensland, both with narrow

leaves, are rather distinctive and probably wor-

thy of recognition, but there are not enough

specimens available of them to establish whether

they are consistently different.

The form from north Queensland ( * Brass

s.n.; * Gray 9; and * Kennedy s.n.) has narrow

leaves (2-4 cm wide), long pedicels (about 10

mm long) and long corolla tubes (13-17 mm

long). The one from northwestern Queensland,

viz ** Blake 15135 from Karumba, has narrow,

elliptic + falcate leaves, 8.5—13.0 x 1.9—2.8 cm,

with acute or subacute apex, and 1s acute and

decurrent into long prominent petiole at base;

the midrib dries very pale yellow and is very

prominently raised on lower surfaces and con-

tinuous with the very pale yellow, long, thick

petiole, lateral nerves obscure; the petioles are

1.7—2.3 cm long; the inflorescences (immature)

have short branches 5—7 mm long, the pedicels

aré 2-4 mm long, and the corolla tubes about 8

mm long. This form has the aspect of both P.

australiensis and P. granitica and 1s probably

distinct from both these species, but until more

collections from this area are seen, it is tenta-

tively included under the former species be-

cause in most features it appears to agree more

with this species.

Affinities: Some forms of P. australiensis var.

australiensis resemble P. opulina (J.R. Forst.)

DC. from New Caledonia, as represented by

specimens under that name at BRI. They are

also comparable with the type of the latter

species name, viz Forster s.n. (K !). The species

are probably closely related, but because only a

few specimens of P. opulina were seen in this

study, it has not been possible to assess its

variability andrelationship to P. australiensis at

this time.

P. australiensis var. pubigera S.T. Reynolds

var. nov. P. australiensi var. australiensi

similis autem foliis inflorescentiisque

pubescentibus differt. Typus: Queensland.

Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49 (1993)

Cook District: Gap Creek about 22 miles

[34.2 km] S by E of Cooktown, altitude

300 m, 19 May 1969, Smith s.n. (holo:

BRI (AQ 377111); iso: CANB).

Distinguishing characters of this variety are as

indicated in the key above. The leaves are

usually abruptly and conspicuously acuminate

(mostly with a moderately long acumen) or

acute at apex, and the corolla tubes are mostly

shorter (7-12 mm long) than those of the typical

variety.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook Districr: Tim-

ber Reserve 114, Kewteven, MclIlwraith Range (13°43’S,

[43°19 EB), Mar 1982, Hyland 11766 (BRI, QRS); 16 km

along road to Leo Creek Mine, MclIlwraith Range (13°42’

S, 143°13’E), Jun 1992, Forster 10094 (BRD; Gap Creek,

Aug 1973, Moriarty 1416 (CANB); Bloomfield near

Hopedale, Sep 1960, Smith 11102 (BRI, CANB); Palmerston

National Park, about 1.6km S of highway, 32km WSW of

Innisfail, Sep 1960, Smith 11272 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: North Queensland,

from MclIlwraith Range to near Innisfail; in

eucalypt woodlands, at 300-700 m altitude.

Map 5.

Affinities: Collections of P. australiensis var.

pubigera are comparable with specimens of

two New Guinea species, viz P. platyclada

Laut. et K. Schum. and P. valetonii Bremek.

They are scarcely separable from some of the

specimens of P. platyclada Lauterb. et K.

Schum. at BRI and NSW, particularly Brass

5502 (BRI) collected Sep-Nov 1933, from Auga

River, Mafulu, Central Division, and Brass

8229 (BRI, L), collected in October 1936, from

Lower Fly River, east bank opposite Sturt Is-

land, and they also match quite well with the

typeof P. valetonii Bremek. (Dutch New Guinea,

N.W. part, Gjellerup 168 (holo: L (1.v.); iso: K

!)). These species are no doubt closely related to

P. australiensis var. pubigera but specimens of

them so far seen are too few to be sure of their

relationship at this time.

P, platyclada auterb. et K. Schum. and

P. yaletonii Bremek. are doubtfully distinct

from each other and their relationship needs to

be investigated. P. platyclada was described by

Lauterbach and Schumann (1901) as a glabrous

species. Valeton (1911) recognised a hairy va-

riety of this species, viz P. platyclada vat.

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta

puberula Valeton, but Bremekamp (1934) in-

cluded this variety in his new species P. valetonii

Bremek. Since the only difference between the

above two species appears to be the presence or

absence of hairs, and since hairy and glabrous

forms are present within many species of Pavetta,

including P. brownii and P. australiensis, these

species should possibly be recombined. How-

ever, specimens of P. platyclada and P.

valetonii available for this study are too few for

a comparative study to be undertaken at this

time.

Specimens of P. platyclada available for

study (including Brass 5502 determined by

Bremekamp as P. platyclada) have sparsely

hairy or nearly glabrous leaves and finely hairy

inflorescences. Some of them are not unlike

some of the collections under P. australiensis

var. pubigera, the latter is therefore probably

referable to P. platyclada also, but more speci-

mens are needed to be certain.

Etymology: The varietal epithet pubigera, from

Latin pubi = softly or weakly hairy, -ger =

bearing, refers to the finely hairy leaves and

inflorescences. |

2. Pavetta granitica Bremek., Feddes Repert.

37:123 (1934). Type: Queensland. NortH

KENNEDY District: Burdekin River, No-

vember 1856, F. Mueller s.n. (holo: K !;

iso: MEL (MEL 153307) !).

P. modesta Bremek., Feddes Repert. 47: 26

(1939). Type: Queensland. Cook Dts-

TRICT: Between Petford and Boonmoo, 24

January 1931, CLE. Hubbard & CW. Wind-

ers 6864A (holo: n.v.; iso: BRI !).

? P. indicavar. stenophylla Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 623 (1928). Type: ad fl. Gilbert

River, Daintree crescit (n.v.).

[P. tomentosa auct. non Roxb. ex Smith:

Bailey, Qd Agre. J. 22: 28 (1909). Speci-

mens from Stannary Hills, leg. Bancroft].

[P. indica var. tomentosa auct. non (Roxb. )

Hook. f.: Domin, Bibhoth. Bot. 89: 624

(1928). Specimens from Stannary Hills,

Lc. ].

Shrubs or small trees 1-5 m high, bark light

grey, very flaky; branchlets, young parts, inflo-

rescence axes and calyces + hoary with dense, +

appressed or antrorsely curved short hairs;

branchlets very pale grey or whitish, often

snarled and with short internodes. Leaves

crowded at tips of branchlets, narrowly elliptic,

acute or attenuate at both ends, or lanceolate or

oblanceolate, (3.8—)9.5—13.0(—16.5) x 0.8-2.5

(—3.2) cm, apex obtuse or subacute, rarely

abruptly shortly acuminate and apiculate, mar-

gins slightly recurved, base cuneate or acute,

decurrent into the usually short petiole; +

coriaceous (thick when dry); both surfaces hairy,

very rarely subglabrous to glabrous, the hairs

sparse short and slightly curved on upper sur-

faces, but usually denser, longer, curved or

slightly crispate and + appressed on lower sur-

faces; upper surfaces sometimes gland-dotted,

dark or yellow green, dries greyish brown;

midrib very conspicuous, raised on lower sur-

faces, often pale yellow when dry; lateral nerves

very fine, 6-10 pairs, + arcuate; petioles

2—-10(-16) mm long, subterete, hairy; stipules

united to below the middle and forming a short

sheath, lobes broadly ovate, cuspidate, prom1-

nently keeled, densely hairy on the outside with

short, antrorsely curved, white hairs, and with

dense long fine colleters inside (at base). Inflor-

escence bearing flowering branchlets 3.5—

7.0(—14.5) cm long, covered with light grey or

brownish, thin, flaky bark, inflorescences usu-

ally much shorter than leaves, usually con-

tracted with short branches, 2.5—5.0 x 3.5—7.5

cm; central branch with 1 or 2 internodes, these

(2—)4—10 mm long; reduced leaves usually per-

sistent at upper nodes; lateral branches with a

usually flattened 5—15(—20) mm long internode,

and 7—27-flowered corymbs; peduncles densely

appressed hairy; connate bracts broadly ovate,

membranous or with + scarious margins,

appressed hairy on the outside, and with dense

long colleters inside (at base), Pedicels usually

unequal in length in acymule, 1-4 mm long Gin

fruit 5-8 mm long), densely appressed hairy;

calyx about 2 mm long, calyx tube densely

tomentose, with slightly curved appressed hairs,

calyx limb wider than tube, very thin, sparsely

hairy, distinctly toothed; calyx lobes broadly

ovate, 0.5—0.7 x 0.5 mm, not keeled; corolla

tube slender, slightly dilated at throat, (8—)12-

14 mm long, about 1.5 mm wide at base and to

EXIVOR IAA

a oe eae eg ae nee

tt i ae La RNA MADSEN OS NE 1 mY comm i BM SE ASML AE AGI es A

2 mm wide at top, glabrous outside; corolla

lobes 5.0-—6.0 x 1.5-2.0 mm, oblong-elliptic,

obtuse; anthers 5—6 mm long; styles 2.5~—3.0cm

long, glabrous. Fruits 7-9 x 8-10 mm; seeds

depressed globose or ovoid, 4-6 x 4-6 mm. Fig.

2A.

Representative specimens: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT.

Stannary Hills, date unknown, Bancroft 294 (BRI (AQ

125110)). Gilbert River, in 1894, * Johnson s.n. (WEL

150220); ditto, date unknown, Daintree s.n. (MEL

1537278); Etheridge River, date unknown, Armift 93

(MEL);** Quinkin Creek area ~ Laura River (15°3-’S,

144°3-’E), May 1975, Byrnes 3398 (BRI); Caterpillar

Mountains, 31 km along Einasleigh road, off Mt Surprise-

Georgetown road, Jan 1992, Forster 9655 (BRD); Near Six

Mile Waterhole on Gibb’s Creek, about 15.5 km W of

Irvinebank, Jan 1979, Lockyer 172 (BRI); Pannekin Springs

area, 29 Km W of Mungana (17°07’S, 144°07’E), Jan

1993, Forster PIF 12980 (BRD; Between Pefford and

Boonmoo, Jan 1931, Hubbard & Win-ders 6864 (BRD.

NortH KENNEDY District: Charters Towers, Apr 1943,

Blake 14900 (BRI, CANB); Near junction of Broughton

and Burdekin Rivers, near Charters Towers, Jun 1931,

Hubbard & Winders 6972 (BRD; ** Mount Bohle, 37 km

SW of Charters Towers (20°16' S, 146°01’°B), Sep 1991,

Thompson 266 & Dillewaard (BRI). Soura KENNeEpy Dis-

TRIcT: 21.6km N of Mirtnahomestead (20°07’S, 146°11’B),

May 1991, Neldner 3113 & Thompson (BRD. LEICHHARDT

District: Cheswall Creek area, 3 km of Peak Downs up

Wathung Road (22°15’S, 148°58’E), Aug 1990, Forster

7256 (BRI); ** Coxen Peak (22°12’S, 148°27°E), Aug

1990, Forster 7313 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: North and central

Queensland, from Stannary Hills to near Peak

Downs; on granite, rocky outcrops and hill-

sides, sandstone escarpments, also onriverbanks;

on stony soil or among granite boulders; in open

forests; altitudes 300-700 m. Map 4.

Diagnostic features: P. granitica 1s easily dis-

tinguishable from all other Australian species

by its narrow, usually hairy, mostly shortly

petioled leaves with very conspicuous whitish

midrib; by its short, compacted, hairy inflores-

cences with short branches; by its shortly

pedicelled flowers, distinctly toothed calyx,

dense appressed hairs on calyx tube, and by its

long corolla tubes.

Affinities: This species ts related to P. muelleri

of which it has the hairy leaves, short unequal

pedicels (in acymule), distinctly toothed calyx,

and densely appressed hairy calyx tube, but

Austrobatleya 4(1); 21-49 (1993)

differs from the latter species by its narrow

leaves and long corolla tubes. Some forms of

P. rupicola with narrow leaves, short petioles,

and short inflorescences have been confused

with P granitica in the past, but P. rupicola may

easily be distinguished by the hairs on the calyx

tube, 1.c. the hairs are straight and patent in the

latter species, and not appressed as in P.

granitica, and alsoin P. rupicola the leaves

are generally wider and dry a pale brown or

yellowish brown.

Although most specimens of P. granitica

seen in this study aretypically hairy, aform with

glabrous or subglabrous leaves and inflores-

cences, from sandstone areas, viz **Byrnes

3398; **Thompson 266 & Dillewaard; **

Forster 7313, is tentatively included under this

species, because, although the specimens avail-

able for study are either sterile or incomplete,

the leaves resemble those of this species. How-

ever, more collections (especially flowering

specimens) of this form are necessary to be

certain that these specimens are correctly placed.

The glabrous form can be confused with

the narrow-leaved form of P. australiensis, but

the latter species may be distinguished by its

much thinner leaves which dries blackish or

brownish, by its larger, open inflorescences,

longer pedicels, and by its indistinctly toothed

calyx.

Note: P. modesta Bremek. 1s synonymised

under this species because its type is of the same

taxon as thatof P. granitica Bremek. which also

occurs in the type locality.

P, indica var. stenophylla Domin, is also

probably referable to P. granitica and tenta-

tively synonymised under this name. The type

(only specimen cited in the protolog) of P.

indica var. stenophylla Domin is missing. The

only specimen from Gilbert River, collected by

Daintree (MEL 1537278) available for study,

agrees with Domin’s original description in its

narrow lanceolate leaves, but the specimen is

hairy, not glabrous as recorded in the protolog.

This specimen, however, is a good match for

other collections filed under P. granitica (in-

cluding a collection from Gilbert River, viz

*Johnson S.n.).

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta

3. Pavetta muelleri Bremek., Feddes Repert.

37: 124 (1934). Type: Northern Terri-

tory. Upper Victoria River, in 1856, F.

Mueller s.n. (holo: K ! (specimen anno-

tated ‘P. muelleri’ by Bremek.); iso: K !};

MEL (MEL1537164 !).

Tall shrubs or small spreading trees 1.5—8.0 m

high; bark mid-grey to blackish, stringy or flaky;

branchlets with short, spreading, minute, +

antrorsely curved or appressed hairs towards

their tips. Leaves elliptic or elliptic-oblong,

narrowing at both ends, or slightly wider above

middle and subobovate, and attenuating into the

petiole, (5,.2—)10.0-16.5 x (2.2-)3.5-6.0 (-7.0)

cm, apex obtuse, + rounded, rarely emarginate

or abruptly shortly acuminate; base acute or

subobtuse and abruptly narrowing and attenu-

ate; both surfaces hairy or very rarely

subglabrous, upper ones with sparse, short,

slightly curved hairs, lower surfaces with dense

to sparse long, + curved, fine white hairs (hairs

on the midrib longer, shiny and appressed); +

coriaceous; upper surfaces usually glossy,

slightly resinous and obscurely gland-dotted;

usually dries darker above, reddish brown with

reddish nerves or occasionally pale brown with

whitish nerves; midrib broad, flattened or slightly

channelled on upper surface, usually dries red-

dish-brown; nerves and reticulation very fine,

lateral nerves 12—14 pairs, slightly oblique to

subpatent, looping at margins; petioles

(0.5—)1.0-2.5 cm long, flattened or channelled

above. Stipules at apex of branchlets, ovate,

long-acuminate, others briefly connate near base

and forming a very short, oblique sheath, lobes

broadly ovate, cuspidate, prominently keeled,

densely white hairy on outside with long and

short appressed hairs, and with fine long colleters

on the inside (at base). Inflorescence bearing

flowering branchlets (1.2—)5.0-10.5 cm long,

covered with pale or greyish flaky bark; inflo-

rescences 4,5—6.0 x 6.5—11.5 cm, open, usually

branching from base with laxly corymbose

branches, central branch with (1—)2 or 3 thick

internodes, these 5—10mm long; reduced leaves

usually persistent at all the nodes; lateral

branches usually with a long, (6—)12~20 mm

long, flattened internode, and 20—34-flowered

corymbs; cymules long-stalked (stalks 8-12

mm long); connate bracts broadly ovate, cuspt-

date, + membranous, densely hairy on the out-

side with shiny, long, white appressed hairs, and

with long fine colleters on the inside (at base);

peduncles densely hairy with curved appressed

hairs. Pedicels usually unequal in length in a

cymule, (0.5—)2.0-3.0(—7.0) mm long (in fruit

3-8 mm long), slender, densely hairy with +

antrorsely curved hairs. Calyx 1.5-2.7 mm

long, usually with a long, flared, conspicuously

toothed limb, calyx tube densely tomentose

with fine, white, slightly curly, usually appressed

hairs, the hairs slightly sparser on the limb; limb

wider than the tube, and one half to one third

the length of the tube; calyx lobes 0.5-0.7 x

0.5—0.7 mm, broadly ovate, hairy or subglabrous

on the outside; corolla tube slender, dilated

towards mouth, (4—)7—-10 mm long, about 1.5

mm wide at base, 2—3 mm wide at top, glabrous

or rarely pilose outside, corolla lobes some-

times nearly as long as the tube, 5.0-6.5 x

2.0-3.0 mm, oblong-elliptic, obtuse; anthers

4,0-5.5 mm long, styles 2.5—3.7 mm long, gla-

brous. Fruits 6-7 x 6-8 mm; seeds depressed

globose, 3.0-4.0x 5.0-6.5 mm. Fig. 1B.

Representative specimens: Western Australia. Vicinity

of Kimberley Research Station near Kununurra, 1969,

Mackenzie 710209 (CANB), Northern Territory, Keep

River National Park (15°40’S, 129°08’E), Feb 1988, Dunlop

5720 (DNA); 2km E of Victoria River, Dec 1988, Russell-

Smith 6522 & Lucas (DNA); Gregory National Park, 4 km

W of Victoria River bridge, Mar 1986, Thomson 1412

(DNA); Sea Range, Dec 1855, Mueller s.n. (MEL);

Vicinity of El Sharana Mining Camp, Jan 1973, Martensz

& Schodde AE 386 (BRI, DNA); N side of Mt Brockman,

Feb 1973, Craven 2341 (BRI, CANB, DNA); *Oenpelli,

Sep 1948, Specht 1045 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: East Kimberley,

Western Australia to Arnhem Land, Northern

Territory; usually on sandstone plateau, out-

crops, escarpments, hillsides and ridges. Map

Diagnostic features: P,. muelleriis distinguish-

able by its mostly shortly petioled, usually hairy,

elliptic or subobovate, obtuse, glossy leaves

which dry brown or reddish brown with reddish

brown or whitish, usually oblique lateral nerves;

by its widely branched inflorescences with

cymules on long stalks, usually short pedicels

(which are mostly unequal in a cymule), and by

its dense, + curly, usually appressed white hairs

on the calyx, and also by its distinct calyx lobes.

32 Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49 (1993)

it Weel. ,

a pie?

et ee

un,

ee Sen hy

Fig. 1. A. Pavetta brownii var. brownit: A,. branchlet with flowers x 0.6, A,. calyx with pedicel x 4, A,. longitudinal section

of corolla x 4. B. P. muelleri, B,. cymule x 2. B,. calyx x 4, A. Jessup 821. B. Russell-Smith 6522.

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta

Notes: P. muelleriis quite variable, especially

in the colour of dried leaves, and length of

pedicels and corolla tubes. Specimens from

around Victoria River and Kununurra in West-

ern Australia have elliptic-oblong or subobovate,

mostly glossy leaves which dry brown with

whitish nerves, or reddish brown with reddish

nerves, and have alarge amount of lateral nerves,

long pedicels and corolla tubes. Specimens from

Arnhem Land, Northern Territory, viz El Sharana

and Mt Brockman, have usually wider, shiny,

elliptic leaves with fewer pairs of lateral nerves,

densely white hairy connate bracts, shorter

pedicels and usually smaller flowers (especially

ones from hillsides and ridges). A collection

from Oenpelli, viz Specht 1045, is tentatively

included here, although it differs from other

specimens in having moreor less glabrous leaves,

because in other characters they are those of this

species.

Affinities: P. muellerit resembles P.

kimberleyana of which it has the calyx hairs and

general aspect, but the latter species differs by

its usually larger, less hairy leaves, longer peti-

oles, pedicels and fruit stalks (see under this

species).

P, muelleri had been confused with P.

brownit in herbaria, mainly because specimens

belonging to these species are often difficult to

identify in the absence of fertile material. How-

ever, P. brownii differs from this species by its

mostly broader ((3.5—)4.5—9.2 cm wide), ellip-

tic or elliptic-oblong leaves which usually dry

blackish or infused with black, by its fewer

lateral nerves (6-10 pairs), by its longer pedicels

((4.5—-)6.0-12.0 mm long (9-14 mm long in

fruit)), minute calyx lobes, and straight, usually

patent hairs on calyx tube.

4. Pavetta kimberleyana S.T. Reynolds sp.

nov. P. muelleri Bremek. persimilis

autem differt petiolis et pedicellis

fructiferis multo longioribus (2-4-plo

longioribus), foluis plerumque sparsim

pubescentibus vel subglabris. Typus:

Western Australia. Mitchell Plateau, un-

named tributary of Mitchell River

(14°45’S, 125°38’E), 8 December 1982,

K.F. Kenneally 8678 (holo: BRI; 1so:

PERTH).

[P. indica var. tomentosa auct. non (Roxb.)

J.D. Hooker: Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:

623 (1928). Specimens from Roebuck

Bay, leg. Tepper}.

(P. brownii auct. non Bremek.: Koeh in

Wheeler, Fl. Kimberley Region, 922

(1992)|

Shrubs or small trees 3-8 m high; bark silver

grey, yellow-grey or greyish brown, stringy;

young parts especially young leaves densely

hairy with long white hairs; branchlets sparsely

hairy at their tips with very fine short, slightly

antrorsely curved or appressed hairs. Leaves

broadly lanceolate or elliptic, rarely subobovate,

(6.0-)8.5-25.0 x (2.5-)5.5-8.5 cm, apex ob-

tuse or sometimes + rounded, rarely subacute,

apiculate; base subacute or obtuse and abruptly

attenuate and decurrent into the long petiole; +

coriaceous; upper surfaces usually with a slight

sheen, sparsely hairy with short, slightly curved

hairs, soon glabrous, or hairy only on midrib;

lower surfaces covered with dense (younger

leaves) or sparse, fine, long, soft, curved or

+ crispate, usually + erect, white hairs (hairs

longer on the midrib), or hairy only on the

midrib and nerves, rarely with very small, hairy

tufts in the axil of the main nerves; sometimes

obscurely gland-dotted, dries pale brown, yel-

low-brown or olive-brown with conspicuous

whitish or pale yellow midrib and nerves; midrib

broadly channelled towards the base on upper

surface; lateral nerves very slender, 9—11(—13)

pairs, slightly oblique, ascending at their tips, or

+ arcuate, sometimes impressed above, reticu-

late venation as fine as the nerves; petioles

(1.2—)2.4—3.5 cm long, flattened or channelled

above, finely hairy with short, appressed hairs,

or glabrous; stipules at tips of branchlets usually

globose-ovoid, with a long curved acumen at

apex, others usually squat, united to about mid-

dle and forming an oblique sheath, lobes ob-

liquely ovate, long-cuspidate, prominently

keeled (the keel usually darker and brownish),

densely white hairy on the outside with very

short, antrorsely curved or + appressed hairs, or

+ glabrous. Inflorescence bearing flowering

branchlets 1—3(—6) cm long, covered with thin

pale grey flaky bark; inflorescences 4.5—8.5 x

9,0-14.5 cm, very open and laxly corymbose,

usually with long lateral branches; central branch

ROE «

See

Termine aN es

ste te oe cn A a ANNE eT LIE HELE LEH I HT NEE TE ESE ENE a eR,

with (1) 2 or 3 internodes, these (6—)12—17 mm

long; reduced leaves usually persistent at nodes;

lateral branches with long flattened internodes

10-27 mm long, and 13—24-flowered corymbs;

cymules long stalked (stalks about 2.5 cm long);

connate bracts broadly ovate, obtuse, usually

thin and scarious, with dense white appressed

hairs on the outside, and with long fine colleters

inside (at base); peduncles appressed hairy with

curved hairs. Pedicels (2.5-—)3.5—4.5(—10.0)

mm long, in fruit (7-)10-20 mm long, finely

hairy with short, antrorsely curved or + appressed

hairs; calyx 2.0-2.5 mm long, with slightly

flared pale thin limb and distinct lobes; calyx

tube usually with moderately sparse, short, very

slightly curved, white, appressed hairs on out-

side, the hairs sparser on the limb; calyx lobes

0.5—1.25 x 0.5-1.25 mm, broadly ovate, ob-

tuse; corollatube slender, dilated towards mouth,

9—-11(—15) mm long, 1.5—2.5 mm wide at top,

glabrous outside, pilose at throat; corolla lobes

nearly half as long as the tube, 5.5—7.0 x 2.0-3.0

mm, elliptic-oblong, obtuse; anthers 5.5—6.5

mm long; filaments about 1.5 mm long; styles

2.0—3.2 cm long, glabrous. Fruit 6.0-6.5 x

6.0-7.5 mm, puberulous or glabrous; seeds

subglobose, 3.5—5.0 x 5.0-5.5 mm.

Representative specimens: Western Australia, Mitchell

Plateau, Camp Creek, approx. 1.5 km S of CRA Mining

Camp (14°49’S, 125°50°E), Jan [982, Kenneally 7945

(PERTH); Mitchell Plateau, Lone Dingo, Feb 1979, Beard

8478 (BRI, PERTH); Augustus Island, Bonaparte Archi-

pelago (15°25’S, 124°35’E), May 1972, Wilson s.n.

(PERTH); West Kimberley, gorge of unnamed creek

running E of Sale River, 30 km ESE of mouth (16°02’S,

124°46’E), May 1986, Kenneally 9634 (BRI, CANB); *

Cygnet Bay, date unknown, Cunningham 91 (BM); **

Roebuck Bay, in 1889, Tepper 61 (MEL 1553916); ditto,

in 1890, Teppers.n. (MEL 1553958); Between Wonganut

Springs and Beagle Bay Rd, N of Broome (17°25’S,

[22°20’E), Jan 1984, Willing 112 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: Kimberley region,

Western Australia,chiefly coastal from Mitchell

Plateau to near Broome, also on offshore is-

lands; usually in vine thickets, behind coastal

dunes, along creeks, rivers, and near sandstone

outcrops and sandstone scarps. Map §.

Diagnostic features: P. kimberleyanais distin-

guished by its long petioles, long pedicels espe-

cially those of fruits, appressed hairy calyx tube,

and its sparsely hairy to subglabrous leaves

which usually dry pale brown, yellowish brown

to olive-brown with usually whitish nerves.

Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49 (1993)

Notes: This species varies in its leaves, hairi-

ness and in the size of calyx and corolla lobes.

Two or three rather distinct forms are recognis-

able as indicated below, but the forms are not

formally named here, because, with the excep-

tion of the typical form, the other forms are

poorly represented (by two or three collec-

tions), or represented by incomplete material to

be certain that their differences are consistent.

The typical form occurs at Mitchell Plateau, it

has usually large, sparsely hairy to + glabrous

leaves which are hairy (sparsely hairy) only on

midribs, laxly corymbose inflorescences, and

moderately long corolla tubes (9-11 mm long).

Whereas the form from around Broome, has

larger, many-flowered inflorescences, very thin,

+ glabrous calyx, and longer corolla tubes

((10-)12—15 mm) long. Specimens from around

Cygnet Bay ditfer from the above forms in their

rather distinctive long calyx lobes (about 1.25

mim long) but specimens seen of this taxon are

too poor (old specimens) to judge if this charac-

ter is consistent. Specimens from offshore is-

lands (only fruiting specimens seen) usually

have hairier leaves and short compact inflores-

cences.

Affinities: P. kimberleyanais comparable to P.

muelleri Bremek. of which it has the general

aspect, rather similar leaves and calyx hairs, but

the latter species differs by its shorter petioles

(0.5—2.5 cm long), shorter pedicels especially

those of fruits (3-8 mm long), by its usually

hairier, elliptic-oblong or subobovate leaves

with glossy usually resinous upper surfaces, by

its greater number of lateral nerves (12-14

pairs), and by its denser, longer, + curly, white

appressed hairs on the calyx tube (and usually

calyx limb as well).

Note: * Cunningham’s collection from Cygnet

Bay, Western Australia, was cited under P.

brownii Bremek. by Bremekamp (1934), and **

Tepper’s collections from Roebuck Bay, was

cited under P. indica var. tomentosa by Domin.

The former species as circumscribed here, does

not occur in Western Australia, while the latter

name is misapplied (as indicated above).

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the

region where this species occurs, i.e. the Kim-

berley Region of Western Australia.

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta

5, Pavetta brownii Bremek., Feddes Repert.

37: 125 (1934). Type: Queensland. Cook

District: Carpentaria, Coen River, 6

November 1802, R. Brown 3449 p.p.

(lecto (here designated): BM).

[Zxora tomentosa auct. non Roxb.: Benth.,

FI, austral.3:414 (1867): Ewart & Davies,

Fl Northern Territory, 258 (1917) |.

[Pavetta tomentosa auct. non Roxb. ex

Smith: F. Muell., Fragm. 9: 182 (1875):

Bailey, Comprehensive Cat. Qd Pl. 245

(19Q9) ].

Shrubs or small trees 1-5 m high; bark usually

grey and stringy; branchlets with fine, short,

slightly antrorsely curved or spreading hairs,

rarely glabrous. Leaves elliptic or oblong-

elliptic, rarely + obovate, (7.5—)9.0-15.5(—21.0)

x (3.5—)4.5-8.0(-9.2) cm, apex obtuse or

subacute, rarely + rounded or abruptly shortly

acuminate, base obtuse and abruptly attenuate

into the petiole, or subacute, occasionally +

truncate and abruptly attenuate; usually slightly

coriaceous; both surfaces hairy or glabrous, the

hairs on upper surfaces sparse, short, + rigid,

curved, those on lower ones dense or sparse,

fine, mostly erect (appressed on the midrib),

occasionally the upper surface glabrous and

only the midrib of the lower surface hairy;

usually obscurely gland-dotted; dries brown or

blackish (usually younger leaves) or infused

with black (especially midrib and nerves); midrib

broad, flattened, channelled towards base on

upper surfaces, raised below; lateral nerves

8-10 pairs, patent or sometimes + oblique;

finely reticulate-veined; petioles 0.8—1.7(—2.2)

cm long (to 3 cm long in one collection), hatry

or glabrous. Stipules 5~7 mm long, united to

about middle and forming a short sheath, slightly

truncate, or with ovate, cuspidate, prominently

keeled lobes, dries pale brown with thin pale

margins, glabrous, or hairy outside with fine

long appressed hairs, and with dense long

colleters on the inside (at base). Inflorescence

bearing branchlets 4.0-14.5 cm long, covered

with pale grey or brown flaky bark; inflores-

cences 5.0—7.5 x 7.5—10.0.cm, laxly corymbose,

usually dries infused with black or blackish,

central branch with | or 2(3) internodes, these

5—15(—30) mm long, with or without reduced

leaves atnodes; lateral branches with (6—-)11—20

mm long internode, and (7—)12—24-flowered

corymbs; peduncles glabrous or sparsely hairy

with straight, spreading, or slightly antrorsely

curved or + appressed hairs; connate bracts

broadly ovate, squat, + very thin, glabrous, or

hairy with fine, shiny, white, dense appressed

hairs on outside, and with dense long colleters

on the inside (at base). Pedicels (4.5—)6.0-12.0

mim long (in fruit (9—)12—14 mm long), spread-

ing to + appressed hairy or glabrous; calyx with

slightly flared, indistinctly toothed, paler, +

membranous limb, 1.5—2.5 x 1.5—2.0 mm, gla-

brous or with dense, very fine, white, shiny,

straight or slightly curved, spreading some-

times reflexed, or + appressed hairs on the

calyx tube and sparser hairs on the calyx limb;

calyx lobes minute, 0.3-0.5 mm long, + triangu-

lar or narrowly ovate to subulate, apiculate,

keeled; corolla (obtuse in bud) mostly dries

blackish or infused with black or pale, tube

slightly dilated towards the mouth, 6-9(-11)

mm long, about 1 mm wide at base and to 2.5

mm wide at top, glabrous outside, pilose at

throat; corolla lobes one third to half the length

of the tube, 4.5-6.0 x 1.5—2.0(—3.0) mm, ob-

long-elliptic, obtuse, usually infused with black;

anthers 4-6 mm long; filaments 0.5—2.0 mm

long; styles 2~3 cm long, puberulous or gla-

brous, stigma glabrous or pilose. Fruits 6.0-8.0

x 6.0-7.5 mm, glabrous; seeds subglobose,

4.0-7.0 x 5.0-7.5 mm.

Diagnostic features: P. brownii may be distin-

guished from related species by its broadly

elliptic, elliptic-oblong or subobovate, usually

obtuse or subacute, hairy or glabrous leaves,

few pairs of usually patent lateral nerves, by its

many-flowered corymbs, and by its dense

straight, patent or + appressed hairs on the calyx

tube, and also by its minute keeled calyx lobes.

The leaves and inflorescence of this species

tend to dry blackish in the herbarium.

This species is extremely variable, espe-

cially in leaf and inflorescence size, degree of

hairiness, nature of hairs on the calyx tube and

in the colour of dried leaves and inflorescences.

Two varieties are distinguished as follows. _

HMM Ma MN LEASE SME oA EM es a A He MP ae eC a ra Ca tat a Er oe arm ae

36 Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49 (1993)

Fig. 2. A. Pavetta granitica: A,. branchlet with flowers x 1. A,. part of inflorescence x 1. A,. calyx with pedicel x 4. A,.

fruit x 4. A,. dorsal view of seed x 4. A,. ventral view of seed x 4, B. P. tenella: B,. branchlet with flowers x 0.6. B,. part

of inflorescence x 2. B,. calyx with pedicel x 4. A, ,. unknowncollector (MEL 1553966). A, ,. Cumming 9603. B, ,. Forster

6082.

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta 37

1. Leaves, branchlets and inflorescence hairy, the hairs on the leaves

covering both surfaces or restricted to the midrib. .......... 0... eee var. brownil

Leaves, branchlets and inflorescence glabrous, rarely with a few

scattered hairs on inflorescence axes and calyx. .. 0.0... cee eee var. glabrata

P. brownii Bremek. var. brownii

P. brownii var pubescens Bremek. l.c. 125.

Type: Carpentaria, December 1802, R.

Brown 3449 p.p. (holo: K !; iso: BM !).

(annotated by Bremekamp as type P.

brownli var. pubescens, and by Brown as

‘Pavetta mollis’ )

P. brownii var. glabra Bremek. lI.c. 125.

Type: Carpentaria, Dec 1802, R. Brown

3451 p.p. (holo: K !).

P. insulana Bremek., Feddes Repert. 37:

124 (1934). Type: Queensland. Coox

District: Thursday Island, Torres Strait,

Jaheri 250b holo: L!).

P. indica var. obovata Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 623 (1929). Type: North Australia:

Carpentaria, R. Brown Iter Australiense,

1802-1805, Brown [3451, p.p.] als Ixora

obovata Brown ms. (holo:K!; 1so:BM!,

CANB!).

| P. tomentosa auct. non Roxb. ex Smith: F.

Muell., 1. c. 182: Bailey, 1. c. 245].

[Ixora tomentosa auct. non Roxb.: Benth.,

Lc. 414].

Distinguishing characters are as indicated in the

key above. The leaves are hairy on both sur-

faces, occasionally + glabrous with only the

nerves and midrib hairy, but the inflorescence is

mostly densely hairy. Fig. 1A.

Representative specimens: Queensland and Northern

Territory. Islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Dec 1802,

Brown 3449 p.p. (BM, K, CANB) (specimens labelled

Carpentaria, and annotated ‘Pavefta mollis’ or ‘Ixora

obovata’ by Brown at K and BM, and labelled North Coast

at CANB). Northern Territory. Bremer Island, NEArmhem

Land, Nov 1986, Wightman 4827 & Jackson (DNA); Gove

Peninsula, Port Bradshaw, Oct 1983, Wightman 750

(CANB, DNA); ditto, 3 km NE of Port Bradshaw, Feb

1988, Russell-Smith 4680 & Lucas (BRI); Groote Eylandt,

Mamalimandja Point, Jul 1987, Russell-Smith 2803 &

Lucas (DNA); E side of South East Island, Sir Edward

Pellew Group, Feb 1976, Craven 3808 (CANB); SE of

Calvert River mouth (16°26’S, 137°52’B), Jan 1989, Brock

432 (DNA); Donydji, Arnhem Land, Jun 1990, Dunlop

8666 & White (BRD; NE Arnhem Land, Garadandabol Bay

(12°26’S, 136°18’E), Feb 1988, Russell-Smith 4760 &

Lucas (BRI). Queensland. Cook Districr: Thursday

Island, Jul 1974, Heatwole & Cameron 59 (QRS); ditto,

May 1906, Tafes.n. (BRI); Badu Island, Jun 1979, Garnett

98 (BRI); Coen River, Nov 1802, Brown 3449 p.p. (BM);

Pine River basin, southern end near mouth, Feb 1981,

Morton 1112 (BRI, QRS); Weipa, Evan’s Landing road to

Lake Patricia, Nov 1986, Jessup 821 (BRD; ditto, Lake

McLeod (12°19’S, 141°51’E), Mar 1990, Forster PIF

6467 & O'Reilly (BRI); Silver Plains - Goanna Creek road,

Nov 1956, Webb 3192 (BRI); Mapoon, May 1911, Bick

119 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Northern Australia,

from eastern Arnhem Land, Northern Territory,

along the Gulf of Carpentaria especially on

offshore islands to Cape York Peninsula,

Queensland; usually in coastal scrubs, on sand

dunes. Map 2.

Notes: P. browniti var. brownti consists of two

or three rather distinct forms which differ espe-

cially in the nature of hairs on the calyx, in the

leaves and in the colour of dried leaves and

inflorescences in the herbarium. However, these

forms are not formally named here, because

they are poorly known, poorly represented, or

represented by inadequate material, and there-

fore difficult to ascertain 1f their distinguishing

features are consistent.

The majority of specimens from Queens-

land, viz Weipa, Mapoon, Silver Plains, and

collections from eastern Arnhem Land, North-

ern Territory, viz Gove Peninsula and Groote

Bylandt, and also collections from along the

Gulf of Carpentaria, are typical. They resemble

Brown 3449 p.p. from Coen River, and some of

the specimens of Brown 3449 p.p. from the

islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria, in their hairy

leaves which dry brown or blackish or with

blackish nerves, and patent straight hairs on the

calyx tube. However, the majority of specimens

from Northern Territory, especially those from

offshore islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria,

differ in having slightly antrorsely curved to +

<< tt tt tw Wl el NNN OU Be mmm cement a Ba Kalan ie A ie TE ese Ose ee ee eS see ee eee eee ee et ee eee Mr ere i ae BB Bee Bo TAL aces

appressed hairs on the calyx tube, and are not

unlike the remainder of specimens of Brown

3449 p.p. from the Gulf of Carpentaria. Speci-

mens from Torres Strait islands previously

known as P. insulana, though, have sparsely

hairy leaves (usually with hairs only on the

midrib of lower surfaces) which dry brownish

with usually whitish nerves, have very fine,

short, usually + appressed hairs on the calyx

tube, and mostly shorter corolla tubes.

Note: The two varieties recognised by

Bremekamp (1934), viz P. brownii var.

pubescens Bremek., and P. brownii var. glabra

Bremek. are reduced under P. brownii var.

brownii, because the types of these varietal

combinations are of the same taxon as that of the

typical variety (see typification). Specimens

previously identified as P. brownii var. glabra

are now included under P. brownii var. glabrata.

P. brownii var. glabrata S.T. Reynolds var.

noy. a P. brownit Bremek. var. brownii

ramulis foluis pedunculis pedicellis

calycibusque glabris vel glabratis differt.

Typus:Queensland. Cook Drstrict:

Dauan Island, Torres Strait, 10 Septem-

ber 1971, M. Lawrie s.n.(holo : BRI

(AQ3897)).

Distinguishing characters are as indicated in the

key above. This variety is poorly represented, it

has elliptic or + obovate leaves which are broad,

obtuse or + rounded at apex, and are usually

shorter than in the typical variety.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Gove Penin-

sula, Jul 1987, Russell-Smith 2948, and Lucas (BRI).

Queensland. Cook Distrricr: Dauan Island, Torres Strait,

Sep 1971, Lawrie s.n. (BRD; Cape York, date unknown,

Daemel s.n.(BM); Rex Lookout, Cook Highway (16°—’S,

145°—’B), Jan 1978, Winkel s.n. (BRD. Burke District: *

Pisonia Island (island ‘e’), Dec 1802, Brown 3451 p.p.

(BM); * Islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Dec. 1802,

Brown 3451 p.p. (BM, NSW (NSW 193879)).

* ‘These specimens appear to be from the

same collection. The specimens at BM are

determined P. brownii var. glabra by

Bremekamp in 1932 (the latter collection was

annotated by him as type of this varietal name),

and annotated by Brown as ‘ P. glabrata’ ms.

The specimen at NSW (ex Herb. BM) is la-

belled “Ixora obovata’ ms, North Coast (not

Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49 (1993)

Brown’s handwriting), in addition to the BM

label.

Distribution and habitat: As in the typical

variety. Map 3.

Diagnostic features: P. brownii var. glabrata

can be confused with some of the forms of of P.

australiensis var. australiensis, but the latter

may be distinguished by its generally thinner

(usually very thin when dry), elliptic, lanceolate

or oblanceolate leaves with acuminate, acute or

subobtuse apex, by its fewer lateral nerves

(6-9(—12) pairs), and by its longer corolla tube

((7—)12-17 mm long).

Etymology: The varietal epithet glabrata, from

Latin glabratus = nearly glabrous, refers to the

glabrous or nearly glabrous leaves and inflores-

cences of this variety.

Typification of P. brownit: There has been

much confusion regarding specimens numbered

Brown 3449 and 3451 which Bremekamp (1934)

had nominated as types of the two varietal

combinations under P. brownti Bremek. This is

because similar looking specimens had been

given different numbers, viz Brown 3449 or

3451, and also because the nominated type of P.

brownit var. glabra Bremek. was found to be of

the typical variety.

The nominated type of P. brownii var.

pubescens Bremek., viz Brown 3449 (K) from

the Gulf of Carpentaria, is hairy and agrees with

Bremekamp’s original description attached to

the varietal name. It also matches specimens

with the same number at BM. However, the

nominated type of P. brownii var. glabra

Bremek., viz Brown 3451 p.p. (K), also from the

Gulf of Carpentaria, is hairy as well and does not

agree with his protolog to the varietal name, nor

does it match specimens of Brown 3451 at BM,

which are glabrous or nearly so (i.e. glabrous or

subglabrous leaves, and glabrous or hairy inflo-

rescences).

The nominated type of P. browntii var.

glabra at K, however, matches the other dupli-

cate of Brown 3451 at K which was cited by

Bremekamp under P. brownti var. pubescens.

It also matches Brown 3449 (K), the nominated

type of P. brownti var. pubescens, and other

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta

specimens of Brown 3449 at BM including the

collection from Coen River.

Although in 1932 Bremekamp selected

and annotated the BM sheets of Brown 3449

and 3451 as types of P. brownii and its varieties,

in 1934 when he wrote up his revision, he

nominated only the K sheets as types and did not

cite any BMspecimens. He didnot formally cite

a type for the name P. brownii although tn 1932

he annotated the specimen from Coen River,

Brown 3449 at BM, as ‘type P. brownii’. This

specimen is now selected as lectotype of this

name.

P. brownii var. pubescens Bremek. is here

synonymised under P. brownti var. brownit,

because the nominated type of P. brownii var.

pubescens Bremek. Brown 3449 p.p. (K, BM)

from Gulf of Carpentaria, is the same taxon as

Brown 3449 (BM) from Coen River, which

Bremekamp had in 1932 annotated as “type P.

brownii’. Bremekamp (1934) also cited hairy

taxa under the name P. brownii, and his inten-

tions with regards to the typical variety are quite

apparent.

Because the nominated type of P. brownii

var. glabra Bremek. is a hairy specimen which

does not agree with Bremekamp’s protolog of

P. brownii var. glabra, but agrees with the type

of P. brownti var. brownti, the former name 1s

here reduced to synonymy under the typical

variety. Bremekamp did not cite any other

specimen under P. brownii var. glabra. Speci-

mens previously under that varietal name are

now placed under P. browntt var. glabrata.

The sheets at K and BM are not numbered,

and in most cases several specimens, sometimes

of different taxa, or from mixed gatherings, are

mounted together on the same sheet. Therefore,

detailed information on the labels attached to

the specimens, including annotations made by

Brown and Bremekamp, is reproduced here to

identify the types. The exact collecting locali-

ties of most of the specimens of Brown 3449 and

3451 are not known. Whether or not similar

looking specimens mounted on the same sheet

or on different sheets, came from the same

collection is also not known. Most specimens or

sheets of Brown 3449 and 3451 are labelled

‘Carpentaria’ or ‘islands of the Gulf of

Carpentaria’. A few specimens at BM have

exact collecting locality details associated with

them. Brown 3449 p.p. at BM is labelled ‘Coen

River’, while others with the same number at

BM and K are labelled ‘Carpentaria’ or ‘Islands

of the Gulf of Carpentaria’. Sheets or specimens

of Brown 3451 at K (hairy specimens) are

labelled “Carpentaria’, while others of Brown

3451 at BM (specimens with glabrous leaves

with glabrous or hairy inflorescences) are la-

belled ‘island e’ (Pisonia Island), or ‘insula

varia (islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria), viz

islands “f’ (one of the Bountiful Islands.), ‘o’ (

North East Island), ‘g’ (Vanderlin Island), ‘h’

(North Island, Sir Edward Pellew Group).

Whether the specimens mounted on the one

sheet, or on different sheets came from the one

island or from different islands, or whether they

came from a single or several collections, can-

not be determined from the labels attached to

these sheets.

P. brownitand P. insulanacomplex: P. brownti

Bremek. and P. insulana Bremek. are treated

here as being conspecific because specimens

which have been referred to either species re-

semble each other especially in their general

aspect, leaves, inflorescences, calyx lobes and

length of corolla tubes. Consequently, difficul-

ties were experienced in trying to delimit these

Species.

Bremekamp, who described both species

(1934), used the number of internodes of the

central branch of the inflorescence to distin-

guish the species, but he saw only the type of P.

insulana, and afew specimens of P. brownii. As

more specimens became available, this distin-

guishing character was found to be very vari-

able and therefore unreliable to separate the two

species.

The types of both species names at first

sight appear to be quite different. For example,

type material of P. brownii Bremek. (flowering

and fruiting specimens) have straight spreading

or slightly antrorsely curved to + appressed

hairs on the calyx tube, and leaves and inflores-

cences usually dry blackish, whereas the type of

P. insulana Bremek. (fruiting specimen) has

very short + appressed hairs on the persistent

calyx tube, and leaves which dry brownish.

Naat FN At LE DEEL BENNO NOLAN NN A CEE EN NIN STEN GEE RM LANE MEN IEEE BOLE ENTE EY

However, intermediate forms of both these taxa

are now known, and specimens from the type

localities (Gulf of Carpentaria and Torres Strait)

were found to vary in the calyx hairs and in the

colour of dried leaves, even 1n specimens col-

lected from the same locality. The species are

therefore treated here as being conspecific.

Though the names are of equal date, P. insulana

Bremek. is here synonymised under the more

widely known P. brownii Bremek., which is

treated here as a name applicable to a very

variable species.

6. Pavetta rupicola 8.T. Reynolds sp. nov.

primo adspectu P. brownii Bremek. et P.

graniticae Bremek. persimilis; a P.

brownii foliis plerumque angustioribus,

nunquam siccitate nigrescentibus, petiolis

pedicellisque brevioribus, et corollo tubo

longiore (8-16 mm longo) differt; a P.

graniticae propter pilos strictos patuios in

foliis calycibusque et foltis plerumque

latioribus ((1.5—)2.7—5.5 cm latis) haud

aegre distinguitur. Typus: Queensland.

BurkE District: Adel’s Grove via

Camooweal, 17 February 1947, A. de

Lestang 309 (holo: BRI).

Shrubs to 2.5 m high; bark grey, flaky; young

parts especially young leaves densely hairy;

branchlets, leaves and inflorescence axes usu-

ally densely hairy with slightly patent hairs.

Leaves elliptic, + oblanceolate or subobovate,

(5.5—)10.0-13.5 x (1.5-)2.7-5.5 cm, apex

subacute or obtuse, base obtuse or subacute;

+coriaceous; both surfaces finely hairy, upper

ones with sparse fine hairs, lower ones usually

densely hairy with fine, + erect white hairs; dries

yellow-brown or pale brown with pale or dark

nerves; lateral nerves 6-10 pairs, slightly ob-

lique or arcuate; petioles 5-10 mm long, densely

hairy. Stipules at tips of branchlets ovate or

triangular with along acumen, others connate to

above middle, forming a short sheath and with

small subulate aristate lobes, or lobes ovate,

cuspidate or long aristate, prominently keeled,

densely hairy on the outside with shiny, white,

+ appressed hairs. Inflorescence bearing

branchlets (1.5—)4.0-10.5 cm long, covered

with very pale greyish white, thin, very flaky or

stringy bark, inflorescences usually with con-

tracted branches, laxly corymbose, 2.5-4.0 x

4.0-6.0 cm; central branch with one internode,

Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49 (1993)

(3—)5~—7 mm long, reduced leaves usually per-

sistent at nodes: lateral branches with 5—11 mm

long internode, and 9~14-flower-ed corymbs;

peduncles densely patent hairy; connate bracts

broadly ovate, velvety outside. Pedicels 2-4

mm long (Gn fruits 3.0-6.5 mm long), densely

patent hairy; calyx slightly flared at the limb and

distinctly toothed, 2-3 mm long, calyx tube

densely hairy with short straight patent hairs;

calyx lobes 0.5—1.0 mm long, ovate, apiculate,

keeled; corolla tube slender, dilated at throat,

8—16 mm long, about 1 mm wide at base and to

1.5 mm wide at top; corolla lobes (4-)6—7 x 2

mm, + elliptic, obtuse; anthers 4-5 mm long;

styles 2.5—3.2 cm long, glabrous, stigma pilose.

Fruits 6—7 x 7-8 mm; seeds subglobose, about

4x4mm.

Specimens examined; * Northern Territory, Mittiebah

Station (18°40’S, 137°15’E), rocky surrounds of Mitchiebo

waterhole, Mar 1981, Henshall 3462 (DNA); Border

Creek area (18°19’S, 138°00’E), Jan 1989, Russell-Smith

6944 & Lucas (DNA), Queensland. Burxe District:

Lawn Hill National Park, May 1989, O’ Keefe s.n. (BRD;

Adel’s Grove via Camooweal, date unknown de Lestang

405 (BRI); Magazine Hill, 9.75 km N of Silver Star Mine

(18°40’S, 138°30’E), Apr 1971, Jones s.n. (BRD; 9 miles

(14.4 km) S of Riversleigh Station, Jun 1948, Perry 1448

(BRI); Lake Corella, Mary Kathieen, Jan 1958, Lavery 118

(BRI, CANB); Head of Brown’s Creek (20°59’S, 139°25’B),

Aug 1989, Innis 142 (BRD.

* Northern Territory specimens (fruiting)

are tentatively included here because the leaves

approach those of this species. Flowering mate-

rial needs to be seen to be certain.

Distribution and habitat: Northwest Queens-

land to Barkly Tableland, Northern Territory;

usually inrocky areas (rocky outcrops, hillsides

and gorges). Map 5.

Diagnostic features: P. rupicolais distinguish-

able by its usually narrow, hairy, shortly petioled

leaves, hairy inflorescences, and by its dense

spreading white hairs of the calyx and pedicels.

Affinities: P. rupicola is at first sight very

similar to P. brownti Bremek. and P. granitica

Bremek., but differs from the former by its

usually narrower leaves which dry pale or dark

brown, shorter petioles and pedicels, and usu-

ally longer corolla tubes. It can be distinguished

without difficulty from P. granitica by its usu-

ally broader leaves ((1.5—)2.7—5.5 cm wide),

and straight spreading hairs on the calyx tube.

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta

Etymology: The specific epithet rupicola, from

Latin rupes =rock, -cola = dweller, refers to the

rocky habitat where this species usually grows.

7. Pavetta tenella S.T. Reynolds sp. nov. P.

moluccanae Bremek. aemulans differt

folius plerumque grandioribus latioribus,

petiolis pedicellisque longioribus et

plerumaue pilis patentibus in calycibus.

Typus: Northern Territory. Melville Is-

land, Takamprimili Creek, Pickertarmoor,

(11°45’S, 130°53’B), 24 Nov 1989, P.J.

Forster 6082 (holo: BRT; iso: BRD).

Shrubs or small trees 3-8 m high, bark light

orey, fairly smooth; young parts especially young

leaves, usually densely white hairy. Leaves el-

liptic, usually abruptly narrow at both ends,

(12.0-)17.0-24.5 x ( 4.7—-)5.5-10.0 cm, apex

obtuse or abruptly shortly acuminate, base ob-

tuse usually abruptly attenuate into the long

petiole, or subacute; texture thin to+coriaceous;

both surfaces sparsely hairy, or upper ones soon

glabrous or with a few hairs on the midrib only;

lower ones with sparse, fine, short, + erect hairs,

or hairy only on the midrib; usually dries pale

brown or pale olive-brown, very rarely infused

with black; midrib prominent, broadly chan-

nelled towards the base on upper surface; lateral

nerves 9-12 pairs, slender, slightly oblique or +

patent; reticulate venation very fine; petioles

(1.6-)2.7-4.0 cm. Stipules connate to above

middle and forming a short sheath, lobes broadly

ovate, long cuspidate, prominently keeled,

densely sericeous on the outside with usually

short hairs or subglabrous, and with fine long

colleters inside (at base). Inflorescence bearing

branchlets (4.0-)6.5-18.5 cm long, covered

with smooth, flaky, grey to brownish bark;

inflorescences usually clustered at tips of long

branchlets, 4.5—10.0 x 6.0-8.0 cm, usually very

open with long branches, laxly corymbose, dries

very pale brown, rarely blackish; central branch

with 1 or 2 internodes, these (5—)8—27 mm long,

reduced leaves often persistent at the nodes;

lateral branches with 1, or rarely 2 internodes,

these (6—)20-40 mm long; corymbs (lateral

branch) 14—-37-flowered; peduncles sparsely

hairy with short, patent or sometimes + appressed

hairs; connate bracts 7-11 x 8-14 mm, ovate,

dries very pale brown, + membranous, usually

densely sericeous on the outside, and with long

fine colleters inside (at base). Pedicels (8-)10-—13

mm long (in fruit (10-)12—15 mm long), slen-

der, densely patent hairy (hairsrarely appressed);

calyx 2.0-2.5 mm long, calyx tube densely

hairy with very fine, short, straight, spreading or

occasionally appressed hairs, limb about one

third the length of the tube, wider than tube,

sparsely hairy, distinctly toothed; calyx lobes

Q.75—1.0 x 1.0 mm, ovate; corolla tube slender,

dilated towards throat, (8—)10-13 mm long,

about 1.5 wide at base, 2 mm wide at the top,

glabrous outside, pilose at throat; corolla lobes

5.5-6.5 «x 2.0-3.0 mm, + elliptic, obtuse or

abruptly acute and apiculate; anthers 5.5—6.0

mm long; styles 2.7—3.3 cm long, glabrous or

pilose towards the apex. Fruits5 .0-6.5 x4.5—7.0

mm; seeds subglobose, 4.0-4.5 x 4-5 mm. Fig.

2B.

Representative specimens: Northern Territory. Melville

Island, Jump-up Jungle, Nov 1983, Wightman 946 &

Dunlop (CANB, DNA); ditto, Pickertarmoor, Nov 1989,

Russell-Smith 8137 & Peth(BRI, DNA); *6kmS Brogden

Point, Murgenella (1 1°34’S, 133°04’B), Mar 1987, Russell-

Smith 1990 & Lucas (DNA); * 3 km N of Magela Creek

Crossing, Kakadu National Park (12°33’S, 132°34’B), Jan

1984, Russell-Smith 1001 (DNA)

Distribution and habitat: Melville Island and

* along the north coast of Arnhem Land, North-

ern Territory; at edge of rainforests and in vine

thickets along the coast, along springs and creeks,

and on sandstone. Map 4.

Note: Collections from the Australian main-

land marked * are tentatively included here,

because, although the specimens are in young

fruit or sterile, the leaves on them resemble

those from Melvilie Island. Other unplaced

collections from surrounding areas (including

Pavetta sp. 1 from Cannon Hill, Northern Ter-

ritory), are also probably of this taxon, but the

specimens available for study are either incom-

plete or sterile, making their placement unsure.

Diagnostic features: P. tenella may be distin-

guished, by itsusually large, mostly subglabrous,

thin, elliptic leaves which are abruptly narrow at

both ends, long petioles, and by its usually

delicate looking inflorescences with long slen-

der branches and + filiform pedicels, and also by

its very short straight spreading (occasionally

appressed), very fine, whitish or very pale yel-

lowish hairs on the calyx and pedicels.

SRP RS AS ST HE BOT

<a A et at ata ale ba AMOR Untneancemncenoemsommmmumemmaonmimencmimiy many Wain 4 mutes mmm MANN al itl dG Cet A

Affinities: P, tenella is probably most closely

related to P. moluccana Bremek. from Timor,

and P. brownii Bremek. in Australia, with which

it shares similar leaves and general aspect. It

differs from both by its larger, moderately thin

leaves, longer petioles, larger inflorescences,

and usually longer pedicels. The type of P.

moluccana at L and specimens of that species

available for study differ from P. tenella in

having consistently fine appressed hairs on the

calyx, minute calyx lobes, shorter pedicels (4-8

mm long), shorter petioles (1.5—2.3 cm long)

and narrower leaves (3.0-6.2 cm wide). P.

tenella resembles P. brownii in its calyx hairs

and long slender pedicels, but differs from the

latter species by its usually larger, mostly +

glabrous, thinly textured elliptic leaves which

are abruptly narrowed at both ends, long peti-

oles, and long pedicels of flowers and fruits. In

P. brownii the leaves are usually hairier, ellip-

tic, elliptic-oblong or subobovate, the petioles

are 0.8—2.2 cm long, the calyx is indistinctly

toothed, and the hairs on the calyx tube are

longer.

Etymology: The specific epithet tenella, from

Latin tennellus = delicate, refers to delicate

appearance of the large inflorescence with flow-

ers on very slender long pedicels.

8. Pavetta speciosa S.T. Reynolds sp. nov. P.

brownii Bremek. adspectu maxime similis,

praecipue differt corollarum tubo longiore

((9-)12-16 mm longo) pilosos et pilis

antrorsis leviter curvatis in calycibus.

Typus: Northern Territory. Kalpalga

(12°3-’S, 132°2-’E), 14 December 1976,

R. Collins B.C. 146 (holo: BRI; iso: DNA).

Shrubs or small trees 1.5—5.0 m high; bark pale

greyish brown; branchlets with minute spread-

ing hairs towards their tips. Leaves obovate to

elliptic-obovate, or elliptic, 6-12 x 4—6 cm,

apex broad, obtuse to + rounded, emarginate, or

subacute; base subacute and decurrent into peti-

ole; + coriaceous; both surfaces usually shiny,

sparsely hairy, or hairy only on the midribs, or

upper surfaces glabrous; usually dries brown

with whitish midrib and nerves, and distinct

reddish (sometimes whitish) delicate reticulate

venation; lateral nerves (9—)12—18 pairs, usu-

ally conspicuous, oblique or arcuate, looping at

Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49 (1993)

margins; petioles 0.8-2.0 cm long; stipules

connate to about middle and forming a short

sheath, lobes ovate, sparsely hairy on outside

with very short appressed hairs, and with long

colleters inside (at base). Inflorescence bearing

flowering branchlets 6.5-12.5 cm long, cov-

ered with smooth greyish bark; inflorescences

wider than long, 5—7 x 9—12. cm, laxly or densely

corymbose; central branch with2 or3 internodes,

these 5-8 mm long; lateral branches with a

(6—)8—11 mm long internode, and 18—26-flow-

ered corymbs; peduncles sparsely hairy with

antrorsely curved or + spreading hairs; connate

bracts with broadly ovate lobes, densely

appressed hairy on outside. Pedicels (4—)6—10

mm long (in fruits 8-12 mm long), sparsely

hairy with + antrorsely curved hairs; calyx 2-3

mim long, witha very flared long limb, distinctly

toothed, calyx tube with+dense, short, antrorsely

curved or sometimes + appressed hairs; limb

usually about two thirds of the length of the tube,

much wider than the tube, sparsely hairy; calyx

lobes 0.5-—0.7 x 0.5S—O.7 mm, ovate, keeled;

corolla tube slender, usually gradually dilated

towards the mouth, (9—)12—-16 mm long, about

1.5 mm wide at base, 2.5 mm wide at top; pilose

on the outside, and at throat; corolla lobes

6.5—7.0 x 2.0-2.5 mm, elliptic, obtuse; anthers

5.5~-7.0 mm long; filaments about 0.5 mm long;

styles 2.7-3.2 cm long, sparsely patent hairy

towards apex. Fruits 6-8 x 7 mm); seeds

subglobose, about 5 x 5 mm.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory, About 32 km

ENE of Goodparla Station, Feb 1973, Adam & Lazarides

3097 (BRD; Kapalga (12°39’S, 132°28’E), Mar 1982,

Dunlop 6355 & Taylor (DNA).

Distribution and habitat: Known from the above

collections, from the Northern Territory; in

open forests on lateritic soil. Map 6.

Diagnostic features: P. speciosa may be distin-

guished by its large, broad, many-flowered,

showy inflorescences, showy flowers with long,

pilose corolla tubes, obovate to obovate-elliptic

or elliptic, obtuse, subglabrous leaves with

(9—)12—18 pairs of + oblique lateral nerves.

Affinities: This distinctive new species is poorly

known and requires further collectings to ascer-

tain its variablity and relationships. Itis nearest

to P. browniiin its leaves and general aspect, but

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta 43

Fig. 3. A. Pavetta speciosa: A,. branchlet with flowers x 0.5. A,. part of inflorescence showing connate bracts x 2, A,. flower

showing hairy corolla tube x 3. A,. calyx with pedicel x 4. A,. longitudinal section of corolla x 3. Collins 146.

onitnatbwn sitan ne nnn auton tutWiNtWhtiNNatttttlatat tutu WU atu UMW MWY WNW ming stm mmm mmm min a My Hy Hata Ne, MW AN i UOC LC LCS. Ck Oikos)

the latter species has a much shorter (6—11 mm

long), glabrous corolla tube, mdistinctly toothed

calyx, elliptic or elliptic-oblong leaves which

usually dry blackish, and fewer pairs (8-10

pairs) of lateral nerves.

Etymology: the specific epithet speciosa, from

Latin speciosus =showy, splendid, refers to the

showy inflorescence and flowers.

9, Pavetta conferta S. T. Reynolds sp. noy.

inter P. brownii Bremek. et P. muelleri

Bremek. quasi intermedia, ab ambobus

inflorescentiis compactis, confertifloris,

ramulis floriferis brevioribus differt, a P.

brownithaud aegre distinguitur pedicellis

brevioribus, calycis lobis conspicuis et

corollis plerumque longioribus; differt a

P. muelleri pilis brevioribus appressis in

calycibus, et foliis plerumque paucti-

nervibus. Typus: Northern Territory.

Gunn Point (12°09’S, 131°03’E), 9 No-

vember 1978, M.O. Rankin 1564 (holo:

DNA; iso: CANB),.

Shrubs or small trees 1.5-4.0 m high, branchlets

with short, appressed or + antrorsely curved fine

hairs towards their tips, lenticellate. Leaves

elliptic or subobovate, 10.5—13.0 x 4.0-6.0 cm,

apex obtuse or + rounded, base obtuse or

subacute; both surfaces sparsely hairy, or upper

surfaces subglabrous, slightly glossy and ob-

scurely gland-dotted; usually dries brown; lat-

eral nerves 8-10 pairs, slightly oblique; peti-

oles 0.6-1.2 cm long, sparsely hairy; stipules

united below the middle and forming a short

sheath, lobes broadly ovate, cuspidate, and with

a slightly membranous margin, densely

appressed hairy on the outside. Inflorescence

bearing branchlets 8—11 cm long, covered with

smooth greyish-brown bark; inflorescences one

to few, clustered at tips of branchlets, 2—7 x

5—15 cm, usually wider than long, depressed

from the top and compacted, with reduced cen-

tral axis, and very short branches, central branch

with | or 2 internodes, these 3 ~5(—7) mm long;

lateral branches with a 2~7(—-12) mm long

internode, and 9~—18-flowered corymbs; pedun-

cles finely appressed hairy; connate bracts united

to above middle, usually densely appressed

hairy outside, and with fine long colleters inside

(at base). Pedicels (4—)6-8 mm long, densely

Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49 (1993)

hairy; calyx about 2 mm long, with a slightly

flared, + membranous limb, distinctly toothed;

calyx tube with dense, short, appressed or +

antrorsely curved hairs, the hairs very sparse on

the limb; calyx lobes about 0.5 x 0.5 mm, ovate;

corolla tubes 7—11(—13) mm long, slightly di-

lated at mouth, about 1.5 mm wide at base and

to 2 mm wide at mouth, glabrous outside; co-

rolla lobes 5.0-6.0 x 2.0-2.5 mm, elliptic,

obtuse; anthers 4.5-5.5 mm long; styles 2.5—3.2

cm long. Fruits not seen.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Koolpinyah

(12°21°S, 131°09’E), Oct 1974, Dunlop 3664 (DNA); 3

kmNW Woolaning (13°05’S, 130°39’E), Oct 1988, Russell-

Smith 5956 & Lucas (DNA); Near Florence Falls (13°07’S,

130°49’B), Oct 1984, Silvertsen 961 (DNA).

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the

above collections from Northern Territory; in

low woodlands on sandy lateritic soil.

Diagnostic features: P. conferta is character-

ised by its compact inflorescences with short

branches and areduced central axis, by its short

pedicels, short, appressed to antrorsely curved

hairs on the calyx tube, small calyx lobes,

glabrous, long corolla tubes (7-13 mm long),

and by its elliptic to obovate leaves with a few

pairs (8-10 pairs) of lateral nerves.

Affinities: This species is known only from the

above rather poor collections. It appears to be

intermediate between P. brownii Bremek. and

P, muelleri Bremek. differing from both par-

ticularly by its compact, shortly branched 1nflor-

escences which are + depressed on top. P.

brownii may be distinguished from this species

by its inflorescence with moderately long open

branches; its longer pedicels ((4.5)6-12 mm

long); its indistinctly toothed calyx; and by its

dense, straight, patent to + appressed hairs on

the calyx tube. P. muelleri differs by its larger,

elliptic to subobovate, glossy leaves, with a

greater number of lateral nerves (12-14 pairs),

by its shorter pedicels ((0.5—)2.0-3.0(—7.0) mm

long) and by its longer, + curly, appressed hairs

on the calyx tube. However, more collections

(especially flowering material) of P. conferta

are necessary to establish that the above differ-

ences are consistent, and to assess its relation-

ships with other species, viz P. speciosa and P.

vaga, which occur in the area.

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta

Etymology: The specific epithet conferta, from

Latin confertus = pressed close together,

crowded, densely, refers to the crowded flow-

ers in the inflorescence.

10. Pavetta vaga S.T. Reynolds sp. nov. P.

brownii Bremek. per similis autem differt

corollae tubo multo longiore (12-14 mm

longo) pilosos, corollae lobis plerumque

acutis, calycis lobis conspicuis, bracteis

connatis + velutinis, et petiolis longioribus.

Typus: Northern Territory. Humpty Doo,

10 February 1961, H.S. McKee 8362 (holo:

BRI: iso: DNA; NSW).

Shrubs or small trees 1.5—4 m high; branchlets

with minute, + curved, spreading or + ap-

pressed hairs towards their tips, lenticellate;

young leaves + sericeous on lower surfaces.

Leaves elliptic to subobovate, (6-)9-15 x

4_6(—7) cm, apex obtuse, + rounded, or subacute

apiculate, base obtuse or subacute; +coriaceous;

both surfaces hairy, or upper surfaces

subglabrous, lower ones densely to sparsely

hairy, especially on the midrib and nerves,

usually dries brownish with pale midrib and

nerves; lateral nerves 9-12 pairs, slightly ob-

lique or + arcuate and looping at margins;

petioles 0.8—1.5(-2.5) cm long, sparsely hairy

to subglabrous; stipules united nearly the whole

length and forming a long, truncate sheath, or

with small, cuspidate lobes, densely hairy on

outside with short hairs, and with fine dense

colleters inside (at base). Inflorescence bearing

branchlets 7.5-11.0 cm long, covered with

brownish-grey, smooth, flaky bark; inflores-

cences loosely branched, many-flowered; cen-

tral branch with I or 2 internodes, these 5—15

mm long; lateral branches with a usually long

(10-30 mm long) internode, and with 9—)15—18-

flowered corymbs; peduncles with minute, +

curved, spreading or slightly appressed hairs;

connate bracts united to above middle, with

broadly ovate lobes, densely hairy with short

appressed hairs and + velutinous. Pedicels 6-8

mim long (in fruit 8—12mm long), densely hairy,

with short, antrorsely curved or sometimes +

reflexed hairs; calyx 2.0-2.5 mm long, with a

long much wider flared limb, distinctly toothed;

calyx tube densely hairy with thick, short,

antrorsely curved, or + spreading hairs, the hairs

much sparser on the limb; limb about half as

long as the tube; calyx lobes 0.5—0.7 x 0.5-0.7

mm, broadly ovate; corolla tube 12-14 mm

long, dilated towards the mouth, about 1.5 mm

wide at base and about 2 mm wide at top, usually

pilose outside and at throat; corolla lobes 6.0-7.0

x 2.0-2.5 mm, lanceolate or elliptic, acute or

obtuse; anthers 5.5-7.0 mm long; filaments

about 0.5 mm long; styles 2.7—3.0 cm long,

pilose. Fruits about 5 x 5 mm.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Humpty Doo

(12°38’S, 131°1S’E), Feb 1961, McKee 8362 (BRI, DNA,

NSW); ditto, Jan 1963, Muspratt SS 0304 (DNA); 30

miles [48 km} from Darwin, Nov 1921, Allen 542 (DNA);

Darwin River Quarry area (12°49’S, 130°59’E), Nov 1978,

Rankin 1590 (DNA); Darwin River Region, Labersheda

(12°51°S, 130°59°E), Oct 1986, Brock 160 (DNA),

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the

above collections from near Darwin in the North-

ern Territory; in open forests on lateritic soil.

Diagnostic features: P. vaga may be distin-

guished by its velutinous connate bracts which

are united to above middle, by its long usually

pilose corolla tubes, acute or obtuse corolla

lobes, and by its dense, antrorsely curved hairs

on calyx tube, prominent calyx lobes, and also

by its hairy elliptic leaves on usually long peti-

oles.

Affinities: P. vaga is poorly known. It is prob-

ably closely related to P. brownti, P. speciosa

and P. conferta, and the species are doubtfully

distinct but until better known they are kept

distinct because of the differences indicated

below.

The new species 1s most similar to P.

brownti from which it differs by its longer, hairy

corolla tubes; its longer, usually acute corolla

lobes; by its distinctly toothed calyx; and its

conspicuous + velutinous connate bracts. In P.

brownti the connate bracts are ovate, thin,

densely hairy with long white appressed hairs

(outside), the calyx 1s indistinctly toothed, the

calyx tube has straight patent or + appressed

hairs, and the corolla has a shorter (6-11 mm

long) glabrous tube, and shorter (4.5-6.0 mm

long) obtuse corolla lobes. P. conferta differs

from P. vaga by its compact inflorescences with

short branches, short appressed or antrorsely

curved hairs on calyx tube, and by its shorter

petioles. P. speciosa differs from P. vaga by its

showy flowers with longer ((9-)12—16 mm long),

usually wider corolla tubes, obtuse corolla lobes,

and by its usually subglabrous, obovate to ellip-

tic-obovate leaves which dry brownish with

distinct, oblique to patent nerves and delicate

conspicuous, + reddish reticulate venation.

Etymology: The specific epithet vaga, from

Latin vagus = uncertain, refers to the status of

this species compared to other closely related

species.

Imperfectly known taxa

A few rather distinct but poorly known taxa

which cannot be satisfactorily placed in any of

the recognised species have been segregated.

Three of these which appear to be distinct

species are described below. They are not for-

mally named here because specimens seen are

too few, incomplete or immature to be sure.

Pavetta sp. 1

Small trees to 5 m high; branchlets with very

short sparse hairs towards their tips. Leaves

narrowly elliptic, lanceolate or + oblanceolate,

sometimes subobovate, apex acute or obtuse,

base obtuse or subacute and attenuate into the

petiole, 12.5—18.0 x 4.8-5.5 cm, both surfaces

+ subglabrous with only a few hairs on the

midrib, or upper surfaces glabrous, texture thin;

midrib narrowly channelled towards the base on

upper surfaces; lateral nerves 9-12 pairs, +

oblique and ascending; reticulate venation finely

and loosely arranged; petioles 1.8—2.5 cm long,

puberulent; stipules shortly connate, + truncate,

with small keeled lobes, or connate above mid-

dle and forming a short sheath and with ovate

cuspidate keeled lobes, sparsely short hairy on

the outside. Inflorescence bearing branchlets

2.5—6.5 cm long, covered with pale grey smooth

bark; inflorescences laxly corymbose; pedun-

cles with sparse, short, fine, + curved appressed

or antrorsely curved hairs; central branch with 1

or 2 internodes, these 10-20 mm long; lateral

branches with one internode about 15 mm long

(30-32 mm long in fruiting specimens); lateral

corymbs 7—18-flowered; connate bracts sparsely

hairy on the outside; pedicels slender, 8-12 mm

long (in buds and fruits), puberulous; calyx

(buds) with dense short fine appressed hairs, the

Austrobaileya 4(1): 21-49 (1993)

hairs thinning out towards the limb, lobes ovate;

corolla tubes (buds) 5-6 mm long, pilose out-

side; lobes just as long. Fruits about 7 x 6 mm,

puberulent.

Spectmens examined: Northern Territory. Cannon Hill,

Dec 1972, Byrnes 2947 (DNA); 7 km NNW Cannon Hill

Airstrip (12°17’S, 132°54’B), Jul 1983, Russell-Smith 782

(DNA); 13 kmS Cannon Hill, Dec 1983, Russell-Smith 909

(CANB),.

Distribution and habitat: Around Cannon Hill,

Northern Territory, in sandy lateritic soil.

Diagnostic features: This taxon whichis known

from a few rather poor collections (in young

fruit or in bud), ts characterised by long narrow

elliptic or lanceolate leaves, few lateral nerves,

long petioles and long stalked buds and fruits. It

resembles P. speciosa and P. tenella in its

general aspect, and is probably closely related

to these species, but more collections (prefer-

ably flowering specimens) are necessary to be

certain. |

Pavetta sp. 2

Multistemmed shrubs or small trees to 4 m; bark

srey + stringy; younger parts, leaves, inflores-

cence axes and calyces densely hairy with long,

fine, curly or + crispate hairs; young branchlets

with short spreading or + antrorsely curved

hairs. Leaves narrowly elliptic or lanceolate,

usually wider above the middle, 7.0—-14.5 x

2.3—5.0 cm, apex + subacute or obtuse, rarely

very shortly acuminate, base obtuse or acute

and shortly decurrent into the petiole; both

surfaces hairy, the hairs denser below, upper

surfaces with + erect hairs, lower ones with

dense, fine, long curved or + crispate, white

hairs; slightly coriaceous, dries pale brown or

dark brown; midrib usually flattened above;

lateral nerves 7—-9(10) pairs, + arcuate, usually

ascending at their tips; petioles 0.7—1.5(—2.0)

cm long; stipules densely hairy outside. Inflor-

escence (infructescence) wider than long, about

4.5 x 8.5 cm, compact with short branches,

central branch with 2 or 3 internodes, these 5—7

mm long; lateral branches with one internode

15—25 mm long; lateral corymbs 9—19-flower-

ed; peduncles densely hairy; pedicels (only old

flowers seen) 1-3 mm long (in fruit5 mm long);

remnant calyx with a very flared limb, about 1.5

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta

ac? « /

jit os

eS “i

4 : raf

‘

ey? S f

A oo .

oOo pa

3 AOoo0 a Fs

go oO CJ

GB z

}

oS “

5 er és

A AL aA A r

é aA *

lig

T ‘i

mTy

O !

&) \

We)

‘\

vel

ot? )

av a F

- ee 40 ?

= z

ym 4

AAAA A

AAA

se 4

Maps 1-6. Distribution of Pavetta spp. 1.P. australiensis var. australiensis Q, P. conferta A .2, P. brownti var. brownti

O P. vagaA. 3.Pmuelleri 1, P. brownit var. glabrata 4, 4. P. granitica A, P. tenella O.5, P. australiensis var.

pubigera O, P,. kimberleyana O, P. rupicola 4. 6. P. speciosa O.

VM es

mm long, calyx tube densely hairy with short,

antrorsely curved or appressed hairs, limb much

wider than the tube and about half as long,

sparsely hairy, distinctly toothed; calyx lobes

ovate. Young fruits puberulent.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. Drysdale River

National Park, near Morgan Falis (15°02’S, 126°40’E),

Aug 1975, George 14048 (PERTH); ditto, Ashton Range,

(15° 16’S, 126°43’E), Aug 1975, George 13289 (PERTH);

16 km E of Bungle Bungle Outcamp East (17°13’S,

128°26’E), Kenneally 9210(PERTH); Prince Regent River,

1891, Allen s.n. (MEL 1553924).

Distribution and habitat: Northeast Kimber-

ley, Western Australia, in the above localities;

in sandstone scree slopes and siltstone scarps in

open woodlands.

Diagnostic features: This taxon known only

from the above few sterile and poor fruiting

specimens, is characterised by its hairy fairly

narrow leaves on long petioles. It appears to be

resemble both P. kimberleyana S.T. Reynolds

and P. muelleri Bremek. in its general aspect

and hairiness, but differs from both by its nar-

row, long petioled, hairy leaves. More collec-

tions (preferably flowering material) are neces-

sary to assess its variability and relationships.

Pavetta sp. 3

Shrub or small tree. Leaves and inflorescence

hairy. Leaves elliptic, 8.5-11.0 x 4.0-5.2 cm,

obtuse or subacute at apex and base, upper

surfaces sparsely hairy, gland-dotted, lower ones

densely hairy; dries brown; lateral nerves 10-12

pairs, + arcuate; petioles 1.0—1.2 cm long; stip-

ules connate below middle and forming a short

sheath, and with broadly ovate keeled lobes,

hairy on outside with very short appressed hairs.

Inflorescences many flowered, connate bracts

thin, densely sericeous on the outside; pedicels

(3—)6-8 mm long (unequal in length in the

cymule, and thick in bud); calyx about 2 mm

long, distinctly toothed, densely hatry on both

calyx tube and limb with antrorsely curved to +

spreading, or appressed hairs, calyx lobes

broadly ovate, 1 mm long, sparsely hairy; co-

rolla tube 12-14 mm long, slender, dilated at

mouth, glabrous outside; corolla lobes about

6.0 x 1.5—2.0 mm long, elliptic, obtuse; styles

2.7—-3.3 cm long.

Austrobaileya 4(1); 21-49 (1993)

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Settlement

Creek, Dec 1922, Brass 245 (BRI, NSW); Redbank Mine,

Wollogorang Station, Nov 1984, Thompson 764 (BRI,

NSW); Borroloola, Nov 1911, ill s.n. (MEL 1537277).

Distribution and habitat: Along the Gulf of

Carpentaria, Northern Territory, in rocky areas

e.g. wet rocky gully or amongst rocks.

Diagnostic features:This taxon known from a

few poor specimens (with immature leaves and

inflorescences) 1s characterised by its hairy

elliptic leaves, dense antrorsely curved, + spread-

ing or appressed hairs on the calyx, distinct

calyx lobes and long corolla tubes. It resembles

both P. muellerit and P. brownii. It has the

distinctly toothed calyx, and short, unequal and

usually thick pedicels of the buds of the P.

muelleri, and the leaves and + the calyx hairs of

P, brownii, but differs from both these species

in its long corolla tubes. More specimens (pref-

erably good flowering material) are needed to

assess its variability and relationship with the

above species.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to the Australian Biological

Resource Study, Federal Department of Arts,

Sports, The Enviroment, Tourism and Territo-

ries for a grant to undertake research in the tribe

Pavetteae in Australia; Les Pedley for the Latin

diagnoses; Rod Henderson for his comments on

the manuscript and for the Latin diagnoses; Paul

Forster for his various collections of Rubiaceous

genera under review; Philip Short while he was

A.B.L.O. at Kew, for the photocopy of relevant

literature and help while I was at K and BM;

Diane Bridson (Kew) for her help and useful

discussions; Mr M.M.J. van Balgooy (Leiden)

for the photograph of the type of P. insulana and

photocopy of its description; Will Smith for the

illustrations and maps; Andrew Franks and Kym

Sparshott for their help with the specimens and

maps; Chris Putttock for his collections of

genera under review; and the directors of the

following herbaria for allowing me full access

to specimens in theirinstitutions and for the loan

of herbarium material, types and photographs —

AD, BM, CANB, DNA, K, L, MEL, NSW,

PERTH, QRS and UNSW.

Reynolds, Australian Pavetta

References

Backer, C.A. & BAKHUIZEN VAN DEN BRINK JR, R.C, (1965).

Pavetta L, In Flora of Java 2: 323. Groninger:

N.V.P. Noordhoff.

Batey, F.M. (1883). Pavetta L. InSynopsis of the Queens-

land Flora : 227. Brisbane: Queensland Govern-

ment,

(1900). Pavetta L. In The Queensland Flora 3:

766. Brisbane: Queensland Government.

BENTHAM, G. (1867 ‘1866’). LxoraL. In Floraaustraliensis

3: 414-415. London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

BREMEKAMP, C.E.B. (1934). A monograph of the genus

PavettaL. InF. Fedde(ed.), Repertoriumspecierum

novarum regni vegetabilis 37: 1-208.

(1939). A monograph of the genus Pavetta L.

Additions and Emendations. In F. Fedde (ed.),

Repertorium specierum novarum regni vegetabilis

47: 12, 26.

Bripson, D. (1978). Studies in Pavetta L. Kew Bulletin

32(3): 609-652.

Koen, B, (1992), Pavetta L. In J. Wheeler (ed.), Flora of

the Kimberley Region: 922, Como, W.A.: Depart-

ment of conservation and Land Management.

MABBERLEY D.J, (1989). Pavetta L. In The plant-book: 435.

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Ross, E.M. (1988). Pavetta L. In T.D. Stanley & E.M.

Ross, Flora of South-eastern Queensland 2:

339-340, Brisbane: Queensland Department of Pri-

mary Industries.

SCHUMANN, K, & LAUTERBACH, K. (1901). PavettaL, In Die

flora der Deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Stidsee:

569-570. Leipzig: Gebriider Borntraeger.

VALETON, Th. (1910-1911). Pavetta L. Nova Guinea 8:

437-519,

Won, K.M. (1989). Pavetta L. In F.S.P. Ng (ed.), Tree

Flora of Malaya 4: 386-390, Malaysia: Longman.

Taxonomic studies on the genus Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae:

VMiarsdenieae) in Papuasia, 6'

Paul I. Forster and David J. Liddle

Summary

Forster, Paul I. & Liddle, David J. (1993). Taxonomic studies on the genus Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae:

Marsdenieae) in Papuasia, 6. Austrobaileya 4(1): 51-55. Two new species of Hoya from Papuasia (Irian

Jaya, Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands) are described, namely Hoya dennisti and H. flavida. Both

are in cultivation, and the latter is widely known as H. sp. ‘Mt Gallego’.

Keywords: Asclepiadaceae, Hoya — Papuasia, Hoya dennisti, Hoya flavida.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

David J. Liddle, P.O. Box 794, Mareeba, Old 4068, Australia

Introduction

In this paper we continue our long-term taxo-

nomic studies on the genus Hoya R. Br. in

Papuasia (Forster & Liddle 1991, 1992). Ter-

minology and format is consistent with the

former papers. Two new species, namely H.

dennisii and H. flavida, are described, ahead of

accounts of the species groups in which they

occur. Both these species are in cultivation and

require names for identification and distribu-

tion of live material. H. flavidais widely known

as H. sp. ‘Mt Gallego’.

Taxonomy

Hoya dennisii P.I. Forster et D.J. Liddie, sp.

nov. affinis H. chloranthae Rech. a qua

venis secondariis laminae folii 3 vel 4 vix

manifestis, floribus minoribus (16—17 mm

in diametro), lobis corollae longioribus

(circa 7 mm longis), et lobis coronae

staminalis majoribus margine exteriore

corollam excedentibus et apice labio

obtuso producto differt. Typus: Solomon

Islands, GUADALCANAL PROVINCE: Kwalo

Range, Mt Gallego, eastern ridge, 7 July

1965, 7.C. Whitmore R.S.S. 6073 (holo:

L!; iso: A!, BSIP!, K!, LAE!).

1Christensen Research Institute Contribution No. 83.

Accepted for publication 16 December 1992

Epiphytic coriaceous liane to several metres;

latex white. Stems cylindrical, wiry, with sparse

trichomes, becoming glabrous with age;

_ internodes up to 100 mm long and I mm diam-

eter. Leaves petiolate; lamina lanceolate-ovate,

coriaceous, up to 72 mm long and 30 mm wide,

discolorous, glabrous, venation obscure; upper

surface dark green; lower surface pale green; tip

acuminate; base rounded to cordate; petiole 5—7

mm long and c. 0.8 mm diameter, with scattered

trichomes; colleters 2, at lamina base. Cyme

racemiform, up to 100 mm long; peduncle up to

85 mm long and 0.5 mm diameter, glabrous or

with scattered trichomes; bracts ovate, 0.5—0.6

mm long, 0.4—0.5 mm wide, glabrous. Flowers

2-3 mm long, 16-17 mm diameter; pedicels

30-35 mm long, c. 0.6 mm diameter, glabrous.

Sepals lanceolate, c. 1.2 mm long and 0.6 mm

wide, glabrous. Corolla flattened-campanulate,

crimson-pink, externally glabrous, internally

with short dense white trichomes; tube c. 5 mm

long and 10 mm diameter; lobes triangular, c. 77

mm long and 7 mm wide. Staminal corona

purple, c. 1.8 mm long and 4.5 mm diameter,

inserted on column + flush with corolla; lobes

c. 3.2 mm long, 1.8 mm wide and 1.8 mm high,

outer edge rounded and somewhat drawn out

into a lip not higher than the style-head, inner

edge acute. Staminal column c. 2 mm long and

2.) mm diameter; anther appendages lanceo-

late, c. 0.8 mm long and 0.5 mm wide; alar

fissure 1.0-1.1 mm long. Style-head de-

pressed-globose, c. 0.8 mm diameter. Pollinaria

52 Austrobaileya 4(1): 51-55 (1993)

ak, FO ShS

Fig, 1. Hoya dennisii: A. habit of flowering stem x 0.8. B. face view of flower x 2, C. side view of flower x 2. D. face view

of calyx and ovaries with corolla removed x 8. E. side view of staminal corona x 6. F. face view of staminal corona and

column x 6, G. pollinarium x 40, A, Whitmore R.S.S, 6073; B—G, Forster 8714 & Liddle. Del. W. Smith.

Forster & Liddle, Hoya, 6

c. 0.55 mm long and 0.46 mm wide; pollinia

oblong, c. 0.46 mm long and 0.18 mm wide,

with pellucid germination mouth on outer edge;

corpusculum oblong-ovate, c. 0.14 mm long

and 0.09 mm wide; caudicles unwinged, c. 0.09

mm long and 0.03 mm wide. Fruit and seed not

seen. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Solomon Islands. GUADALCANAL

PROVINCE: near Gold Ridge Village, 9°35’S, 160°07’E, Jun

1991, Forster 8714 & Liddle (BRD; Summit Mt Gallego,

NW Guadalcanal, Sep 1966, Dennis BSIP4630 (BSIP);

Popomanasiu, Oct 1965, Corner 156 (K).

Distribution and habitat: H. dennisii has been

collected only on Guadalcanal where it grows in

montane and submontane situations from 650 to

1200 m altitude, usually as an epiphyte in

bryophyte mats in rainforest.

Notes: H. dennisii belongs to a group of small,

wiry stemmed, coriaceous to herbaceous leaved

Hoyas that occur in upper montane areas in

Papuasia and Melanesia. The group includes H.

venusta Schitr. in New Guineaand H. chlorantha

Rech. in Samoa. H. dennisii is probably most

closely related to H. chlorantha but differs from

that species in the just visible 3 or 4 secondary

veins in the leaf lamina, the smaller flowers

16—17 mm in diameter with longer corolla lobes

c. 7 mm long and the larger staminal corona

lobes in which the outer edge is raised above the

corolla and drawn out into a blunt lip.

Etymology: It gives us much pleasure to name

this new species for Geoff Dennis of Honiara,

Guadalcanal, former Government Botanist and

long-time resident in the Solomon Islands, a

plantsman of high repute with a garden of tropi-

cal delights. Geoff has been responsible for

introducing many of the Hoyas from the Solo-

mon Islands into general cultivation.

Hoya flavida P.I. Forster et D.J. Liddle, sp.

nov. affinis H. anulatae Schltr. a qua

foliis succulentioribus, corolla campan-

ulatirotata lutea vel flavida lobis ovatis, et

lobis coronae staminalis margine exteriore

rotundato differt. Typus: cultivated at

Emerald Creek near Mareeba (ex plant

collected on Mt Gallego, Guadalcanal

Province, Solomon Islands), 24 February

1992, DJ. Liddle IML118 (holo: BRI (1

sheet + spirit)).

Epiphytic fleshy vine to several metres long,

latex white. Stems cylindrical, glabrous; inter-

nodes up to 120 mm long and 2.5 mm diameter.

Leaves glabrous, petiolate; lamina elliptic-ovate,

upto 140mm long and 45 mm wide, discolorous,

secondary veins 4 per side of midrib just visible

on both surfaces, tertiary venation obscure;

upper surface dark green; lower surface pale

green; tip acute to short acuminate; base cuneate;

petiole grooved along top, 10-12 mm long and

c. 1.5 mm diameter; colleters 2, at lamina base.

Cyme umbelliform to racemiform, up to 140

mm long; peduncle up to 135 mm long and 1.5

mm diameter, glabrous; bracts ovate, 0.3-0.4

mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide. Flowers 3-4 mm

long, 10-15 mm diameter; pedicels 15-22 mm

long, c. 1 mm _ diameter, glabrous. Sepals

lanceolate, 1.2-1.4 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide,

glabrous. Corolla campanulate-rotate, yellow

to yellow-pink, externally glabrous, internally

with dense short white trichomes that are uni-

formly distributed except for on the lobe edges

where slightly denser but not forming a con-

spicuous band; tube 3-4 mm long, 7-8 mm

diameter; lobes ovate, 5-5.5 mm long, 4.5—5

mm wide. Staminal corona 2.8-3 mm long,

5.5-5.8 mm diameter, inserted on column +

flush with corolla, yellow-pink; each lobe c. 2.5

mm long, 2.5—2.8 mm high, 1.3-1.5 mm wide,

outer edge somewhat rounded-obtuse and not

upraised above the level of the style-head, inner

edge acute. Staminal column c. 2 mm long and

2.) mm diameter; anther appendages lanceo-

late, c. 0.8 mm long and 0.5 mm wide; alar

fissure c. 1 mm long. Style-head c. 1 mm

diameter. Pollinaria c. 0.32—0.36 mm long,

0.27—0.32 mm wide; pollinia oblong, 0.29—0.33

mm long, 0.12—0.13 mm wide, with pellucid

germination mouth on outer edge; corpusculum

oblong, 0.09-0.11 mm long, 0.05-0.06 mm

wide; caudicles winged, c. 0.09 mm long and

0.05 mm wide. Fruit and seed not seen. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. BouGAINVILLE

Province: South slopes of Crown Prince Range, Apr 1936,

Voyce D2 (K). Cultivated. cultivated at Emerald Creek

near Mareeba (ex plant collected on Mt Gallego, Guadalcanal

Province, Solomon Islands), Feb 1992, Liddle IMLA23

(BRD.

Austrobaileya 4(1): 51—55 (1993

eee ee eet

* +

See Peek

reat

Se el

AO, All from Liddle IML118. Del. W. Smith.

Fig. 2. Hoya flavida: A.habit of flowering stem x 0.5. B. face view of flower x 4, C. side view of flower x 4. D. calyx

x 4. E. face view of staminal corona and column x 8. F. side view of staminal corona and column x 8. G, pollinarium x

Forster & Liddle, Hoya, 6

Distribution and habitat: Known only from

Bougainville and Guadalcanal Islands in the

Solomon Islands chain. Plants occur as epi-

phytes in lowland rainforest. In addition to the

plants in cultivation from Mt Gallego, we havé

also collected plants from the Lungga River

area on Guadalcanal that are probably referable

to this species; however, they have yet to flower

for us to be sure.

Notes: H. flavida ts a free flowering plant that

is now reasonably well spread in cultivation as

H. sp. “Mt Gallego’. It is probably allied to Z.

anulata Schitr. from mainland New Guinea and

Australia (Forster & Liddle 1990, 1992) but

differs from that species in the more succulent

leaves, the yellow or yellowish campanulate-

rotate corolla with ovate lobes; and the staminal

corona lobes with rounded outer edges.

Etymology: The specific epithet alludes to the

yellowish corollas.

Acknowledgements

Figures | and 2 were drawn by W. Smith (BRI).

Our visit to Papua New Guinea, enabling a visit

tothe LAE herbarium, was made possible by the

award of a Christensen Research Institute Fel-

lowship and we are grateful to M. Jebb, Director

of that institute for his support. G. Stocker was

of great assistance with our visit to Lae. L.A.

Craven (CANB) kindly provided latin transla-

tions of the diagnoses. Plants or information on

localities were supplied by G. Dennis, B. Ghen

and the late P. Tsang. The Directors/Curators of

A, B, BM, BO, BSIP, CANB, K, L, LAE,

MICH, SING, NY, W and WRSL allowed

access to collections 1n their care, either on loan

or on visits to their institutions.

References

Forster, P.J. & LippLe, D.J. (1990). Hoya R. Br.

(Asclepiadaceae) in Australia—an alternative classi-

fication. Austrobaileya 3: 217-234,

(1991). Variation in Hoya australis R. Br. ex

Traill (Asclepiadaceae). Austrobaileya 3: 503-521.

(1992). Taxonomic studies on the genus Hoya R.

Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in Papuasia, 1-5,

Austrobatleya 3: 627-641.

Studies in Australian grasses, 7’. Four new species of

Sporobolus R. Br. (Poaceae, Chloridoideae, Sporoboleae)

from Australia

Bryan K. Simon

Summary

Simon, Bryan K. (1993). Studies in Australian grasses 7, Four new species of Sporobolus R. Br. (Poaceae,

Chloridoideae, Sporoboleae) from Australia. Austrobaileya 4(1): 57-66. New species, Sporobolus blakei

from central and western Australia and Sporobolus disjunctus, Sporobolus pamelae and Sporobolus

partimpatens from Queensland are described and compared with other Australian Sporobolus species. |

Keywords: Poaceae, Sporobolus — Queensland, Sporobolus blakei, Sporobolus disjunctus, Sporobolus

pamelae, Sporobolus partiwnpatens.,

Bryan K, Simon, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

In relation to the ‘Flora of Australia’ account

and revisional studies of Sporobolus R. Br.

pres-ently being undertaken with Surrey Jacobs

of the New South Wales National Herbarium,

four new species require description. Three of

them were given their names by previous re-

searchers on this genus, but never published.

Jan De Nardi, formerly of the New South Wales

National Herbarium, proposed the name

Sporobolus blakei for the central Australian

species in 1973, and Robyn Mills, formerly of

the Waite Institute, Adelaide, proposed the

names Sporobolus disjunctus and Sporobolus

partimpatens for the Queensland species in a

preliminary manuscript of a revision of Austral-

ian Sporobolus species prepared in the mid

1980s and kindly sent to me by David Symon

when Ms Miils left the Waite Institute to take up

employment in Perth. I collected the fourth

species, Sporobolus pamelae, for the first time

in April 1992, from the ‘Desert Uplands’ of

central Queensland, during field work with John

Thompson as part of his project to prepare a

vegetation map of the region.

' continued from Austrobaileya 3(4):669-681 (1992)

Accepted for publication 3 February 1993

Sporobolus blakei De Nardi ex B.K. Simon,

sp. nov..S. elongato R. Br. affinis sed basi

vaginis fibris, laminis longioribus et

complanatis, lemmatibus leviter brev-

ioribus, staminibus duobus, semine latiore

differt. Typus: Northern Territory, Cen-

TRAL SOUTHERN Division: Redbank Gorge,

20 April 1972, P_K. Latz 2483 (holo: BRI;

iso: DNA).

Plants perennial with culms erect, to 80 cm tall,

unbranched, 2—3-noded. Internodes glabrous or

sparsely hairy. Leaves glabrous; sheaths dis-

tinctly fibrous at base of plant; ligule a mem-

brane c. 0.3 mm long; blades usually flat, to 30

cm xX 3 mm. Inflorescence to 32 x 2 cm, a

panicle, spicate to semi-spicate, fully exserted

at maturity. Primary branches to 2.5 cm long,

not appressed to main axis, not whorled at the

lowermostinflorescence node. Spikelets 1.5—1.8

x c. 0.7-0.9 mm, evenly distributed along the

length of the branch, pedicels 0.7—0.9 mm long.

Lower glume 0.6—0.7 mm long, nerveless, ob-

tuse and frequently torn at apex. Upper glume

0.9-1.1 mm long, at least half the spikelet

length, 1-nerved, acute, sometimes torn at apex.

Lemma 1.5—1.8 x 0.7-—0.9 mm, membranous,

distinctly keeled, obtuse to truncate. Palea

1.3—-1.7 mm long, membranous. Anthers 3,

0.6-0.7 mm long. Grain obovoid, angular in

transverse section, c. 0.9 mm x 0.6 mm. Fig. 1.

" “

eat

a Ra

“om

_— 7

en hee

.* *

[ scemaaaalill Ce

“# 7 ae ey

caer ttn —_ me At ind aml We st

ri es ete wm ete crete rel el - Noe ee

e ae

al i

tls

—"

WSS

=aA tN

Th WS

HAS

Austrobaileya 4(1): 57~66 (1993)

* taf,

& 4 i i

14 rent title dy

at eas Trl “Ae

‘ 1,1 kh

‘

Fig. 1. Sporobolus blakei: A. habit x 0.5. B, portion of inflorescence x 2, C. spikelet, lateral view x 25. D. lower glume,

back view. E. upper glume, back view. F. lemma, back view. F. palea, back view. H. flower. D-H x 40. All drawn from

Nelson 484 (BRI).

Simon, Grasses 7

Selected specimens examined: Western Australia.

FiTZGERALD District: Mt Harthomestead, Jun 1987, Edinger

467 (PERTH). CARNARVON District: Carnarvon, Mar 1981,

Stretch s.n. (PERTH). CARNEGIE District: Warburton Mis-

sion, Aug 1962, George 4060 (PERTH). Gites DISTRICT:

Rawlinson Range, Aug 1958, Hi// 910 & Lothian (AD,

DNA). Austin Districr: Wongawol Station, Jul 1944,

Bennett sn. (PERTH). Northern Territory. CENTRAL

NorTHERN Division: Elkedra Station, Davenport Ranges,

May 1977, Latz6857 (BRI, DNA); Mt Doreen Station, Jan

1972, Latz 2043 (CANB, DNA, PERTH). CENTRAL SouTH-

ERN Division: Mount Sonder, Jul 1968, Beauglehole 27380

(BRI, DNA); Valley of the Eagles, Jun 1968, Beauglehole

20667A (BRI, DNA, NSW); Simpsons Gap National Park,

Jun 1974, Beauglehole 45035 (BRI, DNA); Ormiston

Gorge, Heavitree Range, Jun 1974, Beauglehole 45304 &

Carr (BRI, DNA); Mt Putardi area, Apr 1972, Latz 2293

(BRI, CANB, DNA, PERTH); 25 miles [42 km] S of Alice

Springs, Aug 1962, Nelson 484 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Palm

Valley, Dec 1971, Latz 1900 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Tempe

Downs Station, Feb 1973, Henry 667 (CANB, DNA); Olga

Gorge, Lazarides & Palmer 267 (CANB, DNA); Umbeara

Station, May 1988, Latz 5260 (DNA); Peterman Ranges,

Oct 1971, Latz 1773 CDNA). South Australia. Nortu-

WESTERN: Helms 6.1891 (AD, CANB, DNA), LAKE Eyre:

Witgara National Park, Sep 1986, Weber 9217 (AD, BRI,

DNA). Queensland. Warreco Districr: 48 km NW of

Hungerford, Sep 1971, Stanton s.n., AQ 0004485 (BRD.

New South Wales. NorTHERN FAR WESTERN PLAINS: Gum

Vale, May 1971, Milthorpe 397 (NSW).

Distribution and habitat: S. blakei 1s distrib-

uted in all mainland states from central and

western Australia within the arid zone of Jessop

(1981), with the exception of a collection from

the Kimberley region. The distribution of all

herbarium specimens is shown in Map 1. It is

found in or near places of accumulated mois-

ture, creek beds, moisture depressions and wa-

tercourses.

Conservation status: Not considered to be

threatened.

Etymology: Named for the late Dr S.T. Blake,

formerly at BRI, who pioneered much of the

work on the taxonomy of Australian grasses.

Notes: This species is closely related to S.

elongatus R. Br. but differs in its basal fibrous

leaf sheaths, generally longer and flattened leaf

blades, slightly shorter lemma, two stamens and

broader seeds. The specimen originally selected

as type by De Nardi was Beauglehole 20667,

but this is a mixed gathering with Eragrostis

parviflora (R. Br.) Trin. I have assigned the

number 20667A to the Sporobolus blakei col-

lection and 20667B to the Eragrostis parviflora

collection.

Sporobolus disjunctus R. Mills ex B.K. Simon,

sp. nov. 8 indico L. affinis, sed paniculis

interruptionibus, glumis inferis uninervis,

rarenter flosculis in spicula duobus differt.

Typus: Queensland, SouTH KENNEDy Dts-

TRicT: 9 miles [14.4 km] N of Avon Downs

Station, L. Adams 1060 (holo: CANB

(CANB 143738); iso: BRI (BRI 2885 12)).

Plant perennial with culms erect, to 80 cm tall,

sparingly intravaginally branched at base, 2—5-

noded. Internodes glabrous. Leaves glabrous;

ligule a fringed membrane with marginal ciliac.

0.7 mm long; blades flat or involute, to 25 cm x

8 mm, strigose and scaberulous. Inflorescence

to 25 x 0.8 cm, a panicle, spicate to semi-

spicate, fully exserted at maturity. Primary

branches to 2 cm long, appressed to the main

axis in clusters, not whorled at the lowermost

inflorescence node. Spikelets 2—2.3 x 0.6—-0.7

mm, evenly distributed along the length of the

branch, sessile or shortly pedicelled, pedicels to

2 mim long, rarely 2-flowered. Lower glume

0.8—-1 mm long, 1l-nerved, glabrous to

scaberulous, membranous, acute. Upper glume

1.8—2 mm long, at least half spikelet length, 1-

nerved, glabrous to scaberulous, membranous,

acute. Lemma 2—2.3 x 0.6-0.7 mm, distinctly

keeled, 1-nerved, glabrous to scaberulous, mem-

branous, acute. Palea 1.9~2.1 mm long, shorter

than lemma but longer than upper glume, glab-

rous to scaberulous, with a rounded apex. An-

thers 2 or 3, 0.3—0.6 mm long. Grain asymmetri-

cally ovoid, compressed in transverse section,

0.9 x 0.5 mm. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Burke Districr: 82

km NE of Hughenden on road to Mt Emu Plains, Mar 1993,

Thompson HUG203 & Henderson (BRI). SourH KENNEDY

District: Natal Downs Homestead, Jan 1987, Dorney 59

(BRI); Well Plains Station, Jul 1989, Henn AQ 456510

(BRI); 9 km S of Warregal, Feb 1978, Anderson 324B

(BRI); Bingeringo Tank, May 1991, Neldner 3072 &

Thompson (BRI, NSW). LercaHarpt Districr: between

Emerald and Peak Downs, Feb 1931, Hubbard 7954 (K),

MARANOA District: 12 miles [19.2 km] NW of Mungindi,

Apr 1952, Collector unknown AQ 306829 (BRI); N of

surat, Apr 1991, Warrian 890 (BRI). Daritinc Downs

District: Goodah, W of Goondiwindi, Feb 1992, Ross AQ

542465 (BRI, NSW). New South Wales. NorrH WESTERN

PLAINS: Burilda, W of Goondiwindi, May 1991, Crane AQ

506149 (BRI).

es a ee ee

Austrobaileya 4(1): 57-66 (1993)

portion ofinflorescence x 2. C, s

lateral view x20. D. lower glume

pikelet,

w. G. palea, front view and one lodicule at base. H. flower.

front vie

Hig. 2. Sporobolus disjunctus: A. habitx0.5. B.

, front view. F. lemma,

D-H x 40. All drawn from Adams 1060 (isotype, BRI).

front view. E. upper glume

Simon, Grasses 7

Distribution and habitat: On the basis of exist-

ing collections §. disjunctus has rather a dis-

junct distribution with a few collections from

northern and central Queensland and others

from areas near the Queensland-New South

Wales border (Map 1). It is restricted to black

cracking clay soils.

Conservation status: 3K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: Named for the disjunct nature of

the inflorescence branches.

Notes: S. disjunctus differs from S. indicus by

the interrupted nature of the inflorescence

branches (as opposed to the + uninterrupted

inflorescence in S. indicus), by the longer glumes

and the one-nerved lower glume (nerveless in S.

indicus). A second floret is sometimes devel-

oped in the spikelets of S. disjunctus, a situation

also reported for other species of Sporobolus

e.g. 8. mitchellii (Trin.) C.E. Hubb. ex s.T.

Blake with its occasional second floret (Clayton

& Renvoize 1986) and S. subtilis Kunth with its

rachilla process, indicating areduction from the

two floret condition. Other species of Sporobolus

reported as having more than one floret, have

been transferred to other genera (Baaijens &

Veldkamp 1991). The genus Sporobolus, apart

from it possessing spikelets with a single floret,

is very close to Eragrostis (Phillips 1982) and

the tribe Sporoboleae or subtribe Sporobolinae,

setup to accommodate this single floret charac-

ter state, 1s really an artificial grouping. The

Australian endemic genus Thellungia (Hubbard

1933; Probst 1920; Stapf 1920)) has been placed

in Eragrostis (Phillips 1982) on the basis of it

having spikelets with 2 or3 florets. However it

has one-nerved lemmas as in all other species of

Sporobolus and looks remarkably similar to S.

disjunctus. Jacobs (1987) has drawn attention

to the lack of agreement of generic circumscrip-

tion of some chloridoid genera, including the

distinction of Sporobolus and Thellungia from

Eragrostis.

Sporobolus pamelae B.K. Simon, sp. nov. S.

myriantho Benth. affinis sed glumis

superis cum apicibus obtusis (sine apicibus

acuminatis), spiculis longioribus, differt.

Typus. Queensland, SourH KENNepy Dis-

TRICT: Cattle Creek moundspring, 3 km S

of Doongmabulla Station, 22°05’39" S,

146°14’23"E, 1 Apr 1992, EJ. Thompson

GAL 001 & B.K. Simon (holo: BRI; iso:

AD, B, BRI, CANB, K, L, MEL, MO,

NSW, PRE).

Plants perennial with culms erect, 80-120 cm

tall, unbranched, 2—4-noded. Nodes glabrous.

Internodes glabrous, longer than the associated

leaf sheaths. Leaves glabrous; sheaths rounded

on the back; ligule a fringe of hairs c. 0.5 mm

long; blades 14-35 cm x 1-1.5 mm, involute,

filiform, tapering to a narrow apex, attenuate at

the base. Inflorescence 25—40 x 3-12 cm, open,

fully exserted at maturity. Primary branches to

15 cm long, not appressed to main axis, as long

as or longer than adjacent internodes, with

spreading secondary branches, with spikelets

loosely spaced, only the lowest branch slightly

whorled. Spikelets 2.5-3 x 0.6-1 mm, evenly

distributed along the length of the branch, lan-

ceolate, pedicelled, 1-flowered; pedicels 4-12

mm long, very slightly scabrous, flexuous. Lower

plume c. 1.5 mm long, triangular, nerveless,

membranous, glabrous, obtuse. Upper glume c.

3 mm long, at least half spikelet length, faintly

l-nerved, rounded on the back, obtuse, gla-

brous. Lemma 2.5—3 x | mm, linear-lanceolate,

not keeled, membranous, obscurely 3-nerved,

truncate. Palea 3-3.2 mm long, with a longitu-

dinal groove, membranous, obtuse. Lodicules

c. 0.4 mm long. Anthers 3, c. 2 mm long. Grain

not seen. Fig. 3.

Distribution and habitat: S. pamelae is only

represented by the type specimen collected at

Doongmabulla Station (Map 1). It grows in an

interesting ecological habitat known as a

moundspring. It was the dominant species in the

vegetation here (Fig. 4), which includes several

other and possibly new species of flowering

plants. These mounds and accompanying veg-

etation, developed by the springs of the Great

Artesian Basin, are well known and documented

(Habermehl 1982; Ponder 1986).

Conservation status: 1K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

ktymology: This very attractive grass is named

for my wife, Pam, who has endured my many

absences from home on agrostological pur-

suits.

a Pena kaa Revert hel Riel Erercitseckertccccra hie

ec tn tt ah ee th date eA A ECE tt Ll netabenananacenenaenteneecseaien et | menentenon mamma mcm ci (et en cA ORR NA et LY EL I EE at "

62 Austrobatleya 4(1): 57-66 (1993)

Po er a

we ee Te “"%

la tt, ae arene -

ie sl ' a ae

+ & ae

‘odes te A

at apse et fume ana

Hote eres Met wlteatlot

E ahahamaal

onl

i peer

Pe i alll

+ ona:

ie a gS

ot ae oe 0 HO rg ntl

ro |

are Mal

ae AIRE gm ae se

se pe hd nla Malo tt

Fig. 3. Sporobolus pamelae: A. habit x 0.5. B. spikelet, lateral view x 10. C. lower glume, front view and pedicel. D.

upper glume, front view. E. lemma, front view. F. palea, back view. G. palea, front view. H. pistil and stamens. C—H

x 20. All drawn from Thompson GAL 001 & Simon (holotype, BRD.

Simon, Grasses 7 63

Fig. 4, Sporobolus partimpatens: A. habit x 0.5. B. spikelet, lateral view x 15. C, lower glume, back view. D. upper

glume, back view. E. lemma, back view. F. palea, front view. G. split palea. H. grain. C-H x30, All drawn from Thompson

GAL 002 & Simon (holotype, BRI).

Notes: S. pamelae is quite unlike any other

Australian species of Sporobolus and thus far is

only represented by the type. In my attempt to

discover a species with which to compare it for

a diagnosis, I keyed it out in “Flora of Tropical

East Africa’ (Clayton 1974) to S. myrianthus

Benth. It certainly shows a remarkable resem-

blance to the one specimen of that species in

BRI, differing in having larger spikelets (2.5—3

mm long in S. pamelae, c. 2 mm long in S.

myrianthus), the apex of the upper glume being

obtuse (not abruptly acuminate or mucronate)

and the base of the plant having more robust

roots. Both species have indurated basal leaf

sheaths.

Sporobolus partimpatens R. Mills ex B.K.

Simon, sp. nov. S$. actinoclado Domin

affinis sed glumis superis multo long-

ioribus (aequans spiculam) et paniculis

apertis tantum ad basim, differt. Typus.

Queensland. SourH KENNEDY DIsTRICT:

sandy flat adjacent to Cattle Creek, 3 km

S of Doongmabulla Station, 22°05’39"S,

146°14’23"E, 1 Apr 1992, E./. Thompson

GAL 002 & B.K. Simon (holo: BRI; 1so:

AD, BRI, CANB, K, L, NSW).

Plants perennial. Culms erect, to 60 cm tall,

sparingly branched, 3—5-noded. Nodes glabrous.

Internodes glabrous, longer than the associated

leaf sheaths. Sheaths glabrous, with non-ciliate

margins. Ligule a fringed membrane, 0.7—0.9

mm long. Leaf blades 1.5-12 cm x 40 mm,

glabrous or occasionally withlong slender hairs.

Inflorescence a panicle, spicate to semi-spicate,

fully exserted at maturity with main axis smooth,

glabrous, ridged with elevated resinous lines.

Primary branches c. 2.5 cm long, appressed to

the main axis in the upper part, whorled at the

lowermost inflorescence node. Spikelets 2—2.5

x 0.7-0.9 mm, sessile and pedicelled, pedicels

to 2 mm long. Lower glume 0.8—1 mm long,

membranous. Upper glume 2—2.5 mm long, +as

long as spikelet, acute. Lemma 2—2.5 x 0.7-0.9

mm, the surface appressedly pilosulose in upper

part, acute. Palea slightly shorter than lemma.

Anthers 3, 0.8—0.9 mm long. Grain ovoid, asym-

metrical, compressed in transverse section, c.

1.1 mm x 0.6 mm. Fig. 5.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Mircuett District: §

of Lake Mueller, Jun 1977, McDonald 2671 (BRI); Lake

Austrobaileya 4(1): 57-66 (1993)

Mueller area, 29 km NE of Aramac, May 1979, McDonald

2907 (BRD; 28 km E of Barcaldine on road to Jericho, Jul

1975, Beeston 1397C (BRI). Locairy UNKNown: K. Domin

1435, PR (PR 524659 (photo, BRI)).

Distribution and habitat: Thus far S.

partimpatens has been collected from three

known areas of Queensland, one east of

Barcaldine, one around the Lake Mueller area

between Barcaldine and Aramac and another

adjacent to the “moundspring’ locality of

Sporobolus pamelae on Cattle Creek, Doong-

mabulla Station (Map 1). It grows on alluvial

soils and claypans sometimes with associated

open hummock grassland of Triodia longiceps.

Conservation status: 2K (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: The epithet translates as ‘partly

spreading’, probably referring to the divaricate

basal branches of the inflorescence.

Notes: There is also a collection of this species

by K. Domin in PR from an unknown locality

and with the date of collection unknown, but

presumably from Queensland.

Acknowledgements

Textend my thanks to Will Smith for the ilustra-

tions, to Peter Bostock for the preparation of the

map using the computer program MapInfo, to

the curators of AD, CANB, K, NSW, PERTH

and PR for the loan of herbarium material, to the

Australian Biological Resources Study for a

grant to undertake studies on Sporobolus and to

John Thompson for the very enjoyable field trip

to the ‘Desert Uplands’ and for the photographs.

References

BAAUENS, G.J. & VELDKAMP, J.F. (1991). Sporobolus

(Gramineae) in Malesia. Blumea 35: 393-458.

Brices, J.D. & Leicy, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants, 1988 Revised Edition. Austral-

ian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

Crayton, W.D. (1974). Sporobolus. In W.D. Clayton,

S.M. Phillips, & S.A. Renvoize, Flora of Tropical

East Africa, Gramineae 2: 383.

HEBERMEHL, M.A. (1982), Springs in the Great Artesian

Basin, Australia — their origin and nature, Bureau

of Mineral Resources, Australia, Report 235, 50 pp.

imon, Grasses 7

i Sates

Eamets?

: : Se : epic

eae fee pees a fee aera ratrett ahaa es Rocternteteep tare ee

TiS ee eee et ra te edipeeenaahe: ie 5

tee

pe er aape ies

oar oe

REM ick "Fak

Fig. 5. A. pressing type specimen of Sporobolus pamelae, the prominent grass cover in the background, Cattle Creek

moundspring, Doongmabulla Station. B. pressing type specimen of Sporobolus partimpatens from its habitat on sandy

flat adjacent to Cattle Creek moundspring, Doongmabulla Station. Sporobolus pamelae zone in background. Photographs

by John Thompson.

Paans

| S. blakei

|| S. disjunctus

S. partimpatens

¢ ye ,

* S. pamelae

Austrobaileya 4(1): 57-66 (1993)

a |

% oft 3

Wah “%,

ce aor OO

’ \

Map 1. Distribution of Sporobolus blakei, S. disjunctus, S. partimpatens and S. pamelae.

HussBarb, C.E. (1933). Thellungia advena Stapf. Hooker's

Icones Plantarum 3184: 1-3.

Jacoss, S.W.L. (1987). Systematics of the chloridoid

grasses. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C.S.

Campbell & M.E. Barkworth (eds), Grass systemat-

ics and evolution.Washington D.C.: Smithsonian

Institution Press .

Jessop, J. (ed.) (1981). Flora of Central Australia, Sydney:

A.H, & A.W. Reed.

Potties, S.M. (1982). A numerical analysis of the

Eragrostideae, Kew Bulletin 37:133—162,

Ponper. W.F. (1986). Mound Springs of the Great Artesian

Basin. In P. De Decker & W.D. Williams (eds),

Limnology in Australia. Melbourne: CSIRO &

Dordrecht: W. Junk.

ProssT, R. (1920). Zweiter Beitrag zur Adventiv und

Ruderalflora von Solothurn und Umgebung.

Mittlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft

Solothurn 18: 17.

Stapp, O. (1920), Thellungia, anew genus of Gramineae.

Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information, Kew 1920:

98,

Conspectus of Cryptolepis RK. Br. (Asclepiadaceae:

Periplocoideae) in Malesia!

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster Paul I. (1993). Conspectus of Cryptolepis R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Periplocoideae) in Malesia.

Austrobaileya 4(1): 67-73. The genus Crypfolepis R. Br. comprises seven species in Malesia, The

taxonomic status of the genus Phyllanthera Blume ts assessed and it is reduced to subgeneric status under

Cryptolepis containing those species that lack lobes in the corolla throat, New combinations are made in

Cryptolepis for Phyllanthera bifida Blume and P, perakensis Gamble and the latter is lectotypified.

Cryptolepis in Malesia comprises C. bifida (Blume) P.I. Forster, C. lancifolia P.I. Forster, C. javanica

(Blume) Blume, C. multinervosa P.I. Forster sp. nov., C. nymanit UK. Schum.) P.I. Forster, C. papillata

P.L. Forster and C. perakensis (Gamble) P.I. Forster. A key to these taxa is provided.

Key words: Asclepiadaceae; Cryptolepis — Malesia, Cryptolepis bifida, Cryptolepis multinervosa,

Cryptolepis perakensts.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Old 4068, Australia

Introduction

The status of several genera in the Periplocoideae

allied to Cryptolepis Blume has previously been

reviewed and several reduced to synonymy of

that genus (Forster 1990). Discovery of still

further undescribed specific taxa in the group

(Forster 1991 and subsequent research), has

prompted an examination of the status of

Phyllanthera Blume.

Phyllanthera has had two species referred

to it, the type species P, bifida Blume from Java

(Blume 1826, 1849) and the Malesian P.

perakensis Gamble (King & Gamble 1907).

Both species are woody lianes and have flowers

with rotate, densely papillate corollas without

free lobes in the throat or any sort of corolline

corona. Although Blume (1849) depicted P.

bifida with an urceolate corolla, this plate was

evidently drawn from budding material, as ma-

ture flowers are typically rotate. Both of these

taxa are very closely allied to Cryptolepis

papillata P.I. Forster and C. multinervosa P.1.

Forster, but differ in leaf venation and shape,

and the size and shape of the various floral parts.

‘Christensen Research Institute Contribution No. 84.

Accepted for publication [7 February 1993

I have previously advocated a broad cir-

cumscription of Cryptolepis (Forster 1990)

wherein the corolla may or may not have dis-

crete lobes 1n the tube, and various forms of a

corolline corona may be present. Both species

of Phyllanthera fall within this circumscription

and require transfer to Cryptolepis as effected in

this paper. Those species of Cryptolepis that

lack discrete corolline coronal lobes in the

corolla throat are recognised as belonging to

Cryptolepis subgenus Phyllanthera (Blume) PL.

Forster.

Materials and methods

This study is based on herbarium collections at

A, BO, BRI, BSIP, K, L, LAE, CANB, NY and

SING. Descriptions of species listed, but not

described in this paper can be found in Backer

and Bakhuizen van den Brink (1965) and Forster

(1990, 1991).

Taxonomic treatment

Cryptolepis R. Br., Asclepiadeae 58 (1810).

Type: Cryptolepis buchananii Roemer &

Schultes

R. Br., Mem. Wern. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 69

(1811); Benth. in Benth. & J.D. Hook.,

Gen. pl. 2: 740 (1876); J.D. Hook., FI.

Brit. India 4: 5—6 (1885); Bruce, Kew

Bull. 1946: 46-48 (1946); Bullock, Kew

Bull. 1955: 279-282 (1955); Backer &

Bakhuizen van den Brink, Fl. Java 3: 250

(1965); Ali, Fl. Pakistan 150: 54-55

(1981); P.L. Forster, Austrobaileya 3: 274

(1990).

Phyllanthera Blume, Bijdr. 1048 (1826),

syn, nov. Type: Phyllanthera bifida

Blume

Decnein DC., Prodr. 8: 497 (1844); Blume,

Mus. bot. 1: 125—126 (1850); K. Schum.,

Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(2): 212 (1895).

Leposma Blume, Biydr. 1049 (1826). Type:

Leposma javanica Blume

Lepistoma Blume, FI. Javae 7 (1828), nom.

illeg. Type: Leposma javanica Blume (=

Lepistoma javanica (Blume) Blume).

Decne in DC., Prodr, 8: 497 (1844).

Ectadiopsis Benth. in Benth. & J.D. Hook.,

Gen. pl. 2: 741 (1876). Type: Ectadium

oblongifolium Meisn. (= Ectadiopsis

oblongifolia (Meisn.) Schitr.), Gide Bul-

lock 1955).

Bullock, Kew Bull. 1955: 267-279 (1955).

Gymnolaema Benth. in Benth. & J.D. Hook.,

Gen. pl. 2: 740 (1876). Type: Gymno-

laema newii Benth.

N.E. Br. in Dyer, FI. trop. Afr. 4(1): 241

(1902).

Batesanthus N.E. Br. in J.D. Hook., Icon.

pl. t. 2500 (1896). Type: Batesanthus

purpureus N.E. Br.

N.E. Br. in Dyer, Fl. trop. Afr. 4(1):

2593-254 (1902).

Austrobaileya 4(1): 67-73 (1993)

Stomatostemma N.E, Br. tn Dyer, FI. trop.

Afr, 4(1): 252 (1902). Type: Cryptolepis

montetroae N.E. Br. (= Stomatostemma

montetroae (Oliver) N.E. Br.)

Streptomanes K. Schum. in K. Schum. &

Lauterb., Nachtrage Fl. Schutzgeb. Stidsee

352 (1905). Type: S. nymanii K. Schum.

Perennial shrubs, lianes or scramblers with white

latex, usually glabrous; indumentum sparse if

present. Leaves petiolate; lamina linear-lan-

ceolate, lanceolate, ovate, elliptic or oblong;

petiole grooved; colleters absent at lamina base.

Inflorescence a much branched extra-axillary

cyme bearing 1—many fascicles of 1—many flow-

ers. Sepals usually with basal colleters. Corolla

salverform, campanulate or rotate; tube cylin-

dric-urceolate; lobes dextrorse in bud, patent at

anthesis. Corolline corona comprised of 5 free

lobes opposite the sinuses of adjacent petals or

at the top of the corolla tube, or a collar around

the filament bases or an annulus on the corolla

tube. Staminal corona absent. Stamens 5, in-

serted slightly above the base of the corolla

tube, alternate with the corolla lobes, connate or

closely adnate at base but free for most of

length. Anthers dehiscing longitudinally, with

apical appendages which are sometimes elon-

gated and twisted together. Translators

spathulate. Pollen granular, organised in tetrads

and loosely cohering into masses appressed

against the broadened upper ends of the transla-

tors. Ovaries free, glabrous. Style-head coni-

cal, pentagonal in transverse section. Follicle

widely divaricate, fusiform to fusiform-ovoid,

smooth; seeds comose.

10-20 species in Africa, Asia, Malesia

and Australia.

Key to Subgenera

Cryptolepis subgenus Cryptolepis

stérgtte sesh Cryptolepis subgenus Phyllanthera

Forster, Cryptolepis in Malesia 69

Key to Malesian species of Cryptolepis

1. Corolla with 5 small rounded lobes in throat ............. 00.0.0 .0000- . 1. C. javanica

Corolla without rounded lobes in throat... 0... ce cece ee een eas 2

2. Leaf lamina linear to linear-lanceolate .....

Leaf lamina otherwise ............0..00.

3. Corolla lobes not papillate ..............

Clap Lea OOS VIEL ALC: 5 2cu.8s devas tase ten. 7 ager t Al yienvas esate AG Beas enads ahh deme yrenere: pleat ee Randy 4

4. Secondary veins 13-15 per side of midrib in leaf lamina............... 4. C. perakensis

Secondary veins 22—38 per side of midrib in leaf lamina........... Fe ARM Spe Dus ere oe! 5

5. Secondary veins 22~25 per side of midrib in leaf lamina................... 2. C. bifida

Secondary veins 27—38 per side of midrib in leaf lamina.......... 0.0.0.0... 0.0 cae 6

6, Secondary veins 27-30 per side of midrib in leaf lamina................ 6. C. papillata

Secondary veins 34-38 per side of midrib in leaf lamina............. 3. C. multinervosa

Cryptolepis subgenus Cryptolepis

Corolla with discrete lobes in throat.

1. Cryptolepis javanica (Blume) Blume, Mus.

bot. 2: 146 (1850); Leposma javanica

Blume, Bijdr. 1049 (1826); Lepistoma

javanica (Blume) Blume, Fl. Javae 7

(1828). Type: Java, Kalkrotsen, Koeripan,

Blume (holo: L! (L898166-149); 1so: BO!

(BO109443)).

Description: see Backer and Bakhuizen van den

Brink (1965).

Cryptolepis subgenus Phyllanthera (Blume)

P.I. Forster, comb. et stat. nov.

Phyllanthera Blume, Bijdr. 1048 (1826).

Type: Phyllanthera bifida Blume.

Corolla without lobes in throat.

2. Cryptolepis bifida (Blume) P.I. Forster,

comb. nov.

Phyllanthera bifida Blume, Bidr. 1048

(1826). Type: Java, Salak, Blume 1837

(holo: L! G.898169-170); 1so: BO!

(BO112471)).

Blume, Mus. bot. 1: 126, t. 22 (1849);

Back. & Bakh.tf., Fl. Java 3: 248 (1965).

Description: see Backer and Bakhuizen van den

Brink (1965).

Specimens examined: Java. WSW of Buitenzorg, forest

complex Nanggseng, Mt Menapa, Dec 1940, van Steenis

17350 (BO); Mt Megamendoeng, E of Buitenzorg, Dec

1940, de Voogd (BO112467); Res. Praenger, Jan 1910,

Winckel 258 (BO); ditto, Sep 1917, Winckel 9998 (BO);

Res, Preanger, Tjadas Malang, Apr 1918, Winckel 1288

(BO); ditto, Mar 1923, Winckel 13158 (BO); ditto, Apr

1923, Winckel 12508 (BO); Galseyon Gebeyte, Nov 1910,

Docters van Leeuwen-Reijnvaan 3051 (BO).

Distribution: C. bifida appears to be restricted

to Java and has apparently not been collected

since 1940,

Notes: Van Steenis (1954) recorded

Phyllanthera bifida as a new record from New

Guinea based on Docters van Leeuwen 10432

(BO) from the Rouffaer River in Irian Jaya. This

collection has leaves and fruit only on the BO

sheet, and leaves and one bud on the K sheet. I

doubt whether the specimen is conspecific with

the type of Phyllanthera bifida as the former has

more prominent secondary venation in the leaf

lamina. Until flowering material of the Rouffaer

River plant can be collected, it should be con-

sidered to be of uncertain status and Cryptolepis

bifida regarded as occurring in Malesia west of

New Guinea.

te et he

3. Cryptolepis multinervosa P.I. Forster sp.

nov. Cryptolepi papillatae P.I. Forster

affinis a qua lamina folii nervis utroque

costae latere 34-38, lobis corollae

lanceolatis 13-14 mm longis 2,5—-3 mm

latis. Typus: Papua New Guinea, SouTH-

ERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: near Waro air-

strip, 20 km SSW of Kutubu, 6°31’S,

143°10’E, 14 October 1973, M. Jacobs

9287 (holo: L! (2 sheets); iso: CANBI!,

LAE}).

Woody liane; latex colour unknown. Stems

cylindrical, up to several m long, glabrous when

young, lenticellate when old; internodes up to

110 mm long and 3 mm diameter. Leaves

petiolate; lamina lanceolate-ovate to elliptic-

oblong, up to 110 mm long and 30 mm wide,

discolorous, glabrous; upper surface dark green,

venation obscure; lower surface pale green,

secondary veins 34—38 per side and at 90° to

midrib, tertiary venation reticulate but barely

visible; tip long acuminate; base truncate to

rounded; petiole 5—8 mm long, c. 1 mm diam-

eter, grooved along top, glabrous. Cymes 40-60

mm long, with 1—-several fascicles of flowers;

peduncle 5~7 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diameter,

glabrous; bracts lanceolate, 0.8—1.2 mm long,

0.30.4 mm wide, glabrous. Flowers c. 2 mm

long and 30 mm diameter; pedicels 8-11 mm

long and c. 0.3 mm diameter, glabrous. Sepals

lanceolate, 1.4—1.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide,

glabrous. Corolla primarily yellow; tube much

reduced, corolline corona absent; lobes lanceo-

late, 13-14 mm long, 2.5—3 mm wide, with

purple-red blotch in centre, and covered in

dense papillae to 1 mm long. Gynostegium c.

1.5 mm long and 1.5 mm diameter; filaments c.

0.5 mm long, 0.4 mm diameter at base and 0.2

mm diameter at top; anthers c. 0.7 mm long and

0.6mm diameter, with an oblong, acute append-

age c. 0.5 mm long. Style-head c. 0.7 mm

diameter; stalk c. 0.7 mm long. Translators not

seen. Fruit and seed not seen. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. SoutHEeRN

HIGHLANDS Province: Tage, Lake Kutubu, Aug 1977, Conn

& Kairo 482 (A, CANB, K).

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the

vicinity of Lake Kutubu in Papua New Guinea.

Plants grow in seasonally flooded primary for-

Austrobaileya 4(1): 67-73 (1993)

est dominated by Araucaria and Nothofagus,

on limestone.

Notes: C. multinervosa 1s closely allied to C.

papillata but differs most noticeably in the

higher number of secondary lateral veins in the

leaf and the lanceolate corolla lobes.

Etymology: The specific epithet multinervosa

alludes to the high number of secondary veins

per side of the midrib of the leaf in this species

in comparison to those in other Malesian spe-

cles,

4. Cryptolepis perakensis (Gamble) P.I.

Forster, comb. nov. Phyllanthera

perakensis Gamble in King & Gamble, J.

Asiatic Soc. Bengal 74: 508 (1907). Type:

Malaysia: Perak, Larut, February 1885,

King’s Collector 73 14 (lecto (here desig-

nated): K (photo at BRI!); isolecto: BM

(photo at BRI!); Perak, Larut, August

I881, Dr King’s Collector 2181

(lectopara: K (photo at BRI!)).

Woody liane; latex colour unknown. Stems up

to several m long, cylindrical to somewhat

ridged, glabrous when young, lenticellate with

age; internodes up to 140 mm long and 2 mm

diameter. Leaves petiolate; lamina elliptic to

elliptic-oblong, up to 90 mm long and 40 mm

diameter, discolorous, glabrous; upper surface

dark green, venation obscure; lower surface

pale green, secondary veins 13~—15 per side of

midrib, tertiary venation obscure; tip long acu-

minate; base cuneate; petiole 6-9 mm long,

0.81 mm diameter, glabrous, grooved along

top. Cymes up to 20 mm long, 1-several

somewhat racemiform fascicles of flowers; pe-

duncle 6—7 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diameter,

glabrous; bracts lanceolate, 1-1.2 mm long,

0.8—-1 mm wide, glabrous. Flowers c. 5 mm

long, 14-15 mm diameter; pedicels 7-10 mm

long, c. 0.4 mm diameter, glabrous. Sepals

lanceolate, c. 1.5 mm long and 0.7 mm wide,

with sparse trichomes. Corolla rotate, brown-

yellow; tube absent, corolline corona absent:

lobes lanceolate, 8-9 mm long, c. 5 mm wide,

above with sparse papillae to 0.5 mm long,

below with shorter scattered papillae.

Gynostegium c. 2.1 mm long and 2.4 mm diam-

eter; filaments c. 1.5 mm long and 0.3 mm

Forster, Cryptolepis in Malesia 71

* gal 4%

ahh oN S EE sabes vas!

ae ee eek ae il

‘ate ~s

W.A.OMITH

Fig. 1. Cryptolepis multinervosa P.I. Forster: A. leaf x 1. B. node with inflorescence x 1. C. bud x 3. D. flower x3. E.

side view of gynostegium x 5. F, anthers viewed externally x 15. G. anther viewed from top x 15. H. papillate corolla

surface x 15. All from material of the holotype. Del. W. Smith.

ha TRH Yaa EVRA HMMM cy 4

et PPD ISEC Be MAA Pt WL YS AYE Ea YY i PE rN aN ee Te ERE LE LER PSL

diameter; anthers 1-1.1 mm long, c. 0.8 mm

wide at base; appendage lanceolate and c. 0.5

mm long. Style head c. 1 mm long and 1.3 mm

diameter; stalk c. 1.5 mm long and 0.6 mm

diameter. Translators c. 1.2 mmlong; viscidium

c.0.3 mm long and 0.3 mm wide; stipec. 0.5 mm

long; pollen carrier 0.3—-0.4 mm long, 0.6—0.7

mm wide. Pollen in spherical tetrads, 0.30.32

mm diameter. Fruit and seeds not seen.

Specimens examined: Indonesia. Sumatera: Tanang

Taloe, Jul 1907, Biinnemeijer 1166 (BO); Brani Afd Agam,

Jul 1918, Biinnemeijer 3340 (BO); Atjeh, Gajolanden, Mar

1937, van Steenis 10099 (BO); Gunung leuser nature

Reserve, Atjeh. Ketambe, valley of Lau Atlas, near tribu-

tary of lau Ketambe, c. 35 km NW of Kutatjane, May 1972,

de Wilde 12437 & de Wilde-Duyfjer (BO). Lrian Jaya:

Bernhard bivak, Jul 1938, Meijer Drees 413 (BO);

Wondiwoi Mountains, Wandammen Pentnsula, 2°42’S,

134°40’°E, Mar 1962, Schram BW13323 (CANB, LAB).

Papua New Guinea, WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: Meinat flood

plain, N slopes Bewani Mountains, 11 km SSW of Bewani,

3°08’S, 141°08’E, Sep 1982, Wiakabu et al, LAE50601

(BRI, CANB, K).

Distribution and habitat: Malaysia, Indonesia

(Sumatera and Irian Jaya) and Papua New

Guinea. Plants grow on alluvium in rainforests

up to 1100 m altitude.

Notes: Gamble cited six syntypes for P.

perakensis — Wray 2407, 3005, Scortechini s.n.

and King’s Collector 2059, 2181,7314. DrP.s.

Short (MEL) was able to find only four of these

collections at K. These collections appear to

represent two separate species, with King’s

Collector 7314 & 2181 belonging to one and

Scortechini (recd. 27 Apr 1911) and King’s

Collector 2059 belonging to another. The latter

two collections have no specific locality of

collection, with King’s Collector 2059 being

seeds only. King’s Collector’7314 is selected as

lectotype as it is the best flowering collection

and is in closest agreement with the protologue.

5. Cryptolepis nymani (K. Schum.) P.I.

Forster, Austrobaileya 3: 275 (1990);

Streptomanes nymanit K. Schum. in K.

Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtrage FI.

Schutzgeb. Stidsee 353 (1905). Type:

Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE:

Stephansort, Nyman 1020 Gso: UPS!).

Austrobaileya 41): 67-73 (1993)

Description: see Forster (1990).

6. Cryptolepis papillata P.I. Forster,

Austrobatleya3: 277 (1990). Type: Papua

New Guinea. Morospe Province: Partep

[Patep] Creek, Lae-Wau road, Bulolo

Valley, September 1955, J.S. Womersley

NGEF7821 (holo: BRI!; iso: BO!, K!, L!).

Description: see Forster (1990).

7. Cryptolepis lancifolia P.I. Forster, Blumea

35: 381 (1991). Type: Irian Jaya. Okwa-

liamkan River headwaters, 5°02’S,

140°55’E, 17 August 1967, Ridsdale et

al, NGF31999 (holo: L!; iso: LAE!).

Description: see Forster (1991).

Additional specimens examined: Papua New Guinea.

WEsT SEPIK PROVINCE: Road leading from base camp to

drilling camp, Frieda River, 4°40’S, 142°00’E, May 1978,

Kerenga & Lelean LAE74226 (LAE). SouTHERN HicH-

LANDS PRovINCE: near Tage, Lake Kutubu, Schodde 2259

(LAE),

Distribution: Irian Jaya and West Sepik Prov-

ince in Papua New Guinea.

Notes: When described, this species was known

only from the type collection (Forster 1991).

The additional collections now to hand appear

to be of this species but have smaller flowers

than first described with corolla lobes 8-10 mm

long and with fewer papillae.

Acknowledgements

W. Smith (BRI) provided the illustration. The

Directors/Curators of the cited herbaria allowed

examination of material in their care, either on

loan or in situ at their institutions. My visit to

Papua New Guinea and the LAE herbarium was

made possible via a Christensen Research Insti-

tute Fellowship and Matthew Jebb is thanked

for his encouragement and help. David Liddle

assisted with stack delving at BO and LAE in

1992. Geoff Stocker assisted with the visit to

Lae, Lyn Craven (CANB) translated the diag-

nosis into latin. Philip Short (WEL) located and

photographed type material at K while Austral-

ian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, U.K.

Forster, Cryptolepis in Malesia

References

BACKER, C.A. & BAKHUIZEN VAN DEN Brink, R.C. (1965),

Asclepiadaceae. In Flora of Java 2: 244-274.

Groningen: N.V.P. Noordhoff.

Buiumg, C.L. (1826). Bijdragen totdefloravan Nedelandsch

Indie. Batavia ter Lands Drukkerig.

(1849). Museum Botanicum Lugduno-Batavum.

Leiden: E.J. Brill.

Forster, P.I. (1990). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2.

Austrobaileya 3: 273-289.

——— (1991), Cryptolepis lancifolia (Asclepiadaceae:

Periplocoideae), a new species from Irian Jaya,

Blumea 35: 381-383.

Kina, G. & GAMBLE, J.S. (1907). Materials for a Flora of the

Malayan Peninsula No. 16-19. Journal and Pro-

ceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 74:

387-6025.

VAN STEENIS, C.G.G.J. (1954). Miscellaneous botanical

notes VI. Blumea 7: 595-598.

Notes on Tiliaceae in Australia, 1

D.A. Halford

Summary

Halford, D.A. (1993). Notes on Tiliaceae in Australlia, 1. Austrobaileya 4(1): 75-85. A key to the genera

of Tiliaceae in Australia is presented, as well as a key to the species of Berrya Roxb. In Australia, Berrya

is represented by 2 species, viz B. javanica and B. rotundifolia. B. javanica (Turcz.) Burret is newly

recorded for Australia. Lectotypes are designated for Berrya rotundifolia Domin and Trichospermum

pleiostigma (F. Muell.) Kosterm. A new species of Grewia L., G. graniticola from North Queensland is

described. Descriptions, illustrations and notes are provided for all native species discussed.

Keywords: Tiliaceae— Australia; Berrya—Australia; Berrya javanica; Berrya rotundifolia; Trichospermum

_ pleiostigma; Grewia graniticola,

D.A. Halford, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

The family Tiliaceae is widespread in tropical

and subtropical regions of the world extending

into the temperate regions of the northern hemi-

sphere. As defined by Cronquist (1981) it

contains about 50 genera worldwide. In Aus-

tralia the family is represented by eight genera

of which one is a recent introduction.

Bentham’s (1863) treatment was the first

complete examination of the family in Aus-

tralia; he included in the family the genera

Berrya Roxb., Grewia L., Corchorus L.,

Triumfetta L., Aristotelia L’ Her., Echinocarpus

BI. and Elaeocarpus L.. The last three genera

are now placed in the Elaeocarpaceae (Coode

1983; Mabberley 1989). More recent reviews

of the Tiliaceae relevant to Australia include the

contributions of Burret (1926, 1927) and Domin

(1926).

Key to Australian genera of Tiliaceae

InssVeP AS ERC 1. 20.0e, casa citch betet oh aecattbe ti tc fiasamten ets aoiae dd Aatee Ped on ee chale ap etan, poNacebaedctel Sst 2

Sepals connate atleast near base: oo cic. ke eae REY ocean ER Eo ee EE ee Od 6

2. Petals with prominent gland near base... 1... ee eee eens 3

Petals without prominent gland near base ......... 0. cece ce ee eee eens 4

3. Fruit a dehiscent capsule; seeds with a corona of radial hairs. Qld

ELAS nahn oan 9 toe S205 tol fsa Pets Cols Hibotere bal ephe: eey etc Pa Eee need os Murgie R ated wey ep aev Ha Trichospermum

Fruit drupaceous, 1- to 4-lobed; seeds glabrous. WA,NT,Qld,NSW

fobs OSPR), see den teat arvaponaicct ee teers us lees cara oad tcet Needs bosirs Mees tat bys ee ian eciys tay Rita Grewia

4, Fruit a berry; stigma sessile. Qld (1 sp.).. 0... cee en neas Muntingia

Fruit not a berry; either dehiscent or indehiscent; stigma not sessile ..............005. 5

5. Sepals often caudate at apex, without an appendage; fruit a dehiscent

capsule, unarmed; ovules mostly more than 2 per loculus. WA,NT,

COL IIS VCS POSSI ies a ey ote Be Noe Vee A eh $82 rE tyes GALE Wheat Bell eae eel al Corchorus

Sepals incurved or cucullate at apex, with an appendage inserted outside

usually near apex; fruit indehiscent or if dehiscent then covered with

hooked bristles; ovules 2 per loculus. WA,NT,Qid, NSW. (c. 55 spp.) ...... Triumfetta

Accepted for publication 3 March 1993

‘<tc mn WW A HWANG AGGIES DAYNATNENGIHE CLONER

76 Austrobaileya 4(1): 75-85 (1993)

6. Fruit with wings. NT,QId (2 spp.) 2... ee eee ene e nee Berrya

PPUIE RIOR WIRD CU 53.55.08 :5, Se craega niet acenih hua emte letter wter ee PE be nag dacs eure e deren eee eed 7

7. Calyx persistent, accrescent; fruit subglobose, densely stellate hairy;

leaves with stellate hairs on lower surface. NT (1 Sp.) ..... 0. cece eee ees Schoutenia

Calyx caducous, not accrescent; fruit transversely ellipsoidal with an

oblique shortly attenuate base (shaped like a golf club), densely

covered with grey lepidote scales; leaves covered with a dense,

adpressed layer of scales. QId (1 Sp.) ... ce ect tee een Brownlowia

Descriptions have been prepared from dried

herbarium specimens or material preserved in

70% alcohol, glycerol and water mixture. All

material cited has been seen unless otherwise

stated.

Berrya Roxb.

Berrya is a small genus of five or six species

distributed throughout the Indo-Malesian re-

gion as well as northern Australia and Fiji.

Examination of the available Australian mate-

rial of Berrya has revealed that the name Berrya

rotundifolia Domin has been misapplied to

plants in the Northern Territory and Cape York

Peninsula, Queensland. These plants are refer-

able to Berrya javanica (Turcz.) Burret, while

B. rotundifolia itself is a very restricted island

endemic, occurring only offthe central Queens-

land coast.

Berrya Roxb., Pl. Coromandel 3: 60 (1820),

orth. et nom. cons. Type: B. ammonilla

Roxb. (= B. cordifolia (Willd.) Burret).

Trees, with stellate hairs. Leaves spirally ar-

ranged, simple, entire. Stipules small, caducous.

Inflorescences axillary or terminal, panicles.

Flowers bisexual, calyx, corolla and stamens

marcescent. Sepals connate, campanulate to

cupuliform, irregularly splitting or 3- to 5-lobed

(not in Australia). Petals 5 rarely 3, 4 or 6, pink

or white, obovate, glandular base absent.

Androgynophore present or absent. Stamens

numerous, in 5 lax antisepalous bundles, basi-

cally connate; anthers dorsifixed, with locules

apically contiguous; staminodes sometimes

present. Ovary stellate-pubescent, 2- to 5-

locular; ovules 2—6 per loculus; style terete;

stigma simple or irregularly lobed. Fruit a

loculicidally dehiscing capsule, globose, stellate-

pubescent, 2-to 5-valved, 1—4 seeds per loculus;

valves with a longitudinal wing along each

edge. Seeds globose to ovoid, either loosely

enclosed in papery, persistent exotesta or cov-

ered with somewhat adpressed rigid, straight

hairs.

Etymology: Named after Dr Andrew Berry

(circa 1800), of Madras; an eminent physician

and botanist.

Key to Australian species of Berrya

1. Seeds covered with somewhat adpressed rigid, straight hairs; Fruit 2- or

rarely 3-celled; wings 1.0-2.0 cm long, 1.0—1.5 cm wide, suberect or

twisted horizontally above apex of fruit; buds broadly ellipsoid, 3-4 mm

long; leaf lamina broadly elliptic to circular, 5-11 cm long, 5—9 cm wide,

lower surfaces with a sparse to moderately dense covering of adpressed

stellate hairs; domatia sometimes present as small flaps of tissue in the vein

axils; petiole 1-2 cm long.............

by wba ¥ repaniato Abe Teatl olte of ite Gaon’ B. rotundifolia

Seeds loosely enclosed in papery, persistent exotesta; Fruit 4- or 5-celled;

wings broadly elliptic, 1-2 cm long, 1—1.5 cm wide, vertical, divergent;

buds shortly obovoid, 5—8 mm long; leaf lamina elliptic to broadly elliptic

or elliptic-ovate, 9~25 cm long, 5-15 cm wide, deciduous, lower surfaces

sparsely covered with minute glandular peltate scales; domatia present as

small hair-tufts in the vein axils; petiole 1.5-8 cm Iong.................. B. javanica

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, |

Berrya rotundifolia Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:

374 (1927). Type: [Queensland. Port

Curtis District. |] Cumberland Islands, [16

October 1802], R. Brown (ecto (here

designated): BM 7.v., photograph at BRI;

isolecto: K!).

Berrya ammonilla var. rotundifolia Benth., FI.

austral. 1: 268 (1863). Type: [Queens-

land. Port Curtis District: | Cumberland

Islands, R. Brown (lecto (here designated):

BM »#.¥., photograph at BRI; tsolecto:

K!).

Slender tree to 4m high; bark grey, flaky; young

branchlets with a sparse to moderately dense.

covering of echinate hairs. Leaves crowded

towards the end of branchlets; lamina broadly

elliptic to circular, 5—11 cm long, 5—9 cm wide,

upper surfaces with a sparse covering of

multiangulate and echinate hairs or glabrous,

lower surfaces with a sparse to moderately

dense covering of adpressed stellate hairs;

domatia sometimes present as small flaps of

tissue in the vein axils; base cordate; margin

crenate; apex rounded; petiole 1-2 cm long,

sparse to moderately dense with multiangulate

and echinate hairs. Stipules caducous, linear,

2—4 mm long, stellate hairy. Panicles axillary,

up to 4 cm long, 3 cm wide; peduncles stellate

hairy, pedicels 4—8 mm long, stellate hairy,

bracts c. | mm long. Buds broadly ellipsoid,

3-4 mm long. Calyx irregularly splitting, stell-

ate hairy outside, inside glabrous with 5 sessile

glands proximally. Petals obovate, 6~7 mm

long, 3-4mm wide, glabrous. Androgynophore

absent; disc absent. Stamens in 5 antisepalous

bundles, 4—6 stamens per bundle; filaments

thick, 3-4 mm long; staminodes 5, ligulate, 3-4

mm long, alternating with the bundles of sta-

mens. Ovary circular in outline, 1.5 mm diam-

eter, laterally flattened, 2 (rarely 3) locular, 2

ovules per loculus, stellate-pubescent, ribbed;

style terete, 3-4 mm long, glabrous; stigma

irregularly lobed. Fruit c.1 cm long, c. 1 cm

wide (excluding wings); wings broadly elliptic,

1.0—2.0 cm long, 1.0-1.5 cm wide, spreading

sub-erect or twisted into horizontal plane above

apex of fruit. Seeds ovoid, 5—7 mm long, c. 3

mm diameter, covered with somewhat adpressed

rigid, straight hairs. Fig. 1.

Specimens exantined: Queensland. Port Curtis Dis-

tRicT: Calder Island, May 1992, Halford & Crombie

Q1305 (BRD; ditto, May 1992, Halford & Crombie Q1307

(BISH, BRI, DNA, K, L, MEL, QRS); Middle Percy Island,

Howard Point, undated, Tryon (BRI [AQ86618], MEL

[MEL1599082]); Howard Point, Middle Percy Island, Oct

1989, Batianoff et al. 11699 (BRI); Dolly Creek, Middle

Percy Island, Nov 1989, Batianoff et al. 11599 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: B. rotundifolia is

known from Calder and Middle Percy Islands

off the central Queensland coast. (Map 1.) It

grows in low vine thicket communities on shal-

low rocky soils derived from granite.

Phenology: Flowering has been recorded in

May, October and November. Fruiting speci-

mens have been collected in May and October.

Typification: Bentham (1863) described Berrya

ammonilla var. rotundifolia based on Robert

Brown’s material from Cumberland Islands.

Domin (1926) examined Brown’s material from

Calder Island and recognised it as a species

distinct from the tropical Asian taxon B.

ammonilla, Domin used the epithet ‘rotun-

difolia’ for his new species and referred to

Bentham’s description of B. ammonilla var.

rotundifolia. Domin commented “It was al-

ready described by Bentham as accurately as

was possible with the material available”. There

are two specimens of Brown’s from Calder

Island one at K and one at BM. The material at

the BM is selected as lectotype of both Domin’s

and Bentham’s names because it has fruits and

seed.

Notes: The specimen of Tryon’s from Middle

Percy Island is fragmented and not well pre-

served but it distinctly belongs to this species.

Hand written notes with the BRI specimen

suggest that the flowers are sweetly scented.

Conservation status: B. rotundifolia is locally

common on Calder Island with an population

estimated to be about 200 maturetrees. Nothing

is known about the population on Middle Percy

Island, c. 110.km from Calder Island. Calder

Island is a National Park with no developed

areas. A conservation coding of 2RC based on

Thomas and McDonald (1989) is appropriate.

78 Austrobaileya 4(1); 75-85 (1993)

eee SEE eae

oor

wes

waeueeEs *

= +

wee west FS

Sal

ait

ye * *

it, coe i

Fig.1. Berrya rotundifolia: A. fruiting branchlet x 0.5. B. flower 4. C. calyx showing sessile glands at base x 4. D, stamens,

staminodes and style x 8. E. petal x 4. F. apical view of fruit x 1.5. G. side view of fruit x 1.5. H. seed x 4. A, F-H, Halford

& Crombie Q1307; B—E, Halford & Crombie Q1305.

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, |

Berrya javanica (Turcz.) Burret, Notizbl. Bot.

Gart. Berlin-Dahlem, 9: 605 (1926);

Pterocoellionjavanicum Turcz., Bull. Soc.

Imp. Naturalistes Moscou. 36(1): 572

(1863). Type: ‘In JavaLegitcl. Horsfield’,

(holo: ? KW n.v.).

Berrya quinquelocularis Tysm. & Binnend.

ex Koord. & Valet., Icon. Bogor. 1: 19

tab. V (1897). Type: Cult. in Hort. Bog.,

Tysm. and Binnend. 2876 (holo: BO n.v.,

photograph at BRI).

Tree to 25 m high, occasionally buttressed; bark

flaky; branchlets glabrous or sparsely steilate-

pubescent. Leaves crowded towards the end of

branchlets; lamina elliptic to broadly elliptic or

elliptic-ovate, 9-25 cm long, 5-15 cm wide,

deciduous, upper surfaces with scattered

adpressed stellate hairs or glabrous, lower sur-

faces sparsely covered with minute glandular

peltate scales; domatia present as small hair-

tufts in the vein axils; base shallowly cordate;

margin entire; apex rounded or obtuse; petiole

1.5—-8 cm long, sparsely covered with stellate

hairs. Stipules caducous, linear, 2-3 mm long.

Panicles up to 15 cm long, 12 cm wide, laxly

branched, peduncles stellate-pubescent, cymules

3- to 7-flowered, bracts 3-4 mm long, | mm

wide, stellate-tomentose. Buds shortly obovoid,

5—8 mm long. Calyx campanulate, irregularly

splitting, 5 shortly stalked glands inside at base,

densely stellate hairy outside. Petals narrowly

obovate, 9-10 mm long, 2—2.5 mm wide, shortly

clawed, glabrous except for few fimbriate peltate

scales outside near base. Androgynophore

present, c. | mm long, glabrous, eglandular;

disc absent. Stamens in 5 lax antisepalous bun-

dles, 9 to 12 stamens per bundle; filaments

slender, 4-6 mm long, shortly connate proxi-

mally. Ovary globose, 1.5 mm diameter, 4- or

5-locular, minutely stellate hairy, ribbed; style

elongate-conical, stout, minutely stellate hairy

at base; stigma simple. Fruit 1—2 cm long,

1.5—2.5 cm wide (excluding wings), sparsely to

densely stellate-pubescent, with mostly 2 or 3

seeds per cell; wings broadly elliptic, 1-2 cm

long, 1—-1.5 cm wide, vertical and spreading.

Seeds ovoid, 5—6 mm long, 3-4 mm diameter,

loosely enclosed in papery, persistent exotesta.

Fig, 2.

Selected specimens: Northern Territory. DARWIN AND

GULF Reaction: Black Point, Cobourg Peninsula, Jul 1982,

Wightman 122 & Dunlop (DNA); 4 km E Smith Point,

Cobourg Peninsula, May 1983, Sivertsen 80 (DNA);

Murganella, De Couray Head, Oct 1987, Russell-Smith

3699 & Lucas (DNA); Plot 147, Smith Point, Kuper Pt

road, Cobourg Peninsula, May 1987, Clarke 992

(BRLCANB); 250 km ENE of Darwin, Jun 1978, Story

8390 (BRI, CANB,DNA); Warangya, Elcho Island, Sep

1987, Russell-Smith 3288 & Lucas (BRD; Arnhem Land,

mouth of Buckingham River, Dec 1987, Russell-Smith

4437 & Lucas (DNA); near Leanyer treatment ponds, Aug

1991, Brock 794 & Panton (DNA), Queensland. Coox

Districr: Lockerbie Scrub, Cape York road, 5 km N of old

homestead site, ‘Lockerbie’ (abandoned), Sep 1985,

Willlams 85210 (BRD); Cape York, Nov 1955, White 1251

(BRD); Iron Range, Jul 1949, FleckerN.Q. Nat. Club 13171

(BRD; ditto, Jun 1915, Brass 19199 CBRI,CANB); Iron

Range, (Portland Roads), Apr 1944, Flecker 8541 (BRD;

Claudie River between Portland Roads and Iron Range, Oct

1968, Webb & Tracey 8522 (BRI); Claudie River (tidal

reaches), Jul 1972, Hyland 6202 (BRI); Nesbit River,

Silver Plains Holding, Sep 1973, Stocker 1054 (BRD;

T.R.14, Rocky River Catchment, Sep 1973, Hyland

2839(R.F.K.) (BRD; Rocky River, Sep 1971, Hyland

2545(R.F.K.) (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: B. javanica is a na-

trve of Java and northern Australia. (Map 1). It

occurs in rainforest and semi-evergreen vine

thickets on a variety of soil types.

Phenology: In Australia flowering material has

been collected in April and May. Fruiting mate-

rial has been collected from April to November.

Conservation status: This species is widespread

and not considered threatened.

Trichospermum Bi.

This is a widespread genus with 40 species in

Malesia, western Pacific and tropical America

(Mabberley 1989). There is one species,

Trichospermum pleiostigma (F. Muell.)

Kosterm.) in Australia,

Mueller (1872) described Grewia

pleiostigma. This was later transferred to the

genus Althoffia by Schumann and Lauterbach

(1901). According to Chapman (1991) this

combination was not validly made until 1926 by

Burret. Kostermans (1972) considered that the

distinction between the old world genera

Trichospermum and Althoffia could not be

maintained and transferred the names to

Trichospermum. The genus is closely related to

ow ee

20) Austrobatleya 4(1): 75-85 (1993)

Fig. 2. Berrya javanica: A. fruiting branchlet x 0.5. B. flower x 4. C. petal x 4. D. stamens and ovary x 8. E. calyx showing

shortly stalked glands at base x 4. F. apical view of fruit x 1.5. G. seed with portion of papery exotesta removed x 4. H. side

view of fruit x 1.5. A,B, Russell-Smith 8234 & Lucas; C-E, Clarke 992; F-G, Williams 85210.

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, I

Grewia but differs in having thin, dehiscent

capsules and numerous seeds each bearing a

corona of radial hairs.

Trichospermum pleiostigma (F. Muell.)

Kosterm., Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 41: 428

(1972); Grewia pletostigma F. Muell.,

Fragm. 8: 4 (1872); Althoffia pleiostigma

(F. Muell.) Burret, Notizbl. Bot. Gart.

Berlin-Dahlem 9: 860 (1926). Type:

[Queensland. NorrH KENNEDY:| Rock-

ingham Bay, 24 August 1868, [J.

Dallachy| (ecto (designated here):

MEL(MEL 1598994)).

Tree to 30 m, bark finely fissured with incon-

spicuous lenticels. Branchlets angular when

young, densely puberulous with adpressed grey-

ish stellate trichomes and a moderately dense

overlay of echinate ferruginous trichomes; rays

0.1-0.5 mm long. Similar indumentum on

stipules, petioles, peduncles and pedicels. Leaf

laminas ovate to broadly ovate, 12-20 cm long,

6-12 cm wide; base cordate; apex acute; margin

irregularly serrulate; indumentum sparse to

moderately dense above with multiangulate

trichomes (0.1—-0.5 mm diameter) on lamina

and echinate trichomes along primary venation,

densely tomentose below with greyish

multiangulate trichomes (c. 0.2 mm diameter)

with a moderately dense overlay of echinate

trichomes. Petioles 1.5—3.0 cm long. Stipules

caducous, broadly ovate, 3-4 mm long, 5~7 mm

wide. Inflorescences axillary corymbose cymes;

peduncles 2-6 cm long; pedicels 2-6 mm long.

Buds spheroidal-ellipsoidal, 3-4 mm diameter.

Flowers unisexual. Sepals accrescent, linear-

narrow elliptic, 5-6 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm

wide, somewhat fleshy, induplicate margin; indu-

mentum amoderate to densecovering of echinate

trichomes (c. 0.2 diameter) outside, sparsely

puberulous inside. Petal violet, accrescent,

narrowly obovate, 2-5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm

wide, claw with reniform gland, bearded on

margin. Androgynophore present, 0.3 mm long,

ridged, no glands present on surface. Annulus

densely bearded on margin with stellate

trichomes. Male flowers; stamens numerous;

filaments variable length, 1-2 mm long; ovary

and style rudimentary. Female flowers;

staminodes present, c. 1 mm long; ovary glo-

bose, 2—3 mm diameter, stellate-villose, 4- or 5-

8 |

locular; ovules 13—15 per loculus; style 0.5—1

mim long; stigma 4- or 5-lobed; lobes. Capsule

subglobose, 4- or 5-lobed, 10 mm long, 8 mm

wide, covered with long silk hairs, 4- or 5-

valved. Seeds numerous, elliptic in outline,

dorsi-ventrally flattened, soft slender trichomes

2-3 mm long on margin. Fig. 3.

Selected specimens: Queensland, Coox Districr: Cook

Highway, 19 miles [30.6 km] N of Cairns, Sep 1937, Brass

& White 154 (BRI); 4 km W of Bruce Highway towards

Kuranda, Kuranda Range, Dec 1991, Halford Q791 (BRI,

DNA, K); 1 km W of Kamerunga along Lake Morris Road,

c. 1 km SW of Cairns, Dec 1991, Halford Q805 (BRI,

DNA, K, L, MEL, QRS); Cairns City Council Gardens, Oct

1963, Gould [AQ86602] (BRI); Mulgrave River, Aug

1889, Bailey (AQ86599] (BRD; S.F.R. 310, Upper

Goldsborough L.A., May 1971, Risley 9 (BRI); Cooroo

Lands (W of Innisfail), Aug 1968, Byland s.n. [AQ223]

(BRI). Norra Kennepy District: 25 km NW of Tully on

road to Cardstone, Dec 1991, Halford Q809 (BRI, CANB,

DNA, K, L, MEL, QRS); Mission Beach, Oct 1967, Hyland

1154 (BRD; Dunk Island, Oct 1904, Banfield [AQ86598]

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat: T. pleiostigma is

widely distributed in the eastern parts of Malesia

and in Australia, in north east Queensland from

Port Douglas to Innisfail in open rainforest and

on rainforest margins at altitudes to 200 m.

(Map 1).

Phenology: Flowering and fruiting specimens

have been collected from August to October.

Typification: In describing Grewia pleiostigma,

Mueller cited a Dallachy specimen from

Rockingham Bay in his protologue. There are

four sheets of Dallachy’s in MEL all from

Rockingham Bay labelled as G. pleiostigma in

Mueller’s hand. Sheets MEL1598995 and

MEL1598997 are undated while sheets

MEL1598996 and MEL1598994 are dated as

being collected before Mueller’ s publication of

Grewia pleiostigma. MEL1598994 is here

selected as lectotype because:

1. it is part of the original material;

2. agrees with the description and,

3.1t is better conserved than the other

sheets.

I was unable to locate the material cited by

Kostermans (1972) at K. There are two sheets

of G. pleiostigma collected by Dallachy from

Rockingham Bay at BO. As to whether or not

82 Austrobatleya 4(1): 75-85 (1993)

Fig. 3. Trichospermum pleiostigma: A. fruiting branchliet x 0.5. B. androgynophore and pistil x 6. C. petal, adaxial view

x 6. D. sepal, adaxial view x 6, E. fruit x 3. F. seed x 6. G. longitudinal section of seed x 6, A,F,G, Halford Q805; B-E,

Halford Q763.

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, |

the BO specimens are isolectotypes cannot be

ascertained as there is no way of linking them to

the lectotype.

Conservation status: This species 1s not con-

sidered threatened.

Grewia L.

While preparing an account of Grewia for the

‘Flora of Australia’ it became apparent that the

specimen collected by Grahame in 1987 from

Maenetic Island did not fit any of the previously

known species. Recentcollections of flowering

and fruiting material have shown this to be an

undescribed species with affinities to G.

retusifolia and G. scabrella. This species is

described here.

Grewia graniticola Halford, sp. nov. affinis G.

retustfoliae Kurz et G. scabrellae Benth.

Differt a G. retusifolia indumento fructus

cano stellato-pubescenti; et aG. scabrella

indumento folii abaxiale dense cano

stellato-tomentuloso. Typus: Queensland.

NortH Kennepy Districr. Magnetic Is-

land, searchlight track on ridge between

Arthur Bay and Florence Bay, 19°07’S,

146°52’E, 2 April 1992, D. Halford Q918c

(holo: BRI; 1so: CANB,DNA,K,L,MEL).

Spreading shrub 2 mm high. Young branchlets

stellate-tomentulose; older branchlets more or

less glabrous. Leaves obovate to elliptic-

obovate, 4—8 cm long, 3-4 cm wide, sparsely

stellate-puberulous above, densely greyish white

stellate-tomentulose below, 3-nerved from the

base; baserounded; apex obtuse; margin irregu-

larly serrate; petioles 5~7 mm long, densely

stellate-tomentulose. Stipules linear, 2~3 mm

long, stellate-tomentulose. Buds broadly ellip-

soid, 4-5 mm long. Inflorescences axillary

umbellate cymes; peduncles 4-6 mm long, 1-3

flowered, 1—3 from one axil; pedicels 2-5 mm

long; bracts linear, 2-3 mm long, all parts

stellate-tomentulose. Sepals 4 rarely 5, green-

ish yellow, elliptic-ovate, 4-5 mm long, 1.5-2.0

mm wide, densely stellate-pubescent outside,

glabrous inside; apex acute. Petals 4 rarely 5,

2-3 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm wide; greenish-

yellow, oblong-elliptic, sparsely covered with

minute simple glandular hairs on both surfaces,

sometimes emarginate at apex; basal

nectariferous gland 1.5-2.0 mm diameter, not

wider than the base of the lamina, villous on

margin. Androgynophore terete, 0.5—1.0 mm

long, glabrous, with a hairy node at apex, not

elongated above the node. Male flowers; Sta-

mens 8-12; filaments pale yellow, c.2 mm long;

ovary and style rudimentary. Female flowers;

staminodes pale yellow, 2-4; ovary globose,

1.5 mm diameter, strigose, 2-locular, 4 ovules

per loculus; style stout, c. 1 mm long, sparsely

stellate hairy; stigma with 3 or 4 broad lobes;

lobes densely papillate. Fruit of 2 bilobed parts,

5—6 mm long, 8—10 mm wide, conspicuously 4-

lobed or 2- or 3-lobed by abortion, greyish

white stellate-pubescent. Fig. 4.

Specimens examined: Queensland. NortH KENNEDY DISs-

TRIcr: Magnetic Island, Arthur Bay Lookout, Feb 1987,

Grahame AQ432418 (BRD; Magnetic Island, searchlight

track on ridge between Arthur Bay and Florence Bay, Apr

1992, Halford Q918a (BRI,QRS); ditto, Halford Q918b

(BRI, DNA, MEL); Mingela Bluff, Jan 1992, Forster

PIF9441 & Bean (BRD); 16 km SSW of Myola Homestead,

Aug 1992, Thompson & Sharpe HUG36 (BRI); Cape

Gloucester/Hideaway Bay, 25 km SE of Bowen, Sep 1992,

Batianoff & Carter 92019177 (BRI, K, LAE, MEL).

Distribution and habitat: G. graniticolais pres-

ently known from four localities in North- east

Queensland from Magnetic Island south to Cape

Gloucester. (Map 1). It grows on coarse sandy

soils derived from granite in mixed low open

forests or woodlands and dry vine thickets.

Phenology: Flowering material has been col-

lected in February and April. Fruiting material

has been collected in April and September.

Relationships: G. graniticola has affinities

with G. retusifolia and G. scabrella. It differs

from G. retusifolia in having a greyish white

stellate-pubescent indumentum on the fruit sur-

face, and from G. scabrella in having a densely

greyish white stellate-tomentulose indumentum.

on the lower surface of the leaf. The habit and

habitat of G. graniticola differs from those of

the other two.

Conservation status: Though G. graniticola is

presently only known from four localities, it is

quite common in two of these sites. The popu-

lation on Magnetic Island is within the National

Park, on the hills on the north east end of the

island. A conservation coding of 2RC based on

Thomas and McDonald (1989) is appropriate.

84 Austrobaileya 4(1): 75-85 (1993)

fii ‘

ee ee

fag Fiqh the ray

\itli H

waa 4,

agit

nm, It

* Meet og

IANS

rye

F| 7

4) i

t Fil

PT all

Pall

Cal

wet ante

I «

ow « * om

* oa we Tate te

ag Te ie Man ge ter

‘y

dag

oti

Fig, 4. Grewia graniticola: A. branchlet with female inflorescence x 2. B. female flower x 6. C. petal from female flower,

adaxial view x 9. D, fruit x 2. E. androgynophore, staminodes and pistil x 9, F, stellate hair from lower leaf surface x 50,

G. male flower x 6. H. branchlet with male inflorescence x 2. I. androgynophore and stamens x 9, J. petal from male flower,

adaxial flower x 9, A-F, Halford Q9I8A, G—J, Halford Q9O18B.

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, |

Map. 1.© Berrya rotundifolia, A Berrya javanica, ©Trichospermum pleiostigma,

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the

occurrence of this species on soils derived from

sranite.

Acknowledgments

I would like to thank the Directors of DNA, L,

K and MEL for the loan of their herbarium

material and types. I would also like to thank

staff of the Department of Environment and

Heritage, Coastal Management, Mackay, par-

ticularly Mr D. Ogyle, Mr N. Smith and Mr G.

Griffith for the transportation to Calder Island;

Dr P. Short and Dr G. Leach for assistance while

ABLO; Mr W, Smith for the illustrations; Mr P.

Forster and Mr B. Simon for photographs of the

types at Bogor; Mr J. Crombie and Mr A. Bean

for their assistance in the field and Mr P. Sharpe

for translating German text. This work was

supported by a grant from the Australian Bio-

logical Resources (ABRS) in 1991 and 1992.

References

BentuaM, G. (1863). Berrya. Flora Australiensis 1: 268.

London: L. Reeve & Co.

Burret, M. (1926). Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Tiliaceen.

Notizblatt des Botanischen Gartens zu Berlin-

Dahlem 9(88): 592-880,

140°

< | 5"

PETE O 2 0°

2 Grewia graniticola.

(1927). Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Tiliaceen. IL.

Notizblatt des Botanischen Gartens zu Berlin-

Dahlem 9(90): 1161-1174.

CuapMaNn, A.D. (1991), Australian Plant Name Index.

Australian Flora and Fauna Series No, 12. Canberra:

Australian Government Publishing Service.

Coovz, M.J.E. (1983). A conspectus of Sloanea

(Elaeocarpaceae) in the old world. Kew Bulletin 38:

347-427.

CronauisT, A. (1981). A integrated system of classification

of flowering plants, New York: Columbia Univer-

sity Press.

Domin, K. (1926). Tiliaceae. Bibliotheca Botanica 89:

374-384.

KosterMans, A.J.G.H. (1972). A synopsis of the Old

World species of Trichospermum Blume

(Tihiaceae), Transactions of the Botanical Society

Edinburgh 41: 401430.

Masser ey, D.J, (1989). The Plant-book. Cambridge: Cam-

bridge University Press.

Mue tier, F. (1872). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae

8: 4. Melbourne: Victorian Government.

SCHUMANN, K. & Lautersacnu, K. (1901). Die Flora der

Deutschen Schuizgebiete inder Siidsee. Leipzig:

Gebruder Borntraeger.

Tuomas, M.B. & McDonatp, W.J.F. (1989). Rare and

threatened plants of Queensland. 2nd edition. Bris-

bane: Queensland Department of Primary Indus-

tries.

Sigesbeckia fugax and Tetramolopium vagans,

new Asteraceae from Queensland

L. Pedley

Summary

Pedley, L. (1993). Sigesbeckia fugax and Tetramolopium vagans, new Asteraceae from Queensland.

Austrobaileya 4(1): 87-92. Sigesbeckia fugax (Heliantheae) and Tetramolopium vagans (Astereae) are

described as new. The former is related to the two other species of 5. sect. Sigesbeckia occurring in

Australia. The latter represents the first record of the genus for Australia and belongs, with species from

New Guinea, to 7. sect. Alpinum Lowrey.

Keywords: Asteraceae — Queensland, Sigesbeckia fugax, Tetramolopium vagans.

L. Pedley, c/- Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly Qld 4068, Australia

Sigesbeckia L.

Sigesbeckia fugax Pedley, sp. nov. affinis S.

orientali L. et S. australiensi D. Schulz; a

hac phyllartis exterioribus 10-13 mm

longis, longioribus quam phyllariis

interioribus, phyllarius interioribus

elandulis stipitatis validis fuscis ornatis,

capitulis flosculorum plurium, floribus

radii discique majoribus differt; ab illa

foliis sessilibus (vel petiolis ad basem

alatis), phyllariis exterioribus egland-

ulosis, glandulis phyllariorum interiorium

fuscis majoribus, plerumque capitulis

flosculorum plurium majorum differt; ab

ambobus foliis majoribus magis profunde

lobatis sigillatim discoloribus differt.

Typus: Maranoa District: 10 km W of

Roma, 25°35’S, 148°41’E, 2 December

1989, Pedley 5499 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI,

AD, CANB, K, LZ, MEL, MO, NSW, PR,

US distribuend1).

Erect annual to 0.5 m high with dark green

foliage and dark stems; multicellular hairs on

stems. Leaves discolorous, narrowly ovate in

outline, deeply coarsely irregularly obtusely

lobed, 70-110 mm long, 20-40 mm wide, at-

tenuate from the lowest lobe 15-40 mm to the

base (or alternatively, attenuate into a winged

Accepted for publication 10 March 1993

petiole 15-40 mm long); some multicellular

hairs on upper surface, multicellular hairs on

veins and sessile glands elsewhere on lower

surface. Fruiting peduncles up to 50 mm long,

with moderately dense multicellular hairs and

sessile glands. Capitulac. 1 cm diameter; outer

phyllaries 5, narrowly spathulate, 10-13 mm

long, sparsely pilose on both surfaces,

eglandular; inner fertile phyllaries 10-12, c. 5

mim long, navicular with prominent dark stalked

glands on back, particularly on keel; paleae

about as long as inner phyllaries, more membra-

nous, pubescent, eglandular. Receptacle con-

vex, c. 2mm diameter, 1 mm high. Ray florets

with trifid ligule, 1.7 mm long, 2 mm wide, the

tube 1.5 mm long, some small stalked glands on

tube and scattered on back of ligule; disc florets

c, 20, 2.4 mm long, the limb about as long as the

tube, with 5 short teeth, some small stalked

glands on tube; anthers yellow, c. | mm long.

Cypselas of both disc and ray florets black,

curved, 3 mm long, square in cross-section, 1.2

mm wide. Fig. 1.

Other specimens examined (all BRD: Queensland.

LeIcHHARDT District: Capella, 23°05’S, 148°01’E, May

1987, Broom 86; 3.5 miles [5.6 km] N of Nanya Siding [25

km WNW of Capella], Dec 1957, Bisset E 144. MARANOA

District: ‘Alvalea’, 30 km W of Roma, Jul 1983 Cavayo

s.n. {AQ 339620); 7 miles [11 km] W of Roma, Oct 1948,

Evertst 3517; ‘Bongo’, c. 42 miles [67 km] W of Roma,

May 1948, Everist 3740.

lle eee rr rr el i anal ne hid bal bel Ol il acs at ares Gol bal Cori d Cimod bh on)

Habitat: S. fugax has been recorded only from

dark, fine-textured soils. Though a plant of

disturbed situations (roadsides, fallow land) it

appears to be native. It is an uncommon plant

that is found only sporadically. Roadsides west

of Roma, where it had been collected previ-

ously, were examined without success a number

of times over several years prior to 1989 when

a population of vigorous plants was found.

Since the species has been collected in the

period May to December, it is possible that

seeds remain viable in the soil for aconsideraable

time and that they germinate in response to late

summer and winter rains.

Notes: Schulz (1987, 1990) recognised 12 spe-

cies of Sigesbeckia in three sections, the three

species comprising sect. Sigesbeckia confined

to the Old World, the rest to the New World.

Two of the Old World species, S. orientalis L.

and §. australiensis D. Schulz, occur in Aus-

tralia. S. fugax, which has affinities with both

these species, clearly must also be referred to

sect. Sigesbeckia. The world-wide distribution

of Sigesbeckia is unusual since all the closely

related genera of subtribe Melampodiinae, ex-

cept for Micractis DC., arerestricted to the New

World (Steussy 1977).

S. orientalis 1s restricted to the Old World,

including Africa, as a native plant, but has been

introduced to a limited extent into the United

States and South America (McVaughan &

Anderson 1972). It is widespread in eastern

Australia, though it may have been introduced

after European settlement. The oldest specimen

seen by Schulz (1987) was collected at Botany

Bay in 1790. Had it been present 20 years

earlier it is likely to have been collected along

Austrobatleya 4(1): 87-92 (1993)

the east coast by Banks and Solander. Bentham

(1867) did not cite any collection of Banks and

Solander.

Schulz (1987), in describing S. austral-

iensis, gave details of its collection localities in

Great Britain, Switzerland and Germany where

it occurs as a wool alien but, except for the type

locality in the northern Flinders Range and for

a Leichhardt specimen, not for Australia. It

occurs mainly in inland parts of eastern Aus-

tralia — southern Northern Territory, South

Australia, Victoria, New South Wales and once

collected in Queensland (see below). Burbidge

and Gray (1970), Cunningham ef al. (1981) and

Cooke (1986), all of whom misapplied the name

S. microcephala DC. to it, should be consulted

for details. Leichhardt’s collecting locality

Bengaila is in the Hunter Valley, New South

Wales, not in Queensland (see Blake 1955). At

BRI, however, there is a specimen which was

seen by Schulz, collected at Glen Aplin near

Stanthorpe in November 1946 (Everist & Webb

1365). Schulz’s observation that S. australiensis

and S. orientalis occur together in Australia is

based on one sheet at MEL and Is open to

question. A small piece of S. australiensis is

mounted with a specimen of S. orientalis; this

mixture could well have occurred when the

material was mounted rather than when col-

lected.

The relationships of S. fugax are with S.

australiensis and S. orientalis, but the species is

readily distinguished from both on account of

its long, deeply lobed leaves. The proportionate

length of inner and outer phyllaries and the

occurrence of stipitate glands on them afford

other distinguishing characters.

Key to Australian species of Sigesbeckia

1. Outer phyllaries about as long as inner; inner phyllaries without stalked

glands; leaves shallowly and irregularly serrate, not deeply lobed....... S. australiensis

Outer phyllaries markedly longer than the inner; inner phyllaries

bearing stalked glands; leaves coarsely serrate or deeply lobed.................00.. 2

2. Leaves deeply lobed, discolorous; outer phyllaries without glands, inner

with stout dark glands................

Leaves coarsely serrate or slightly lobed, + concolorous; outer and inner

. ¢ © 2 e& & £ 4 *& # &© BF B&B FF 8 © & # BB F 2 8 8 &

Pedley, new Queensland Asteraceae 89

W.A.SMITH

Fig 1. A-C. Sigesbeckia fugax: A. \eaf x 1. B. inflorescence x 4, C. inner phyllary (enclosing fruit) showing stout glands

x 8, D-F. 5S. orientalis: D. leaf x 1. E. inflorescence x 4, F. inner phyllary (clasping flower) showing small glands x 8. GI.

S, australiensis: G. leaf x 1. H. inflorescence x 4, 1. inner phyllary (clasping flower) showing hairs but no glands x 8. A-C,

Pedley 5499; D-F, Gibson 1068; G, Perry 5505; H,I Gittins 2088.

Deieieliahiaieiaieh dalek del ii i PERSO Sr Onn DR rrr ocr en a ca

Etymology: The epithet, Latin fugax: evasive,

elusive, is a reference to the infrequent and

erratic appearance and collection of the plant.

Tetramolopium Nees

Tetramolopium vagans Pedley, sp. nov. affinis

T. bicolori Koster aquofoliis grandioribus,

bracteis paucioribus angustioribus,

capitulis pluribus flosculis phyllarisque

ornatis, ligula flosculorum marginalium

grandiore tubo plus quam duplo longiore,

flosculis disci grandioribus non abrupte in

dimidio inferiore contractis, antheris

prandioribus et indumento cypselarum

densiore differt; arcte minus affinis T.

klossiti (S. Moore) Mattf. a quo folts

semper eglandularibus angustioribus,

capitulis minus late expansis, phyllartis

flosculisque parvioribus quamquam ligulis

flosculorum marginalium specierum

duarum + a equalibus et indumento

cypselarum densiore differt. Typus: Mt

Ernest, 28°19’S, 152°42’E, open heath-

land on rhyolite outcrops, 14 September

1990, P.L. Forster, G. Leiper & L. Bird

PIF 7399 (holo: BRD.

Low sprawling subshrub with branches to 30cm

long; branchlets glabrous, purplish, rough with

persistent sheaths of shed leaves. Leaves thick,

linear, acute 10-15 mm long, c. 0.7 mm wide, I-

nerved, the nerve grooved above, prominent

beneath, green, sheathed (the sheath often pur-

plish), glabrous, rarely minute multicellular hairs

on the margins; sheath I[-nerved. Heads term1-

nal, solitary, with mauve ray florets, yellow

disc-florets, campanulate c. 12 mm wide. Pe-

duncles brown, glabrous, to c. 20 mm long.

Bracts 2—5, glabrous, subulate, c. 2 mm long.

Phyllaries c. 40 in 3 or 4 series, 3—6.5 mm long,

c. 0.6 mm wide, acute, I-nerved, purplish at tip.

Ray florets 25-30, pistillate corolla glabrous

except for few random glandular hairs; tube

2.8—3 mm long, ligule linear narrowed to an

obscurely 3-toothed tip, 8-9 mm long, c. 1.5

mm wide; style glabrous, branches c. 0.8 mm

long. Cypselae antrorsely pilose, + cylindric,

though somewhat flattened, ribs Gf any) ob-

scured by hairs, 1.5—2 mm long; pappus bristles

l-sertate, white tinged purple towards tip, 4—5

mm long, somewhat unequal. Disc florets c. 30,

Austrobaileya 4(1): 87-92 (1993)

narrowly funnel-shaped, a few minute hairs

about the middle, 5—5.5 mm long, lobes nar-

rowly triangular c. 0.5 mm long; stamens and

style slightly longer than the corolla tube; an-

thers c. 1.5 mm long; appendage oblong, acute,

base of cells obtuse; style branches c. 1.5 mm

long. Cypselae and pappus similar to those of

marginal flowers, but cypselae empty (sterile).

Fig, 2.

Other specimens (all BRD: Queensland, Moreton Dis-

TricT: Mt Maroon, Jun 1977, Hockings [AQ228605]; ditto,

Jun 1988, Leiper [AQ439134]; eastern side of Mt Ermestc.

160 m from summit, 28°19’S, 152°43’E, Sep 1989, Leiper

[AQ458084].

Distribution and habitat: T. vagans is known

only from Mt Maroon and Mt Ernest in south-

eastern Queensland, where it occurs in rock

crevices and on rock outcrops. It might be

expected to occur on other rhyolitic peaks such

as nearby Mt Lindesay. A fragmentary speci-

men of another species has been collected in

northern Queensland (Mt Bowen, Hinchinbrook

I, alt 1 200 m, 18°21’S 146°16’E, 20 July 1988,

D.G. Fell & M.R. Swain DF 1224). Ithas longer

leaves, wider phyllaries and white rays, and

cannot be referred to any of the New Guinea

species.

The distribution of Tetramolopium 1s in-

triguing. Smith (1977) postulated that the genus

arose aS a neo-endemic in New Guinea, a de-

scendant of late Tertiary migrants from Aus-

tralia, and was later dispersed to the Hawatian

Islands. The occurrence of T. vagans, and

probably a second species, in Australia raises

further questions. Were the Australian species

derived, independently of the New Guinea spe-

cies, from the same ancestral stock as the New

Guinea species? Or, did Tetra-molopium arise

in New Guinea as Smith postulated, and is the

genus a recent arrival in Australia? If it spread

from New Guinea to Hawau., then dispersal of 1

000 km to Hinchinbrook Is., and a farther 1 300

km to south-eastern Queensland is feasible.

Species of sect. Alpinum are plants of high

elevation (more than 2 000 m) in New Guinea

and Hawaii, and it is difficult to theorise how

plants of such ancestry could become estab-

lished at rather low elevations (1 000 m) in the

tropics and subtropics.

Pedley, new Queensland Asteraceae

W.A. SMITH

Fig. 2. Tetramolopium vagans: A. flowering stem x 2. B, disc floret x 8. C. ray floret x 8. D. ligule showing 3-toothed

tip x 8, From Leiper sn. (AQ 458084).

Notes: Tetramolopium is a genus with 36 de-

scribed species, 25 in New Guinea (van Royen

1983) and 11 in Hawan (Lowrey 1986). One of

the Hawaiian species, T. sylvae Lowrey, has

also been recorded from the Cook Islands (Sykes

in Lowrey, op. cit.). Descriptions of the genus

have been given by Koster (1966), van Royen

(1983) and Lowrey (op. cit.). It is closely

related to Vittadinia but differs, most obvi-

ously, inits very shortinternodes whichresultin

the leaves becoming very congested on distal

parts of shoots, and the tubular or infundibular

disc florets. Burbidge (1982) did not discuss the

relationship between Vittadinia and Tetra-

molopium because the latter had not been re-

corded from Australia. Mattfield (1929), how-

ever, in referring some New Guinea species

described in Erigeron and Vittadinia to

letramolopium, discussed the two genera at

some length. Lowrey (op. cit.) did not discuss

generic relationships in detail, but considered

species from Hawaii and New Guinea to be

congeneric, Heestablished Tetramolopiumsect.

Alpinum for all species from New Guinea and

Aantal tt toe ten en ell Ne lh wwe hatte el a atealalllibatatiatetaltatatatatatatatatatatatatatatatatubytuh\tutntwtatwtwtatuty'd ahaa bth NA td “

1 44 anna emma a Wh NN NNN NN VN WN WN NN NNN AN NNN WC ANAM ONGC MNUWNNSSNU NN U NN UWN MUA NON ANNAN MN WMA IONAMIN NANO MMNN WINONA ANN ANNONA NNN WSO AANA WOONONA MESON ONIONS INNS MACNAO WAMU Wu i a A i aA eH HWW sw Se Attn Ht ttt to Watt oA a LAL oa a aA A iN tata NANA AM

the one alpine Hawatian species, 7. humile (A.

Gray) Hilleb. He also stated ‘the lack of sterility

among all Hawaiian taxa and the lack of wide

morphological discontinuities among sections

establish Hawaiian 7etramolopium as a natural

assemblage’. Despite this statement,

Tetramolopium sect. Alpinum 1s morphologi-

cally and ecologically rather different from the

other sections and may yet be regarded as a

distinct genus within the Astereae. It may be

significant that Bentham (1873) in recognising

Tetramolopium, did not include T. humile.

Tetramolopium vagans plainly belongs to

T. sect. Alpinum. It is closest to T. bicolor

Koster (known only from a single collection),

which has markedly smaller leaves and larger

ligules. The relationship of 7. vagans with T.

kKlossii is not as close; 7. klossii has wider

leaves, larger heads on longer peduncles and

disc florets distinctly flared 1n the upper half.

Etymology: The epithet, from Latin vago to

wander about, refers to the puzzling disjunction

of the species from others of the genus.

Acknowledgements

Iam grateful to Mr W.A. Smith who prepared

the plates, and to areferee of a previous version

of part of this paper whose comments were most

helpful.

References

BENTHAM, G., (1867). Compositae. Flora Australiensis 3:

447-680. London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

(1873). Compositae. In G. Bentham & J.D.

Hooker, Genera Plantarum 2: 163-533.

BLAKE, S.T. (1955). Some pioneers in plant exploration and

classification. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 66: 1-19.

Austrobatleya 4(1): 87-92 (1993)

BursBincE, N.T. (1982). A revision of Vittadinia A. Rich.

(Compositae) together with reinstatement of

Eurybtopsis DC. and description of a new genus

Camptacra. Brunonia 5: 1-72.

BuRBIDGE, N.T, & Gray, M,. (1970). Flora of the Austral-

ian Capital Territory. Canberra: Australian Na-

tional University Press.

Cooke, D.A. (1986). 10. Sigesbeckia L. In J.P. Jessop &

H.R. Toelken (eds) Flora of South Australia 3; 1439.

Adelaide: Government Printer.

CUNNINGHAM, G.M., MuLuam, W.E., Mictuorpg, P.L &

LeicuH, J.H. (1981). Plants of Western New South

Wales. Sydney: Government Printer.

Koster, J.T. (1966). The Compositae of New Guinea I.

Nova Guinea, Botany 24: 497-614.

Lowrey, T.K. (1986), A biosystematic revision of Hawai-

ian Yeframolopium (Compositae: Astereae).

Allertonia 4: 203-265.

McVauau, R, & ANDeErRSon, C. (1972), North American

counterparts of Sigesbeckia orientalis (Compositae).

Contributions from the University of Michigan

Herbarium 9: 485-493,

MATTFELD, J. (1929), Compositae. In L. Diels, Beitrage zur

Flora des Saruwaged-Gebirges. Botanische

Jahrbucher fiir Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und

Pflanzengeographie 62: 452-501.

Royen, P. vAN (1983). The Alpina Flora of New Guinea

Vol. 4. Vaduz: Cramer.

SCHULZ, D.L. (1987). Zur Kettnis derin Europa beobachteten

Arten der Gattung Sigesbeckia L. Gleditschia 15:

205-210,

(1990). Zur Kenntnis der Gattung Sigesbeckia L.

in Afrika, Gleditschia 18: 211-218.

SmitH, J.M.B. (1977), Origins andecology of the tropicalpine

flora of Mt Wilhelm, New Guinea. Biological

Journal of the Linnean Soctety 9: 87-131.

Steussy, T.F. (1977). Helhantheae — systematic review. In

V.H. Heywood, J.B. Harborne & B.L. Turner (eds):

The biology and chemistry of the Compositae. Vol.

2. London, New York & San Francisco: Academic

Press.

A taxonomic revision of the genus Peperomia Ruiz & Pav.

(Piperaceae) in mainland Australia

Paul I, Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (1993). A taxonomic revision of the genus Peperomia Ruiz & Pav, (Piperaceae) in

mainland Australia. Austrobaileya 4(1). 93-104. The genus Peperomia Ruiz & Pav, (Peperomiaceae)

is revised for matnland Australia. Five species are recognised, four are native, viz Peperomia

bellendenkerensis Domin, P. blanda var. floribunda (Miq.) H. Huber, P. tetraphylla (G. Forst.) C. DC,

and P. enervis C, DC, & F. Muell., and one is naturaliséd, viz P. pellucida (L.) Kunth. Peperomia

bellendenkerensis and P. enervis areendemic. Thenames Peperomia affinis Domin, P. bellendenkerensis

Domin and P. enervis C. DC. & F. Muell. are lectotypified. P. affinis is newly placed in the synonymy of

P, tetraphylila.

Keywords: Peperomia — Australia; Peperomia bellendenkerensis, Peperomia bianda vat. floribunda;

Peperomia tetraphylla; Peperomia enervis; Peperomia pellucida. |

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meters Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

The genus Peperomia Ruiz & Pav. is pantropical

comprising over 1000 species mostly native to

South America, with a few in Africa and Asia

(Dill 1973). The genus is included in the

Piperaceae (Cronquist 1981) or is often in-

cluded in its own family Peperomiaceae. The

flowers of Peperomia are greatly reduced and

have no perianth. Each flower comprises two

stamens, asingle stigma and a fleshy floral bract

that subtends the single ovary (Tucker 1980).

These morphological features are thought to

represent primitiveness and although members

of the genus are usually considered di-cotyle-

dons (e.g. Cronquist 1981), some authors con-

sider them to be monocotyledons (Burger 1977).

Most species of Peperomia are herba-

ceous or succulent epiphytes, lithophytes or

geophytes. Although the majority occur in moist

rainforest communities, a number grow in drier

communities in association with other types of

succulents and possess anatomical features as-

sociated with avoiding water loss (Kaul 1977;

Virzo de Santo et al. 1983; Holthe et al. 1992).

Bentham (1873) recognised two species

from mainland Australia, viz P. leptostachya

Hook. & Arn. and P. reflexa (L.f.) A. Dietr.

Accepted for publication 23 March 1993

Bailey (1901) recognised three native species;

those accepted by Bentham, plus P. enervis

C.DC, & F. Muell. described in 1891. Domin

(1928) subsequently described P. bellen-

denkerensis; however, there has been no mod-

ern account of the genus in Australia that takes

into account all taxa and names.

All ofthe Australian species growin closed

forest communities; however, P. blanda var.

floribunda ts + succulent and occurs widely in

drier communities such as semi-evergreen

vinethickets (Forster et al. 1991). Although

many exotic rainforest species are cultivated,

none of the Australian ones are to any extent

(Forster 1986).

In this paper I review the systematics of

the native and naturalised mainland Australian

taxa of Peperomia, thus establishing synony-

mies and detailing distributions, prior to an

abbreviated account in ‘Flora of Australia’. A

sixth species P. urvilleana A. Rich., is endemic

to Lord Howe Island and will be dealt with by

P.S. Green in ‘Flora of Australia’ Volume 50.

Materials and methods

Herbarium material at BO, BRI, CANB, CBG,

DNA, JCT, MEL, NE, NSW and ORS was

examined. Type material at BM, K and PR was

obtained on loan to BRI or photographs of

[

;

specimens were examined. Field work was un-

dertaken in Queensland and the Northern Terri-

tory from 1982 to 1992. All native taxa, except-

ing P. bellendenkerensis, were cultivated by the

author under similar conditions in Brisbane.

The synonymies cover those names based

on Australian material or that have been applied

to plants in the region.

Descriptions were mainly prepared from

fresh or spirit material. All trichomes are simple

and uniseriate. Common abbreviations in the

specimen citation are L.A. — Logging Area;

N.P.—National Park, S.F.—State Forest; S.F.R.

— State Forest Reserve. The “Wet Tropics’ ts

defined as that area of north-eastern Queens-

land that encompasses the ‘hot, humid vine

forests’ from near Cooktown in the north to

Paluma in the south (Webb & Tracey 1981;

Barlow & Hyland 1988).

Taxonomy

Peperomia Ruiz & Pav., Prodr. 8 (1794). Type:

Peperomia secunda Ruiz & Pav. (lecto:

fide N.L. Britton, Fl. Bermuda 94 (1918)).

Hook.f., Fl. Tasman. xlvi1 (1859); C. DC.,

Prodr. 16(1): 448 (1869); Benth., Fl. Aus-

tral. 6: 205—206 (1873); F.M. Bailey,

Queensl. Fl. 4: 1286 (1900); Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89(4): 558-559 (1928);

Austrobaileya 4(1): 93-104 (1993)

Dill, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 93: 56-129 (1973);

S.C.Tucker, Amer. J. Bot. 67: 686-702

(1980); Stanley & E.M. Ross, FI. S.E.

Queensl. 1: 183 (1983); H. Huber, Rev.

Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 273—300 (1987).

Derivation of name: from the Greek peperi

(pepper) and homoios (alike) referring to

the similarity of some species to certain

Piper species.

Perennial herbs, terrestrial, epiphytic or

lithophytic. Leaves alternate, opposite or

whorled; exstipulate and petiolate; succulent to

membranous. Spikes solitary, terminal, termi-

nal and axillary, or leaf-opposed by overtopping,

erect. Flowers hermaphrodite, sometimes partly

embedded in spike axis, subtended by rounded

to orbicular peltate bracts. Perianth absent. Sta-

mens 2; filaments subulate, shorter or rarely

longer than bracts; anthers bisporangiate, trans-

verse-oblong or subglobose, two cells conflu-

ent at apex; pollen grains without an aperture.

Ovaries distinct, sessile or contracted at base

and substipitate; obtuse or rostrate at apex; with

an entire capitate stigma. Fruits ovoid, obovoid

or turbinate, exserted, not fleshy, often muci-

laginous, sessile or shortly stipitate.

A genus of over 1000 species with its

centre of distribution in Central and South

America. Four native and 1 naturalised species

in Australia.

Key to species of Peperomia in Australia

NCC AVOS A LCUTIA ECs. nz sFomeecdche lin ht cen kaye betereh ot ees En ck acteseae Eats ta, 4 asia gone: Sree atic: EL ED 2

L-GaVeS DPPOSIFS OI WROTED vic cceoe wardsecdes vce ol ntbeha C4 fo gon eke Beye doance, Wags, 0k sei we ch oda 3

. Leaves 3-veined at base, foliage with scattered trichomes........ 1, P. bellendenkerensis

Leaves 5-veined at base, foliage glabrous ..... 0.2.0.0... 00. ccc eee eee 2. P. pellucida

ECAVGS 11 WHOLISSORA o 5, cace-< @ ecalte b poe KS aces eNO A Moen FL Le OW, Fyctbeaihiteets 4 3. P. tetraphylla

. Leaves opposite, ovate-elliptic to obovate, with dense trichomes and

prominent secondary veins ......... 0... cc eee cece eens P. blanda var. floribunda

Leaves usually 3 in a whorl, but occasionally opposite, cuneate-obovate,

glabrous or with sparse trichomes and obscure secondary veins .......... 5. P. enervis

Forster, Australian Peperomia

1. Peperomia bellendenkerensis Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89(4): 559 (1928). Type:

Queensland. Coox Disrricr: in pluvi-

lignosis mediae partis Bellenden-Ker,

December 1909, K. Domin 2630 (lecto

(here designated): PR525761)).

Succulent herb to 15 cm high. Stems erect,

becoming decumbent, rooting at nodes, with

scattered to sparse trichomes; internodes up to

20 mm long and 1.5 mm diameter. Leaves

alternate, petiolate; lamina orbicular to elliptic-

ovate, up to 16 mm long and 13 mm wide,

membranous when dry, 3-veined from base

with the 2 side veins somewhat indistinct; tip

obtuse to rounded; base cuneate; petiole 0.8-1

mm long, 0.4—0.5 mm diameter, glabrous or

with scattered trichomes. Spikes terminal, 20-

40 mm long, solitary; peduncle 4-8 mm long,

0.5-0.8 mm diameter, glabrous; fertile axes

18-32 mm long, 0.8-1 mm diameter, glabrous.

Flowers slightly sunken into axis, spaced 1—1.3

mm apart; floral bracts rounded, 0.4-0.5 mm

long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide; anthers oblong, c. 0.2

mm long and 0.2 mm wide; ovary rounded, c.

0.4 mm Ing and 0.4 mm diameter. Drupes pap-

illate, c.0.6 mm long, 0.6mm wide, 0.6—0.7 mm

thick. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland, Cook District:

Bellenden-Ker, Dec 1909, Domin 2631 (PR).

Distribution and habitat: Endemic to north-

east Queensland. Known only from two collec-

tions by Domin from Bellenden Ker in the “Wet

Tropics’. Presumably these collections were

made in rainforest.

Notes: The two Domin collections of P.

bellendenkerensis represent a distinct species

not conspecific with any of the other Australian

species. Despite the lack of further collections

from north Queensland, I feel that this species is

a valid inclusion in the Australian flora. Small

epiphytes in Australian rainforests are often

poorly collected, and apart from those with

horticultural potential (e.g. Orchidaceae), are

poorly represented in herbaria such as BRI and

ORS. A useful comparison may be found with

one of the other Australian species of Peperomia,

notably P. tetraphylla. There were no collec-

tions of P. tetraphylla from Cook botanical

district in BRI or QRS prior to 1986, yet the

species 1s present, albeit infrequently, in easily

accessible and well collected places suchas S.F.

185 near Tinaroo Dam.

The Bellenden Ker massif is still unex-

plored in many places and it is likely that few

recent collections have been made from the

route taken by Domin (as described in Chapman

(1986)), as most collectors have tended to as-

cend from the western side. Domin was based

at Harvey’s Creek for quite some time making

various trips throughout the “Wet Tropics’

(Chapman 1990); however, it is not possible to

deduce precisely where his collection of P.

bellendenkerensis was made.

Domin (1928) did not specifically desig-

nate a type for his new name and of the two

numbered collections of P. bellendenkerensis

at PR, his number 2630 1s fully fertile and the

much better specimen, hence it is designated as

lectotype for the name.

Conservation status: Further survey work is

required along Domin’ sroute up Bellenden Ker

from Harvey’s Creek to attempt to recollect this

plant. An appropriate coding is 1K (cf. Briggs

& Leigh 1988). ~

2. Peperomia pellucida (L.) Kunth, Nov. Gen.

& Sp. 1: 64 (1815); Piper pellucidum L.,

Sp. Pl. 30 (1753). Type: Venezuela, ‘In

America Calidiore, Caracas’, Humboldt

725 (neo: B, n.v. fide Dill, Bot. Jahrb.

Syst. 93: 69 (1973)).

Synonymy: see Dill I.c. for full details of

extra-Australian synonymy.

Illustration: Dill, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 93: 73

(1973).

Fleshy herb to 30cm high. Stems erect, becom-

ing decumbent, rooting at nodes, glabrous;

internodes up to 50 mm long and 2 mm diam-

eter. Leaves alternate, petiolate; lamina ovate-

elliptic, up to 3.5 cm long and 3 cm wide,

membranous when dry, 5-nerved; tip acute;

base rounded to cuneate; petiole up to 20 mm

long and c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous. Spikes

terminal or axillary in upper axils, solitary, up to

7 cm long; peduncle 5—13 mm long, c. 0.5 mm

diameter, glabrous; fertile axes 20-50 mm long,

96 Austrobaileya 4(1): 93-104 (1993)

’

P f

- $

aan

‘

atte fame

Aisaaas

Dats MM SaG AMP se

ORDA OM ca ee eee 3 ., we. 8S “t ein Crrury: iy

ee WETRT Pee eee

ae -_ pies Bel tH = eS ae

ee ee

a Dt ut DOMIN,. ‘Teer. ‘Aus tre

“(903 = 1910. Neo.

ete er Ee EY RY eng nar nee wee PRENE e ee

Fig. 1. Type of Peperomia bellendenkerensis

Forster, Australian Peperomia

c.0.5mm diameter, glabrous. Flowers notsunken

into axis, spaced 0.4—1 mm apart; floral bracts

rounded, 0.3-0.4 mm long, 0.2—0.3 mm wide;

anthers oblong, c. 0.1 mm long and 0.1 mm

wide; ovary rounded-oblong, c. 0.3 mm long

and 0.3 mm wide. Drupes sticky, papillate

0.5—0.6 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm long, 0.2-0.3

mm thick.

Selected specimens: India. Sikkim, south district: Ratey

pant, Sep 1981, Krishna 1733 (BRI). Indonesia, Sumatera:

east coast, Yates 1232 (BRD. Java: Buitenzorg, 1893-94,

Schiffner 1853 (BRI). Papua New Guinea. BouGAINVILLE

Province: Vicinity of Barilo Village, c. 6 miles [10 km] N

of Buin Station, Aug 1964, Schodde 3924 & Craven (BRI);

Near Aku Village, c. 10 miles [16.7 km] W of Buin, Sep

1964, Craven 448 & Schodde (BRI); Vicinity of Kugugat

Village, c, 10 miles [16.7 km] N of Buin Patrol Post, Jul

1964, Schodde 3650 & Craven (BRD. New Brirain Prov-

INCE: Malalia near Cape Hoskins, West Nakanai, Aug

1954, Floyd NGF6550 (BRI). MADANG Province: 4 km

NW of Awar airfield, 4°06’S, 144°48’E, Jul 1992, Forster

10941 & Liddle (BRI, L, LAE, QRS). Morose PROVINCE:

Botanical Gardens, 6°45’S, 147°00’E, May 1965, Gillison

NGF22237 (BRI). CENTRAL PRovINCE: Maipa Village,

Kairuka subdistrict, Sep 1962, Darbyshire 935 (BRI).

Australia. Northern Territory: Darwin, McKee 8264

(DNA); Darwin, Lakes Cres., Northlakes, Gallen 111

(DNA). Queensland. DARLING Downs Disrricr: Qld Agr.

Coll. Nursery, Gatton, Jan 1981, Swarbrick WNA193

(BRI), Fiji. Lakosa, Nov 1922, Greenwood 562 (BRI);

Rodwell Road, Suva, Oct 1960, Pillay [AQ077489] (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Native to South

America but naturalised widely in the Old World

tropics including New Guinea and Australia. In

Australia P. pellucida occurs as an occasional

garden or nursery escape in Queensland and the

Northern Territory, but is unlikely to become a

serious weed.

Notes: The first mention of this species as

naturalised in Australia appears to be by Cous-

ins (1989) based on the McKee and Gallen

collections. I saw little evidence of the plant

around Darwin when I visited during 1989.

3. Peperomia blanda (Jacq.) Kunth., Nov.

Gen. Sp. 1:67 (1815). Type: Jacgq., Ic. Pl.

Rar. 2, t. 218 (1793).

P, blanda comprises two varieties, with only

variety floribunda (Miq.) H. Huber present in

Australia.

Peperomia blanda var. floribunda (Miq.) H.

Huber, Rev. Handb. Fi. Ceylon 6: 294

(1987); P. arabica var. floribunda Miq.,

Syst. Pip. 122 (1843). Type: Goudot in

herb. Delessert (holo: G, n.v.).

Peperomia leptostachya Hook. & Arn., Bot.

Beechey Voy. 70 (1832); P. leptostachya

var. leptostachya Mig., De Peperaceis

Novae Hollandiae 6 (1866); P. blanda

var. leptostachya (Hook. & Arn.) Diill,

Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 93: 110, abb. 16, 109-

113 (1973); non P. leptostachya (Nutt.)

Chapman (= P.humilis A. Dietr.), fide,

Bouttord, J. Arnold Arb. 63: 820 (1982)

Type: Ins. Oahu, Hawau, Beechey (iso: K

(photo at BRI!)).

Peperomia dindygulensis Miq., Syst. Pip.

122 (1843). Type: Prov. Dindygul [Ara-

bian Peninsula}, Wallich 6663A (holo: K-

W [fiche at BRI!]).

Peperomia leptostachya var. laxiflora Migq..,

De Peperaceis Novae Hollandiae 6 (1866).

Type: Queensland, Moreton District:

‘Pine-river’, F. Mueller (1.v.).

Peperomia baueriana var. brisbaniana C.

DC., Prodr. 16:414 (1869). Type: Queens-

land, Moreton District: Brisbane River,

1855, F. Mueller (holo: G-DC [fiche

BRI!]; iso: MEL).

Illustrations: Diill, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 93: 80,

abb. 16 (1973); Williams, Native Pl.

Queens]. 2: 217 (1984).

Succulent herb to 30 cm high. Stems erect,

becoming decumbent, rooting at nodes, with

sparse to dense short trichomes; internodes up

to 22 mm long and 6 mm diameter. Leaves

opposite, rarely whorled, petiolate; lamina ovate-

elliptic to obovate, up to 3 cm long and 2.5 cm

wide, membranous when dry, 5-nerved but with

only the midrib and 2 major lateral nerves

prominent; tip obtuse or acute, base cuneate to

rounded; petiole up to 6 mm long and c. 1 mm

diameter with sparse to densetrichomes. Spikes

terminal in upper axils, up to 13 cm long;

peduncle 5—15 mm long, 1.2—1.5 mm diameter,

with sparse trichomes; fertile axes 30-115 mm

long, 1.7—1.8 mm diameter, glabrous. Flowers

not sunken into axis, spaced 1.4—2 mm apart;

floral bracts rounded, 0.6-0.9 mm long, 0.7—-0.8

mm wide; anthers oblong, c. 0.2 mm long and

0.3 mm wide; ovary rounded c. 0.4mm long and

0.4 mm diameter. Drupes sticky, papillate, c.

0.8—0.9 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm wide, 0.6—0.7

min thick. Figs 2C, 3.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: Ridge |

km E of Kennedy Hill, 12°28’S, 143°16’E, Jun 1989,

Forster 5421 (BRD; Garraway Creek rockpiles, 12°44’S,

143°11’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4225 & Liddle (BRI); T.R.9

Austrobaileya 4(1): 93~104 (1993)

Lankelly Creek, 13°53’S, 143°14E, Jun 1992, Forster

10328 et al. (BRI, QRS); Mt Windsor Tableland, May

1986, Lockyer s.n. (BRI, QRS); Slopes of Mt. Berni, Brass

2084 (BRI); Barron River Gorge, near Cairns, Jun 1935,

Blake 9462 (BRI); Davies Creek, Lamb Range, Jun 1959,

Brass 33554 (BRI, QRS). NortH Kennepy District: Kinrara

Crafer, on ‘Meadowbank’ in McBride Plateau area, 18°20’S,

144°5S’ EB, May 1970, Webb & Tracey 10257 (BRI). SourH

KENNEDY District: Carlisle Island, 20°47’°S, 149°17’E, Sep

1986, Sharpe 4502 & Batianoff(BRD; Finch Hatton Gorge,

Eungella Range, c. 30 miles [50 km] W of Mackay, May

Fig. 2. A. P. tetraphylla, portion of stem of flowering plant, B. P. enervis, portion of stem of flowering plant. C, Peperomia

blanda vat. floribunda, portion of stem of flowering plant. A. Forster 3584 ef al.; B. Tuckers.n, (Mt Haig area); C. Forster

2784, All at BRI. Scale bar = 10 mm. Del. L.G. Jessup.

Forster, Australian Peperomia

1970, Fagg 665 (BRI, CBG). Port Curtis Districr: Middle

Percy Island, 87 miles SE of Mackay, May 1956, Lazarides

5674 (BRI, CANB); Crocodile Creek, Bouldercombe Gorge,

23°36’S, 150°28’E, Mar 1989, Forster4991 (BRI). Burnerr

District: Castle Mt, c. 30 km N Monto, Nov 1976, Stanley

& Rosss.n. (BRI); 7 km W of Windera, 26°03’S, 151°46’E,

Feb 1986, Forster 2360 (BRI). Wipe Bay Districr: Mt

Bauple, Jun 1927, White 3534 (BRI). Moreton District:

Flinton Hill, Worlds End Pocket, 27°31’S, 152°45’E, Jul

1984, Forster 1544 (BRI); Burtons Gully, Egypt, 10 km

WSW of Mt Whitestone, 27°43’S, 152°04’E, Oct 1985,

Forster 2262 & Bird (BRI); Black Duck Creek Scrub,

27°50’S, 152°11’E, Jun 1987, Forster 2951 & Bird (BRI).

New South Wales. Middie Arm Creek, 6 km WSW of

Limpinwood, 28°20’S, 153°10’E, Aug 1986, Forster 2610

ef al. (BRY); Iluka, c. 11 miles [17.7 km] NE of Maclean,

Feb 1971, O’Hara & Coveny 3509 (BRI, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Eastern Australia,

from central New South Wales, more or less

continuously up the east coast to Cape York

Peninsula. Plants are a common component in

vineforests and vinethickets where they occur

terrestrially, lithophytically or rarely

epiphytically.

P, blanda var. floribunda is widely dis-

tributed on the African continent (Dill 1973),

Indian subcontinent (Huber 1987), Malesia and

Melanesia. The seeds of P. blanda var. flori-

bunda are noticeably sticky because of a muci-

laginous substance around the papillate

protuberances (Fig, 3). These morphological

features may aid in dispersal of the species

throughout its wide range. Plants are + succu-

lent and are able to withstand drier conditions

than the other Australian species; however, the

species is C, rather than CAM, in photosyn-

thetic metabolism (Winter et al. 1983).

Notes: Type material of P. leptostachya vat.

laxiflora Mig. has not been located. It was notin

MEL material loaned to BRI for study.

Conservation status: Common. Conserved in

at least 22 conservation reserves in south-east

Queensland (Forster et al. 1991).

4, Peperomia tetraphylla (G. Forst.) Hook. &

Arn., Bot. Beechey Voy. 97 (1831); Piper

tetraphyllum G. Forst., Fl. Ins. Austr. 5

(1786). Type: Society Island, Forster

(holo: BM, fide H. Huber, Rev. Handb. FI.

Ceylon 6: 292 (1987), but n.v. by author).

Peperomia reflexa (L.f.) A. Dietr., Sp. PI.

ed. 6, 1: 180 (1831); Piper reflexa L.f.,

Sp. Pl. Suppl. 91 (1781); non Peperomia

reflexa Knuth (1815). Type: Cap. bonae

spei., Thunberg (n.v.).

Peperomia affinis Domin in F.M. Bailey,

Queensl. Agric. J. 24: 222 (1910). Type:

Queensland, Coox District: Atherton, J.F.

Bailey (ecto (here designated): BRI!).

Illustration: Williams, Native Pl. Queens.

2: 217 (1984).

Succulent herb to 10 cm high. Stems erect,

becoming decumbent, rooting at nodes, gla-

brous or with scattered to sparse trichomes on

upper nodes below apex; internodes up to 25

mm long and 1 mm diameter. Leaves in whorls

of 4, petiolate; lamina ovate-rhomboidal to or-

bicular, up to 14 mm long and 9 mm wide,

glabrous above, with sparse trichomes below

when young, glabrous with age, coriaceous

when dry, secondary veins obscure; tip obtuse,

base cuneate to rounded; petiole up to 1 mm

long andc. | mm diameter with sparse trichomes.

Spikes terminal, up to 43 mm in length, solitary;

peduncle 7—8 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter with

sparse trichomes; fertile axes 10-35 mm long,

1.6-3 mm diameter, densely hispid. Flowers

deeply sunken into axis, spaced 0.6—1 mm apart;

floral bracts rounded, 0.3—0.5 mm long, 0.3—0.5

mm wide; anthers oblong, c. 0.4 mm long and

0.2 mm diameter; ovary rounded 0.4-0.6 mm

long and 0.3—0.5 mm diameter. Drupes sticky,

smooth, c. 1 mm long, 0.6 mm wide and 0.5-0.6

mm thick. Figs 2A, 4.

Selected specimens: Australia, Queensland. Coox Dis-

rricr: Hann’s Tableland, 16°18’S, 145°15’E, Jul 1986,

Godwin C3028 (BRI); Davies Creek L.A., 13.5 km past

Davies Creek Falls, 17°04’S, 145°36’E, Mar 1988, Forster

3915 (BRD; S.F. 185 Danbulla, 17°06’S, 145°34’E, Jun

1992, Forster 10665 et al. (BRI, QRS). Norto KENNEDY

District: c. 15 km N of Proserpine, Jul 1974, Henderson

H2207 (BRI). Sourn Kennepy Districr: Eungella Range,

Oct 1922, Franciss.n. (BRD; Clarke Range, 1.5kmS ofMt

William, Eungella N.P., 21°02’S, 148°36’E, Apr 1991,

Forster 8063 (BRI). Port Curtis District: Kroombit S.F.

316, Jun 1984, Gibson 642 (BRI); Dry Creek close to

Forestry Camp, Kroombit Tops, 24°21’°S, 150°58’E, Dec

1983, Sharpe 3488 (BRI). Burnert District: Bunya Mtns,

Oct 1919, White s.n. (BRI). Wipe Bay District: Guyra Mt,

Mt Bauple N.P., 25°49’S, 152°35’E, Feb 1988, Forster

3543 et al. (BRI); Mt Cooroy, 26°26’S, 152°57’°E, Nov

1988, Forster 4817 & Bird (BRI, CANB, K, MEL). Dar-

LING Downs District: Southern base of Spicers Peak, head

tt a A AA a en mmm mem dn NAA AAA A

Austrobaileya 4(1): 93-104 (1993)

ee a ENS PERE saan senate rp tntttc oo meet om a= on = = =

She

ae 5

i teen 3 eee

‘

Rea ce

wae

een

he! ey cote = errr = E ——— Ree

eotaees ee a pier baeeerpenene : ps ra en oe geen on ‘ TEES

Wrecc oes Sant eo cen pene : id ‘ pire fas mar pa eure iia peeie i! ae

7x = ers sar : TTT vie Fo fam ise ae —

¥i : ad ey elie: Serr wee rer ee

: “ = ieee Mane eee ee tr fala Pea Boat a pps er, roc

a ee ane = Sener eee coi 4 SSS Se cent Sete ee ae

Salat FA ar.

eke

ote

hats

fad

“

i he

sre

rae

ce) pee

Sa ord bene

minaret ee SRP Estat rro

Set 2

cerry

ate

We ae

eal

hed

ray AW le!

Bata a0 esate

. Se m

sea ae arr RRS SE Hitt at

Gs. ples ve teeter,

oie.

al oe

y t

Thee

Sar

“iat

Bak as

ma hse

= iF at Smet ee

al Nag sbi chelar,

= aa at

ayes

eae ere epee as ge

wee

ees

eae

ree

ory

Fin

ere

IIE pe

Pierre)

were fadett teeter

WeU en etond ‘ feetiet BE Ae vs sete ea err

Sega hers cat epee ey TINS eeet te hana Ena a ee 7: ess TEM et tee SNS

ee]

beter ree

Tor yee 5 lita _ ‘ inte

Salen Site eS rae aber Sa ime : : : seein Z A 2

es a amare eb i eee eet : : “RnR BRC ae nat

pans fame fa “1 Chee ra if ie, carers Tothe

aerate

pried

SIP

ATU

5 Saree lip ies er Eee,

ae anes * tery poe * oan ae as oH peconseente as

* = =

Neyer

a ielveet

Tetlen wiles sete errs Seeey, eget

segsteestete Tew esteegE ely

Ys s zs

a. oe

TERT

wet IES

: aR Pat s [BES

Sig ee eer ; ; Tale cat es : IEINESTS Neel

ip teb eet ae Heal. 5 eens ene Sei

waee

aes

# : *

sets ee : ree rape

Ue ead ee TE

See a

x, hohe

ar Baia

ee ante 2 nT Ey i fiber! SSeS

Sto ‘ SSPE Mest ne : i opto =

ape set Be aE THE B : sated Antes “ Tyee :

rae

AEE

haat

ers,

2 orga getere es:

Hus IE ESL.

‘ a eee

Spare te

ae Reee

a ipa 3

eet test

agin

aay

aed

sre:

ae ity ee za

Rear : moe

fe = Meas =

c Boos ed rt oe

ends mee Sree PE nD eee

= Srna ee) rans

ee .

eae a ee Ee ee

agen ee, a

Sao

Co era

aa . eae ; Z 2 4

Se 3 te Tee : ‘ eee etter et

eee : SEE PAT Rants nec nce oa ea : Pf iy syste ae

o . = ae sal oP

ela a oe : TRESS + Spo einb bese oaee ite a Sy risee aero oa ohh to P: ceils

ehuitt 5 GtRRi in hte te i digs aoa ; . : ITB Heir eae possess

. . § vee $d eitines) Sttetebal than nebie

ey 6" TR So en? <ih Ae PR Oe Ch LE ee wk CL i ee demere Geer ihe y Hinvghatthartinhd

Sere rtened ine Eve rene PETE tele eet TTD oe de ISIS SR ase aL Pr ere Ret eee

5 or

sas arrttth faint : Ss ea ree ee att aerate patria poe a ai pane ante

ae bec rt: a Sr acl reg erates niet ee ere ne ae ae "7 = ae:

ant

bree

rein

elegans paaananaaa tas ' Tal laa a gp at

ve aeeeltitisere eee eed eases

peat eyes

* a err rgemrnitiectsn sear btiete areata

ne Pee a, po ren Pe Sr ee ea >

Fig. 3. Peperomia blanda var. floribunda. A. Scanning electron micrograph of part of inflorescence axis showing

disposition of flowers, Scale bars = 0.5 mm. B. Close-up of individual flower. f= floral bract; s = stamen, t= stigma. C,

View of seed from micropylar end showing the papillate protuberances (p) and the sticky mucilaginous substance (m). A,

B from fresh material of Forster 2784 (BRI). C, from fresh material of Forster 2262 & Bird (BRD.

Forster, Australian Peperomia

of Hell Hole Creek, 28°06’S, 152°24’E, Apr 1987, Forster

2902 (BRI). Moreton District: head of London Creek,

26°48’S, 152°55’E, Nov 1986, Forster 2721 (BRD); Moon-

light Crag, near O’ Reillys Guest House, 28°14’S, 153°09’E,

Nov 1988, Forster 4848 (BRD; Morans Falls, Lamington

N.P., May 1937, Blake 13001 (BRI); Mt Ballow, Jul 1937,

Blake 13086 (BRI). New South Wales, south slopes of Mt

Lindesay on New South Wales - Queensland border, Oct

1969, Schodde 5610 (BRI, CANB); Middle Arm Creek, 6

km W Limpinwood, 28°19’S, 153°10°E, Aug 1986, Forster

2609 et al. (BRD; Gosford, Feb 1897, Camfields.n. (BRD;

Malara S.F., c. 20 miles [33.3 km] NW Tenterfield, May

1961, Constable sn. (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Widely distributed in

Africa, Malesia, Melanesia and eastern Aus-

tralia from southern New South Wales to the

‘Wet Tropics’ region of north-east Queensland.

In eastern Australia, populations tend to be

disjunct and restricted to the wetter rainforest

communities such as mesophyll and notophyll

vineforests. Plants usually grow epiphytically,

but may be found occasionally as lithophytes.

P. tetraphylla may grow in association with P.

enervis in north-east Queensland.

Notes: With the exception of P. affinis Domin,

synonymy for this species is taken from Diill

(1973). Domin (1928) cited two syntypes for P.

affinis. I have been able to locate only one of

these, and this collection by J.F. Bailey is used

to lectotypify the name.

Diill did not specifically state the location

of the type of Piper tetraphyllum and although

Huber (1987) gives it as being at BM, it was not

located at that institution (T.D. Macfarlane,

pers. comm. 1990).

Conservation status: Not threatened in Aus-

tralia. Itis considered as rare but well conserved

in south-east Queensland with plants recorded

in at least 9 conservation reserves (Forster et al.

1991).

5, Peperomia enervis C, DC. & F, Muell., Vict.

Nat. 8: 109 (1891). Type: Queensland.

Cook District: Mt Bartle Frere, 1890, S.

Johnson (lecto (here designated): MEL!;

isolecto: BRI!).

Peperomia johnsoniiC.DC., Ann. Conserv.

Jard. Bot. Geneve 1898: 286 (1898). Type:

‘In Australiae boreali-orientalis monte

101

Bartle Frere, altitud. 5000 ped. (Stephen

Johnson in h. Cand.)’ (holo: G-DC, n.v.).

Iilustration: Williams, Native Pl. Queensl.

3: 243 (1988).

Succulent herb to 30 cm high. Stems erect,

becoming decumbent, rooting at nodes, gla-

brous; internodes up to 3 cm long and 1 mm

diameter. Leaves opposite, or in whorls of 3,

petiolate; lamina cuneate or obovate, up to 15

mm long and 7 mm wide, membranous when

dry, secondary venation obscure; tip obtuse,

base cuneate; petiole up to 2 mm long and

0.5—0.6 mm diameter, glabrous. Spikes termi-

nal, up to 6 cm in length, solitary or very rarely

paired; peduncle 5—8 mm long, c. | mm diam-

eter, glabrous; fertile axes 21-50 mm long,

0.8—1.8 mm diameter, glabrous. Flowers slightly

sunken into axis, spaced 0.9-1.3 mm apart;

floral bracts rounded, 0.4—0.5 mm long, 0.40.5

mm wide; anthers oblong, c. 0.2 mm long and

0.2 mm long; ovary rounded 0.3—-0.4 mm long

and 0.2—0.3 mm diameter. Drupes sticky, papil-

late, c. 1 mm long, 0.7 mm wide and 0.6-0.7 mm

thick. Figs 2B, 4.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Coox Districr: Intake,

Mossman Gorge, Jun 1937, Flecker (QRS); Mossman

River Gorge, Feb 1932, Brass 2071 (BRI); Mossman, Dec

1954, Blake 19759 (BRI); 32.8 km past Julatten on Mt.

Lewis road, 16°30’S, 145°16’E, Jun 1988, Forster 4328 &

Liddle (BRI); 19.1 km past Julatten on Mt. Lewis road,

16°34’S, 145°17°E, Apr 1988, Forster 3981 & Liddle

(BRI); Davies Creek L.A., 13.5 km past Davies Creek Falls,

17°04’S, 145°36’E, Mar 1988, Forster3914(BRD); Adeline

Creek, Mt. Windsor Tableland, May 1986, Lockyer s.n.

(BRD; Mt. Haig area, Oct 1986, Tuckers.n. (BRI); Tinaroo

Range, road from Downfall Creek, Feb 1962, Webb &

Tracey 3767 (BRI); S.F.R. 607, Emerald L.A., 17°05’S,

145°35’E, Jun 1979, Stocker 1735 (QRS); Kauri Creek

road, 4 km from Tinaroo Dam end, S.F. 185 Danbulla,

17°06’S, 145°35’E, Jan 1992, Forster 9547 (BRI, K, L,

MEL, QRS); Zilhe Falls, Theresa Creek road, Millaa

Millaa area, Jul 1980, Williams 80116 CBRI); Mt Bartle

Frere, 1889, Bailey (BRY); ditto, Oct 1935, Blake 9815

(BRI); Johnson Place, Boonjie on Gurkha Pocket road, W

Slope Bartle-Frere Mountain, Apr 1959, Thorne & Jones

20926 (BRI); Forest Reserve 756, Carter L.A., 17°40’S,

145°55’E, Jun 1966, Hyland 4116 (BRI). SoutH KENNEDY

District: Dalrymple Heights & vicinity, Bee Creek, Jul-

Nov 1947, Clemens (BRI); Finch Hatton Gorge, above

Dooloomai Falls, Eungella N.P., 21°03’S, 148°38’E, Apr

1991, Forster 8103 (BRD; Broken River walking track,

Eungella N.P.,21°10’S, 148°30’°E, Apr 1991, Forster 8071

(BRI); 4 km past Cockies Creek crossing, Crediton S.F.

679, 21°16’S, 148°33’E, Aug 1990, Foerster 7336 (BRI).

Austrobaileya 4(1): 93-104 (1993)

Fig. 4. Peperomia tetraphylla. A. Scanning electron micrograph of part of inflorescence axis showing disposition of

flowers, Scale bar = 0.5 mm. B. Close-up of individual flower. Peperomia enervis. C. Scanning electron micrograph of

part of inflorescence axis showing disposition of flowers, Scale bar=0.5 mm. D. Close-up of individual flower. f= floral

bract,s =stamen, t=stigma. A, B, from fresh material of Forster 3543 et al. (BRI). C, D, from fresh material of Tucker

s.n. (Mt Haig area) (BRI).

Forster, Australian Peperomia

Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Australia

in the ‘Wet Tropics’ of north Queensland, with

several disjunct records from the Eungella area.

Plants of P. enervis are nearly always epiphytic

or lithophytic in wet rainforest communities.

This species may grow in association with P.

tetraphylla in the ‘Wet Tropics’; however, P.

enervis is by far the commoner plant of the two

in this region. |

Notes: Theholdings of this species at the Queens-

land Herbarrum (BRI) have in the past been

labelled as P. johnsonii C. DC. since R. Dill

annotated a number of specimens with this

name in 1966. Although Mueller (1891) thanks

C. De Candolle for his assistance in the descrip-

tion of P. enervis and allocates him co-author-

ship, De Candolle (1898) made no mention of

the species in his description of P. johnsonii (as

P. johsonii, but evidently a typographical error

as the collector is listed as Stephen Johnson in

the protologue). Despite the somewhat different

type citation, it is probable that the type speci-

mens of both P. enervis and P. johnsonit are

from the same collection by Stephen Johnson,

with the type of the latter having been sent to De

Candolle by Mueller.

Mueller (1891) did not specify a her-

barium of deposition for the type of his name,

hence this name is lectotypified with the MEL

sheet, with an isolectotype at BRI.

As with all species of Peperomia, P.

enervis varies under different growing condi-

tions. Plants from the vicinity of Bellenden Ker

may be quite variable; however, this variation

appears largely phenotypic as the differences

disappear after cultivation of different clones

under similar conditions.

Peperomia enervis 1s closely allied to P.

tenuipila C. DC. from New Guinea, which from

examination of dried material only, differs from

the Australian plant mainly in the densely hir-

sute stems and young leaves.

Conservation status: Common throughout its

range.

Acknowledgments

L.G. Jessup prepared Figure 2. Special collec-

tions of plants were made by D.M. Cumming in

103

Africa and the Philippines, and R. Lockyer and

M.C. Tucker in Queensland. Assistance with

field work over the years was given by L.H.

Bird, P.D. Bostock, G. Kenning, D. & I. Liddle,

R. Harvey, W.J. McDonald, D. Orford, M.C.

Tucker and P.R. Sharpe. Translation of parts of

the Diill text was undertaken by P.R. Sharpe.

The Directors/Curators of the herbaria cited

allowed access to collections at their institu-

tions. T.D. Macfarlane (PERTH) while Aus-

tralian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, United

Kingdom, located and photographed several

types.

References

BAILEY, F.M. (1901). Peperomia. In Queensland Flora 4:

1286. Brisbane: Government Printer.

_ Barrow, B.A. & HyLAnp, B.P.M. (1988). The origins of the

flora of Australia’s wet tropics. Proceedings of the

Ecological Society of Australia 15: 1-17.

BentuaM, G, (1873), Piperaceae. In Flora Australiensis 6:

203-207. London: L. Reeve & Co.

Brices, J.D. & Letcu, JH. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Austral-

ian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

Burcer, W.C. (1977). The Piperales and the monocots —

alternate hypothesis for the origin of

monocotyledonous flowers. Botanical Review 43:

345-393,

CHaApMaN, A.D. (1986). Karl Domin’s visitto Mt. Bellenden

Ker (1909-1910). Australian Systematic Botany

Society Newsletter 48: 1-8.

(1990). Domin and Danes in Java and Australia

1909-1910. In P.S. Short (ed.), History of System-

atic Botany in Australasia pp. 159-163. Mel-

bourne: Australian Systematic Botany Society.

Cousins, S.N, (1989). Checklist of Vascular Plants of the

Darwin Region, Northern Territory Australia.

Northern Territory Botanical Bulletin No. 8. Dar-

win: Conservation Commission of the Northern

Territory.

CronoursT, A.J. (1981). An Integrated System of Classifi-

cation of Flowering Plants, New York: Columbia

University Press.

DE CANDOLLE, C. (1898), Piperaceae Novae. Annuaire du

Conservatoire et du Jardin Botanique de Genée 2:

252-291,

104

Domin, K. (1928). Peperomia. In Beitrage zur Flora und

Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca

Botanica 89: 558-559.

DULL, R. (1973). Die Peperomia - arten Afrikas. Botanische

Jahrbiicher fiir Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und

Pflanzengeographie 93: 56-129.

Forster, P.I. (1986). Notes on Peperomia Ruiz & Pavon

(Peperomiaceae), occasional epiphytes from Aus-

tralia. Epiphytes 10: 84-88.

Forster, P.I., Bostock, P.D., Birp, L.H. & BEAN, A.R.

(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-East

Queensland, Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.

Ho.tue, P.A., PATEL, A. & Tina, I.P. (1992). The occurrence

of CAM in Peperomia, Selbyana 13: 77-87.

Huser, H. (1987), Piperaceae, In M.D. Dassanayake (ed.)

A Revised Handbook to the Flora of Ceylon 6:272-—

300. New Dehli: Amerind Publishing Co. Pty Ltd.

KAUL, R.B. (1977). The role of the multiple epidermis in

foliar succulence of Peperomia (Piperaceae), Bo-

fanical Gazette 138: 213-218.

Austrobaileya 4(1): 93~104 (1993)

MUELLER, F. (1891). Descriptions of new Australian plants,

with occasional other annotations. Victorian

Naturalist 8: 109-111.

Tucker, S.C. (1980). Inflorescence and flower develop-

ment in the Piperaceae. I. Peperomia. American

Journal of Botany 67: 686-702.

VIRZO DE SANTO, A., ALFANI, A., Russo, G. & Florerro, A.

(1983). Relationship between CAM and succu-

lence in some species of Vitaceae and Piperaceae.

Botanical Gazette 144: 342-346.

Wesp, L.J. & TRAcEy, J.G. (1981). Australian rainforests:

pattern and change. In A. Keast (ed.), Ecological

Biogeography of Australia. pp. 605-694, The

Hague: W. Junk.

WINTER, K., WALLACE, B.J., SrocKEr, G.C. & RoKSsANDICc, Z.

(1983). Crassulacean acid metabolism in Austral-

ian vascular epiphytes and some related species.

Oecologia 57: 129-141.

Studies in Australian grasses 8'. A new species of Thelepogon

(Andropogoneae: [schaeminae) for Australia

Bryan K. Simon

Summary

Simon, Bryan K. (1993). Studies in Australian grasses 8. Anewspecies of Thelepogon (Andropogoneae:

Ischaeminae) for Australia. Austrobaileya 4(1):105 —108. The first record of the andropogonoid grass

genus Thelepogon for Australiais reported, with the description ofanew species Thelepogonaustraliensis.

Keywords: Andropogoneae: Ischaeminae, Thelepogon australiensis.

Bryan K. Simon, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

Amongst a plant collection made in April 1991

by John Clarkson and John Neldner from the

Archer River of north Queensland was an inter-

esting andropogonoid grass. It keys out to

Thelepogon in the latest two keys to world grass

genera (Clayton & Renvoize 1986; Watson &

Dallwitz 1988), thus establishing a new grass

generic record for Australia. It differs from

Thelepogon elegans Roth in Roem. & Schult.,

untilnow the only known species of Thelepogon,

by a number of characters mentioned in the

diagnosis.

Thelepogon Roem. & Schult, Syst. Veg. 2: 46

(1817).

Tufted annuals with erect culms having basal

prop roots. Leaves: ligule a hair-fringed mem-

brane; blades narrow, flat, cordate to subcordate

at base, with tubercle-based spines or cilia on

the margins. Inflorescence terminal on the culm,

digitate or subdigitate, with spikelets not em-

bedded in rachis, espatheate; racemes 1—17

with the rachis fracturing at maturity; rachis

internodes and pedicels slender or stout, some-

times thickened upwards, glabrous or hairy,

from about half to equalling the length of the

sessile spikelet. Spikelet pairs reduced to the

sessile spikelet and the pedicel of the pedicelled

' continued from Austrobatleya 4(1): 57-66 (1993).

Accepted for publication 11 March 1993

spikelet. Spikelets bisexual, lanceolate in out-

line, + dorsiventrally compressed, the callus

truncate, not pungent and without a central peg.

Glumes + equal in length, as long as the spikelet,

but very dissimilar; lower glume indurated,

natrowly ovate, not distinctly 2-keeled, convex

on back, acute, distinctly rugose; upper glume

coriaceous, lanceolate, boat-shaped, acuminate,

smooth, keeled, glabrous to weakly hairy on

margins. Lower floret male, sometimes without

apalea; lemma and palea Gifdeveloped) slightly

shorter than spikelet, glabrous, membranous.

Upper floret bisexual: lemma slightly shorter

than spikelet, membranous, bilobed to % of the

lemma, with a geniculate, twisted awn arising

from between the lobes; palea shorter than

lemma, membranous. Pedicelled spikelets rep-

resented only by the compressed, linear pedicel.

Thelepogon australiensis B.K. Simon, sp. nov.

-T. eleganti Roth in Roem. & Schult.

affinis, sed inflorescentia 1-3 racemis

(inflores centia nunquam wuniracemis in

T. elegans), glumis inferis minus rugosis,

sine palea infera, marginibus foliorum

ciliis tuberculis (non spinis tuberculis),

differt. Typus: Queensland. Coox Dis-

TRIcT: 62 km N of Archer R. on Coen to

Weipa road, 19 April 1991, Piliostigma

malabaricum low open woodland with a

dense grass dominated ground layer,

JR. Clarkson 8981 & V.J. Neldner (holo:

BRI[AQ 570010, 2 sheets); iso: K, MBA,

NSW).

106 Austrobaileya 4(1): 105-108 (1993)

res

et eT Ra re 1 Yemen

aise et Ths cute weg ee anet

email “

frag, he lh

ata ae ey ‘ a oe

tomy

tin dein a eA,

ite iar

hare

b eadah tds Ae

irs

Rots ee a

ee Fae

if bok talc vb == *

yoke Li wend

hall

ie ane a A, i Aan I

aye

a Daal

™

hed

vm, “on + *

Ca. ee ae ee * Pe ee oh

a _ re at re ee hee ae os +"

” — pol ‘*

ay tee alee ft sett ne

| adiicteadiienta tn)

a ce AN ear

ie pee

eae ie a

hoy be Try zs

OL ety RSet aye

lanneter tte tI Ieee

Pe a od aL, stan lienieetiaanda sie a

—_ im,

valk heel

‘

ety, at

“ely tanal Here

. See: anf ee,

F rr

oan

+ : rin

Clin

ar i

= '

plage

+ 7

= pel

+ oo. ee

a pa ke gel PE, er me A +0

Ph nin Lal

—_ re =

, 2 u

Pagal x

ot TF

se a

r 17

hel t,

z ie" . Sel

tepid

the \

: Ke

Fatt 1G

ef a

jr!

417

a ee ee eT catatonia aimed law

ee oe tn

ind oe

Sole ee

oe, FL "

ny ng

oe “] “<'¥ ou

pena ciara

aa Se ee

ats

7,1

| a

i ge pe ee de

hart et

al a) Dg) so

Fig. 1 Thelepogon australiensis: A. calm with three racemes x 0,33, B. apex of culm with oneraceme x 1. C, D. tworaceme

segments of sessile spikelets and pedicels x 3, view from both sides of raceme. E,F. raceme internode (i) and pedicel (p)

x 4, view from both sides of raceme. G,H. lower glume, back (G) and front (H) views. I. upper glume, side view. J. lower

lemma, side view. K. upper lemma, side view. L. upper palea, side view (G—-L x 8). M. young ovary and lodicules x 16.

Ail drawn from holotype.

Simon, Australian grasses, 8

Culms to 140 cm tall, erect, red in colour par-

ticularly towards the base, branching from some

nodes. Nodes glabrous. Leaves with tubercle-

based cil1a on the sheaths and blades, the tuber-

cles more pronounced on adaxial surface and

margins. Blades 5—12 cm x 6-10 mm, narrowly

lanceolate, subcordate at base. Ligule c. 1 mm

long. Racemes 1-3, 2.5-5.5 cm long, 10-—13-

jointed, arranged digitately where there is more

than one raceme, with peduncles 8-13 mm long

and puberulous. Internodes c. 3.5 mm long,

slightly longer than pedicels, villous on outside,

linear and compressed. Sessile spikelet 6-7 xc.

1.5 mm, dorsiventrally compressed, elliptic-

lanceolate in outline. Lower glume c. 6.5 mm

long, 7-nerved, finely rugose, indurate, gla-

brous; upper glume c. 7 mm long, 3-nerved,

glabrous, scabrid on keel towards apex,

coriaceous. Lower floret with lemma c. 4 mm

long, narrowly elliptic, membranous; palea ab-

sent. Upper floret with lemma c. 4 mm long,

lanceolate, membranous, with awn to 16 mm

long; palea c. 2 mm long, a small hyaline scale;

anthers c, 1.2 mm long. Pedicel c. 3 mm long,

villous on outside. Caryopsis not seen.

Distribution and habitat: Thelepogon

australiensis ts only represented by the type

specimen on the Coen to Weipa road 62 km

north of the Archer River crossing. It was

collected from a tall dense, grass-dominated

eround layer in a Piliostigma malabaricum low

open woodland on cracking clay soil. The

principal grasses associated with the site were

Sorghum laxiflorum (55% cover) and Themeda

arguens (25% cover), with Rottboellia

cochinchinensis and Thelepogon australiensis

forming about 5% of the cover near the ground

surface (J. Clarkson, pers. comm.).

Conservation status: 1K (Briggs & Leigh

1988).

Etymology: The generic name is from the Greek

thele (a wart) and pogon (beard), alluding to the

rugose surface of the lower glume and the awned

spikelets. The specific epithet refers to the

Australian continent.

Notes: The name Thelepogon was proposed for

a new genus from the Indian region by Roth in

107

a manuscript for his account of new species

from this area (1821), but prepublished in J.J.

Roemer and J.A. Schultes (1817). Itis based on

material collected by Benjamin Heyne in India

(Stafleu & Cowan 1983). A single species, T.

elegans, was described there. Since the time of

its description, JT. elegans has been collected

from throughout tropical Africa to Indonesia

(Clayton & Renvoize 1982) generally from

disturbed habitats on black, clay soils. Accord-

ing to Lazarides (1980) the Asian distribution of

the species 1s from India, Thailand, and Javaand

Timor in Indonesia. He suggests the plant is a

recent introduction in southeast Asia, where it

grows In lowlands only as aruderal. In contrast

T, australiensis, probably endemic in Australia,

does not appear to be a weed and thus far it is

known only from the type locality. It has

distinctive red culms, particularly at the base

and in this respect resembles some specimens

of T. elegans. It differs from the latter species

by the inflorescence having 1-3 racemes,

digitately arranged where there is more than one

raceme, as opposed the inflorescence always

having at least three digitate racemes, by the

lower glumes being less rugose, by the lower

palea not being developed and by the leaf mar-

gins bearing tuberculate-based cilia as opposed

to tuberculate-based spines.

References

Briaes, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants, 1988 Revised Edition. Special

Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

CLAYTON, W.D, & Renvorze S.A. (1982). Thelepogon. In

Flora of Tropical East Africa, Gramineae 3:

744-746. Rotterdam: A.A. Balkema.

(1986). Genera graminum — Grasses of the

World. Kew Bulletin Additional Series XII, Lon-

don: Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.

Lazaripes, M, (1980). Tropical grasses of Southeast Asia.

Phanerogamarum, Monographiae XII, 75-76.

Vaduz: Cramer.

Rota, A.W. (1821). Novae Plantarum Species praesertim

Indiae Orientalis, 62. Halberstadt.

ROEMER, J.J. & SCHULTES, J.A.(1817), Systemae Vegetabile

2: 46, 788.

STAFLEU, F.A. & Cowan, R.S. (1983), Taxonomic Litera-

ture, second edition, 4: 919, The Hague: W. Junk,

108 Austrobaileya 4(1): 105—108 (1993)

WATSON, L, & Datiwitz, M.J. (1988). Grass Genera of the

World. Illustrations of Characters, Descriptions,

Classification, Interactive Identification, Informa-

tion Retrieval, Canberra: Research School of Bio-

logical Sciences, Australian National University.

Resurrection of Wrightia versicolor S.T. Blake (Apocynaceae)

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (1993), Resurrection of Wrightia versicolor S.T, Blake (Apocynaceae), Austrobaileya

4(1): 109-112. Wrightia versicolor S.T. Blake is reinstated as aspecies distinct from W. pubescens R.

Br. The species is described, illustrated and notes on distribution, habitat and conservation status are

given. A key to distinguish the Australian species of Wrightia is presented.

Keywords: Apocynaceae, Wrightia versicolor, Wrightia — Australia.

Paul I, Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

Wrightia versicolor was described by Blake

(1948) from material that he collected at the

Barrabas Scrub west of Ravenswood in north

Queensland. Although Blake gave a detailed

latin description, to date there has been no

English description or illustration of this plant

published. Ngan (1965), in his monograph of

- Wrightia R. Br., placed W. versicolor in the

synonymy of W. pubescens subsp. penicillata

(Bailey) Ngan, but gave no comment as to his

reasons for doing this.

I am providing a treatment of the

Apocynaceae (in part) for Volume 28 of “Flora

of Australia’, hence it has been necessary to

critically assess the validity of Ngan’s taxo-

nomic decisions with respect to the Australian

taxa of Wrightia. After examining herbarium

material of Wrightia in Australian herbaria and

studying plants in habitat, I cannot agree with

Negan’s synonymy withrespectto W. versicolor.

As noted by Blake (1948), W. versicolor 1s

readily distinguished from W. pubescens by the

glabrous foliage and cream-brown to orange

flowers. W. versicolor grows into a large tree up

to 20 m high with a diameter at breast height

(d.b.h.) of up to 20 cm, whereas W. pubescens 1s

asmaller tree up to 10 m high with ad.b.h. of up

to LO cm.

Accepted for publication 20 August 1992

Terminology

Descriptive terminology follows that used in

my previous revisionary papers on Apocynaceae

(Forster 1992a,b,c,d,e). Indumentum refers to

the covering of uniseriate, uncoloured,

multicellular trichomes common to most

Apocynaceae.

Taxonomy

Wrightia versicolor S.T. Blake, Proc. Roy.

Soc. Queens]. 59: 163 (1948). Type:

Queensland. NortH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

Barrabas Scrub, West of Ravenswood, 17

November 1942, 8.7. Blake 14702 (holo:

BRI!; iso: BRI).

Tree to 20 m high, deciduous. Trunk + straight

or crooked, with longitudinal channels and

ridges; bark grey, scaly; blaze cream with darker

stripes; latex copious, white. Leafy internodes

angular, 5~30 mm long and up to 2 mm diam-

eter, glabrous, lenticillate. Leaves petiolate;

lamina broadly elliptic, elliptic to lanceolate, up

to 130 mm long and 30 mm wide, discolorous,

glabrous; upper surface dark glossy green with

venation + obscure; lower surface pale green

with 12—18 prominently raised yellow second-

ary veins per side of midrib and prominent

reticulate tertiary venation; tip acute, short to

long acuminate; base cuneate; petiole grooved

along top, 8-10 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide,

glabrous. Cymes up to 15 mm long, comprising

several fasicles of 3-8 flowers; peduncle 5—10

mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous; bracts

lanceolate, 1-9 mm long, 0.8—-2 mm wide,

110

glabrous or with scattered trichomes. Flowers

10-12 mm long, 20—23 mm diameter, with a

musky-sweet scent; pedicels 5-10 mm long,

0.5—0.8 mm diameter, glabrous or with scat-

tered to sparse indumentum. Sepals broadly

ovate, 2—2.7 mm long, 1.5—2 mm wide, with

sparse indumentum. Corolla subrotate, cream-

brown to orange; tube 4~7 mm long, 3-4 mm

diameter, glabrous except for short dense

indumentum externally near the top; lobes lan-

ceolate to obovate, 8-12 mm long, 3-5.5 mm

wide, with short dense indumentum on both

surfaces; corolline corona comprising 10 dis-

crete lobes, 5 from between the corolla lobe

sinuses and 5 alternating with the sepals, each

lobe irregularly lobed and 2.5—5 mm long and

1.5—2 mm wide. Filaments c. 1 mm long and 1

mm diameter, glabrous; anthers lanceolate, 4.5—6

mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, orange and with

dense indumentum on back. Fruit a dehiscent

woody follicle, 110-245 mm long, 10-15 mm

wide. Seed flattened, narrowly oblong, 9-13

mm long, 1.5—1.7 mm wide, tan; comose from

micropylar end, coma 25—35 mm long, white.

Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Coox District:

Flinders Island, Suryth [AQ412660] (BRD; Fitzroy Island,

Austrobaileya 4(1): 109-112 (1993)

coll. 29 (MEL); Lizard Island, Walter (MEL); ditto, Dec

1974, Specht & Specht L1175, LI319 (BRD; ditto, May

1975, Byrnes 3193 (BRD); ditto, Sep 1988, Batianoff 10002

(BRD; Mt Surprise Creek, Armit 766 (MEL). Nort

KENNEDY Districr: 3.5 km ESE of Fanning River Station,

[9°4S’S, 146° 20°F, Aug 1989, Fell 1923 (BRD; Mingela

Bluff, 19°53’S, 146°45’E, Jan 1992, Forster 9418 & Bean

(A, B, BRI, DNA, K, L, MEL, QRS); Sellheim, Sep 1943,

Blake 15307 (BRI); Barrabas Scrub, W of Ravenswood,

Apr 1943, Blake 14893 (BRI); Barrabas Scrub, May 1972,

Ayland 6060 (BRI, QRS); 20°05’S, 146°55’E, May 1972,

Dockrill 509 (QRS); 13 miles N of Charters Towers, Nov

1942, Blake 14672 (BRD; Mt Hope Station, W of home-

stead, Mar 1987, Bolton 787 (BRD); Rochford Scrub, 25 km

W of Ravenswood, 20°07’S, 146°37°E, Sep 1991,

Thompson 217 & Dillewaard (BRD. Burke District: East-

ern branch of Torrens Creek, Warang Holding, White

Mountains, c. 37 km NNW of Torrens Creek township,

20°29'S, 144°48’E, Jul 1988, Fell 1360 & Swain (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: This rare tree appears

to berestricted to localities in the North Kennedy,

Burke and Cook districts of northern Queens-

land. Plants grow in deciduous vine thicket on

soils derived from lateritic rocks, sandstone

talus or quartzite, orin bendee-lancewood thick-

ets on red lateritic soils.

Notes: The four species of Wrightia that occur

in Australia may be distinguished using the

following key:

1. Leaf lamina linear, linear-lanceolate or linear-ovate ............ 0000. eeu W. saligna

Leaf lamina elliptic, elliptic-lanceolate, elliptic-obovate........ 000... 2

2. Foliage with dense indumentum..........

Foliage glabrous or with scattered indumentum....... Assis phe Me oleate aie als deecgh a been @ 3

3. Leaf lamina with 6-11 secondary veins per side of midrib; corolla white

to cream-yellow .......0 0... cece ees

ee ee ace ANS tie W. laevis subsp. millgar

Leaf lamina with 12—18 secondary veins per side of midrib; corolla bright

OUGNGE 3) 8b gud: tora tgn ok geen oapih RoM

Conservation status: W. versicolor 1s a rarely

collected plant and is not common at localities

where it has been collected during the last 20

years. Nevertheless, it is probably far more

common than the available collections in her-

baria would indicate. An appropriate conserva-

tion coding for the species is 3RC (cf. Briggs &

Leigh 1988). Itis present in the National Park at

White Mountains.

EU sete eeveL ates TEFEN ost Ates oo W. versicolor

Acknowledgements

Figure 1 was drawn by Will Smith (BRI). Tony

Bean assisted in my visit to Mingela Bluff. The

Directors/Curators of AD, CANB, CBG, DNA,

MEL and QRS herbaria allowed access to speci-

mens either at their institutions or on loan. This

work was supported by grants in 1991-92 from

the Australian Biological Resources Study for

Preferred Objective research on the Australian

Apocynaceae.

Forster, Wrightia versicolor 111

Fig. 1. Wrightia versicolor: A. habit of stem x 0.8. B. bud x 2. C. side view of flower x 2. D. face view of flower x

2. E. half flower x 2. F. fruit x 0.5. All from Forster 9418 & Bean. Del. W. Smith.

112

References

BLAKE, S.T. (1948). Studies in Australian Apocynaceae

and Asclepiadaceae, 1. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Queensland 59: 161-168.

Bricoes, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or threatened

Australian plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Austral-

ian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

Forster, P.J. (1992a). A taxonomic revision of Melodinus

(Apocynaceae) in Australia, Australian Systematic

Botany 5: 387-400.

———— (1992b). A taxonomic revision of Cerbera L.

(Apocynaceae) in Australia and Papuasia.

Austrobatleya 3: 569-579.

Austrobaileya 4(1); 109-112 (1993)

(1992c). A taxonomic revision of Alyxia

(Apocynaceae) in Australia. Australian Systematic

Botany 5: 547-580.

(1992d). A taxonomic revision of Ichnocarpus

(Apocynaceae) in Australia and Papuasia. Austral-

ian Systematic Botany 5: 533-545.

(1992e). A taxonomic revision of Carissa

(Apocynaceae) in Australia, Australian Systematic

Botany 5: 581-591.

NoAN P.T. (1965). A revision of the genus Wrightia

(Apocynaceae), Annals of the Missouri Botanical

Garden 52: 114-175.

Resurrection of Dischidia littoralis Schitr. (Asclepiadaceae)'

Paul I. Forster and David J. Liddle

Summary

Forster, Paul I. & Liddle, David J. 1993). Resurrection of Dischidia littoralis Schltr. (Asclepiadaceae),.

Austrobaileya 4(1): 113--116. Dischidia littoralis Schltr. is resurrected as a species distinct from D.

bengalensis Colebr. D. littoralis has been commonly collected from East Sepik, New Britain, Madang,

Milne Bay and Morobe Provinces in Papua New Guinea, Irian Jaya and the Aru Islands, and is newly

recorded here from Torres Strait in Queensland, Australia, The species is described and illustrated and a

key to the species of Dischidia that occur in Australia is provided, D, bengalensis does not occur in New

Guinea.

Keywords: Ascleptadaceae, Dischidta Itttoralis, Dischidia — Australia, Dischidia ~ Papua New Guinea.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

David J. Liddle, P.O. Box 794, Mareeba, Qld 4880, Australia

Introduction

In 1989, the Australian Orchid Founda-

tion sponsored a collecting expedition to a

number of islands in Torres Strait, Queensland

with the aim of documenting the orchid flora.

Bruce Gray (QRS), a participant on the expedi-

tion, collected live, but sterile, material of an

undetermined species of Dischidia from Dauan

Island. This species of Dischidia was not con-

sidered conspecific with any of the three species

of the genus currently known to occur in Aus-

tralia (Forster & Liddle 1988); however, its

identity was uncertain because of the lack of

fertile material and difficulties in identification

of species from geographically adjacent New

Guinea.

Live material of this collection was subse-

quently flowered in cultivation in December

1991 and on examination of herbarium holdings

of Asclepiadaceae at Herbarium Bogoriense

(BO) in February 1992, we determined that the

Gray collection was conspecific with the type of

D. littoralis Schitr. During field studies in

Papua New Guinea in July 1992, we also found

this plant to be common in Madang and Morobe

provinces,

lChristensen Research Institute Contribution No. 82

Accepted for publication 17 November 1992

Dischidia littoralis was reduced to syn-

onymy of D. bengalensis Colebr. by Rintz (1980)

along with other names in Dischidia. We disa-

eree with Rintz’s treatment of D. littoralis, as it

differs from D. bengalensis in having larger

elliptic-ovate leaf laminas, shorter pedicels (c. 1

mm long), the narrower corolla tube, the ex-

posed stamina! column that is much longer than

the staminal corona, the lanceolate anther ap-

pendages, the filiform staminal corona lobes,

and the smaller pollinaria. Although Rintz

stated that D. bengalensis occurs in New Guinea,

he did not cite any specimens of it other than the

type of D. littoralis. Based on the available

herbarium material and our own field studies we

have seen no evidence for the presence of D.

bengalensis in New Guinea and its occurrence

in the flora of that island is without support.

Dischidia littoralis Schltr. in K. Schum. &

Lauterb., Nachtrage Fl. Deutsch. Stidsee

359 (1905). Type: Papua New Guinea,

New BritTAIn Province: Massawa, R.

Schlechter 13722 (holo: B, n.v.;1so: BO!).

Epiphytic succulent vine, foliage with white-

mealy wax covering; latex white. Stems cylin-

drical, glabrous; internodes up to 120 mm long

and 2 mm diameter, adventitious roots common

on older stems. Leaves petiolate; lamina ellip-

tic-ovate, 18-30 mm long, 8-17 mm wide,

discolorous, glabrous, venation obscure; upper

surface with dense white-mealy wax covering;

ae a a

= a a ot ae atta a teatdatrcnanacemeacenecesimemscmpegeimcneenmre ea mismmemens | min wpm met helnd Laks AT AMEE REG HO BET

114

lower surface pale-green with sparse wax cov-

ering; tip acute; base cuneate; petiole 1—2 mm

long, 1—-1.5 mm diameter; colleters absent from

lamina base. Cyme racemiform, up to 5 mm

long; peduncle 1-44 mm long and c. 2 mm

diameter, glabrous and without wax covering;

bracts ovate, 0.2-0.4 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm

wide, glabrous, ciliate. Flowers 3—3.2 mm long,

c. 2 mm diameter; pedicels 1~1.5 mm long,

0.5—0.8 mm diameter, glabrous. Sepals lanceo-

late to broadly ovate, 0.8—1 mm long, 0.5-0.7

mm wide, glabrous or with scattered

indumentum, ciliate. Corolla globose-urceolate,

cream; tube 1.5—2 mm long, 2—2.5 mm diam-

eter, glabrous; lobes lanceolate, fleshy, 1.5-2

mm long, 0.8—-0.9 mm wide, externally glab-

rous, internally glabrous except for a small

patch of hairs at base above and obstructing the

tube entrance. Staminal corona comprising 5

lobes attached to base of gynostegium; each

lobe 0.6—0.8 mm long, 0.5—0.8 mm wide, termin-

ated by an irregularly truncate tip and with a

recurved lateral lobule on either side. Staminal

column 1—-1.5 mm long, 1—1.3 mm diameter;

anther appendages lanceolate 0.5—0.6 mm long,

0.3—0.5 mm wide; alar fissure 0.2—0.5 mm long.

Style-head globose-conical, 0.5—0.7 mm diam-

eter. Pollinaria 0.45—0.48 mm long, 0.27-0.41

mm wide; pollinia ellipsoid, 0.23 —0.26 mm

long, 0.09-0.14 mm wide; corpus-culum ellip-

soid-obloid, 0.14—0.16mm long andc. 0.05 mm

wide; caudicles winged, 0.22—0.27 mm long,

0.09-0.11 mm wide. Fruit a fusiform follicle,

40-60 mm long, 5-6 mm diameter. Seed obloid,

c. 0.8 mm long, 2.5—2.6 mm wide, tan; comac.

20 mm long, white. Fig. 1.

Selected specimens: Indonesia, Aru Islands. P. Kobroor,

Namadoeboele, nearly 15 km W from Dosinamalaoe, Jun

1938, Buwalda 5206 (BO). Irian Jaya. Bernhard Camp,

Idenburg River, Apr 1939, Brass 14048 (BRI, CANB).

Austrobaileya 4(1): 113-116 (1993)

Papua New Guinea, Manus Province: Pelikawa, SW

Manus, 2°07’S, 146°44’E, Jun 1971, Stone & Streimann

LAE5S3728 (LAE). East Sepik PROVINCE: Leitre Village,

2°50’S, 141°35’E, Mar 1964, Sayers NGF19566 (BRI,

LAE); Passam, 3°48’S, 148°35’E, Apr 1989, Hawkeswood

[AQ470256] (BRD). New Brirain Province: Matanakunei,

4°52’S, 151°43’E, Mar 1968, Ridsdale & KatikNGF36774

(LAE). MADANG Province: Bunapas Mission, 4°13’S,

144°41’E, Jul 1992, Forster 10980 & Liddle (BRI, L, LAE,

QRS); Headwaters of Dom River, 4°58’S, 145°45’E, Jul

1992, Forster 10776 & Liddle (BRI, LAE); Gogol River

Headwaters, 5°05’S, 145°27°E, Jul 1992, Forster 11081 &

Liddle (BRI, LAE); Mis, 3 km NW of Madang, 5°12’S,

145°46’E, Jun 1992, Forster 10765 & Liddle (BRI). Morospe

PROVINCE: c. 19 miles [30.4km] W of Lae, 6°37’S, 146°45’E,

Jan 1962, Hartley 9793 (LAE); University of Technology,

Lae, 6°38’S, 146°58’E, Jul 1992, Forster 10990 & Liddle

(A,B, BRI, DNA, K, L, LAE, MEL, NY, QRS); 11 kmfrom

Markham River Bridge along road to Labu, 6°45’S,

146°54’E, Jul 1992, Forster 11071 & Liddle (BRI, L,

LAE); 49 km along road to Bulolo, off Lae to Nadzeb road,

6°49’S, 146°38’E, Jul 1992, Forster 11064 & Liddle (BRI,

LAE). WESTERN Province: Lake Daviumbu, Middle Fly

River, Aug 1936, Brass 7575 (BRI, LAE); Pangoa Airstrip,

Lake Murray, 8°05’S, 141°1S’E, Mar 1968, Millar

NGF35416 (BRI, LAE). CENTRAL Province: Kubuna, Nov

1933, Brass 5647 (BRI). MILNE BAY Province: Sewa Bay,

Normanby Island, 10°00’S, 150°5S’E, Oct 1971, Streimann

& Lelean LAESI950 (BRI, LAE). Australia, Queens-

land. Cook District: Mt Cornwallis, Dauan Island, 9°26’ S,

142°32’E, Feb 1989, Gray 5031 (QRS); cultivated at

Emerald Creek near Mareeba (ex plant collected on Mt

Cornwallis, Dauan Island), Dec 1991, Liddle IML909

(BRD,

Distribution and habitat; Collections of this

plant have been made in Central, East Sepik,

Madang, Manus, Morobe, New Britain, Milne

Bay and Western Provinces in Papua New

Guinea, in Irian Jaya and the Aru Islands in

Indonesia and on Dauan Island, Torres Strait in

Queensland. Plants grow as epiphytes in low-

land rainforest and may be common on street

trees in villages and towns in Madang and

Morobe provinces.

Notes: A key to distinguish the species of

Dischidia in Australia is given here.

1. Mature leaves often pitcher-like, corolline corona present at base of

GOEGIIDAIGBES §. i srs aie lol alah Macey Be ee Ewe RK ooo Ee le aie elects Magy ih Mune gt Shag i oes, Ries D. major

Mature leaves flattened, never pitcher-like; corolline corona absent................... 2

2. Leaf lamina green to red-brown, not mealy-white, variegated on upper

SULT AS aan 5 oacice Sea oak atte Ink Gai! BSa al: bn! Hla nn Dad latent 4 FE Lads APR ee MP rd dhe BY Sr EOE Dost her ah, Bee Pl D. ovata

Forster & Liddle, Dischidia littoralis 115

eal of

+ Oe Tenet, af

‘4 '

ahs: ' een?

+74

“rane

tte Nee

+ +

+ HE 2 =e Pry aes

Seis tebe BA ae

3 ad =

yare

Fig. 1. Dischidia littoralis: A. habit of flowering stem x 1. B. face view of flower x 20. C. side view of flower x 5. D. half

flower x 5, E. side view of corolla lobe showing hairs at base x 10. F. internal view of corolla lobe showing hairs at base

x 10, G. face view of gynostegium and staminal corona x 20. H. side view of gynostegium and staminal corona x 10, I.

pollinarium x 40. All drawn from live material of Liddle IML909, Del. DJ, Liddle.

ac momma Na WNYC RS 6

116 Austrobaileya 4(1): 113-116 (1993)

3. Leaf lamina orbicular, 7-14 mm long; corolla lobes ovate .............. D. nummularia

Leaf lamina elliptic-ovate, 18—30 mm long; corolla lobes lanceolate ......... D. littoralis

Conservation status; With respect to the Aus-

tralian flora, D. littoralis is an endangered and

poorly collected plant. An appropriate conser-

vation coding ts 2V+ (cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988).

In New Guinea it appears to be common and

widespread.

Acknowledgements

Bruce Gray kindly gave us live material of this

species to grow. The Directors and staff at

Herbarium Bogoriense (BO) and the Papua

New Guinea National Herbarium (LAE) as-

sisted in our visits to those institutions. Dr. B.

Leuenberger (B) provided a listing of extant

type material of Asclepiadaceae named by

Schlechter held at that mstitute. Our visit to

Papua New Guinea was made possible by a

Fellowship from the Christensen Research In-

stitute at Madang and Dr M. Jebb cheerfully

provided facilities and logistic support despite

continual vehicle attrition and other problems.

Dr. G. Stocker assisted greatly with our visit to

Lae and together with Dr. T. Daniel (CAS)

assisted 1n the field. Mr T. Hawkeswood col-

lected material for us in East Sepik Province.

All of this assistance is gratefully acknowl-

edged.

References

Briccs J.D, & Letcu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Austral-

tan National Parks and Wildlife Service, Special

Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildltfe Service.

ForsTEr. P.I. & Lippe, D.J. (1988). Studies on the Austral-

asian Asclepiadaceae, IV. Dischidia R. Br. in Aus-

tralia. Austrobaileya 2: 507-514.

Runtz, R.E. (1980). The peninsular Malayan species of

Dischidia (Asclepiadaceae), Blumea 26: 81-126.

SCHLECHTER , R, (1905). Periplocaceae, Asclepiadaceae. In

K. Schumann & K. Lauterbach (eds), Nachtrdge zur

Flora der Deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Stidsee.

351-369, Leipzig: Gebruder Borntraeger.

Austrobaileya 4(1): 117-118 (1993)

Notes

Nomenclatural changes in Spermacoce L. (Rubiaceae)

Since the genus Borreria G. Meyer was segre-

gated from Spermacoce L., authors worldwide

have variously accepted or disregarded the split.

The only reliable character by which the genera

may be distinguished 1s the mode of dehiscence

of the fruit. Specimens with flowers only are

impossible to refer to either genus with any

certainty. This problem was discussed at some

length by Verdcourt (1975) in justifying reunit-

ing the genera in his treatment of these plants in

the African flora.

Barly workers on the Australian flora

(Mueller 1863; Bentham 1867; Bailey 1900)

recognised only Spermacoce. The majority of

the currently recognised Australian species were

described at this time. Later authors (Schumann

189; Valeton 1911; Merrill & Perry 1945; Specht

1958; Chippendale 1960) who accepted Meyer’ s

genus described a number of new species and

made combinations for many Spermacoce taxa

under Borreria. Others (Domin 1929; Fosberg

1988) persisted in recognising only Spermacoce.

The result of this is that most Australian species

have validly published names irrespective of

which concept of the two genera is accepted.

Verdcourt’s conservative and highly practical

view of recognising only Spermacoce has been

adopted by recent Australian authors (Fosberg

1988; Wheeler 1992). Pending acriticalreview

of these genera in Australia, this view has con-

siderable merit. New combinations are there-

fore provided here for the only two named

Australian species lacking valid names under

Spermacoce.

Spermacoce gilliesiae (Specht) J. Clarkson,

comb. nov.

Borreria gilliesae Specht, Records of the

American-Australian Scientific Expedi-

tion to Arnhem Land 3: 304 (1958). Type:

Accepted for publication 8 April 1993

Australia, Northern Territory, Hemple

Bay, Groote Eylandt, R.L. Specht 423

(holo: BRI).

The termination of the epithet is corrected

herein line with Article 32.5 of the International

Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Greuter et al.

1988). Specht named the plant for his wife

Marion A. Gillies (Specht pers. comm.).

Spermacoce omissa J. Clarkson nom. nov.

Spermacoce suffruticosa R. Br. ex Benth.,

Flora Australiensis 3: 443 (1867), nom.

illeg., non S. suffruticosa Loefl. (1758)

nec S. suffruticosa Hill (1764) nec S.

suffruticosa Sprengel (1824). Borreria

suffruticosa Specht, Records of the Ameri-

can-Australian Scientific Expedition to

Arnhem Land 3: 473 (1958). Type: Aus-

tralia, islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria,

R. Brown sn Gsosyn: MEL!).

Bentham’s name is illegitimate being a

later homonym of S. suffruticosa Loefl. Specht

adopted Bentham’s epithet in publishing aname

for the plant under Borreria, which, under Arti-

cle 72.2 of the International Code of Botanical

Nomenclature is taken to be anew name. The

epithet omissa, from the Latin omissus meaning

neglected or disregarded, is a reference to this

species lacking a valid name in Spermacoce for

well over a century.

Acknowledgments

I am grateful to Peter Weston, Australian Bo-

tanical Liaison Officer at the Royal Botanic

Gardens, Kew, who obtained photocopies of a

number of obscure references; Clyde Dunlop of

the Northern Territory Herbarium, Darwin, who

rekindled my waning interest in Sperm-acoce;

and Rod Henderson of the Queensland Her-

barium, Indooroopilly, who provided advice on

a number of nomenclatural matters.

SAPS Ee ee

aa sisawameri

ARERR ASTD

Se eee A et A a AN EM eel

118

References

BaiLey, F.M. (1900). The Queensland Flora 3: 777-780.

Brisbane; Queensland Government.

BENTHAM, G. (1867). Flora Australiensis 3: 438-443,

London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

CHIPPENDALE, G. (1960). Contributions to the flora of

central Australia, No. 1. Transactions of the Royal

Soctety of South Australia 83: 199-203.

Domin, K. (1929). Beitrige zur Flora und

Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca

Botanica 89(7): 1182-1183.

Fosserc, F. R. (1988). New and noteworthy plants from

Great Barrier Reef sand cays, Australia. Brittonia

40(1): 52-65.

GrReEuTER, W. ef al. (1988), International Code of Botanical

Nomenclature. Regnum Vegetabile 118.

J. R. Clarkson

Austrobaileya 4(1): 117-118 (1993)

MERRILL, E.D. & Perry, L.M. (1945). Plantae

Archboldianae, XV. Journal of the Arnold Arbore-

fum 26: 34-36.

MUELLER, F.J.H. (1863). Fragmenta Phytographiae—

Australiae 4: 41-44. Melbourne: Government

Printer,

SCHUMANN, K.M. (1891). In Engler, H.G.A. & Prantl,

K.A.C., Die Natlirlichen Pflanzenfamilien 4(4):

144, |

SPECHT, R.L. (1958), Records of the American-Australian

Scientific Expedition to Arnhem Land. Vol, 3.

Carlton: University of Melbourne Press.

VALETON, T, (1911). Nova Guinea 8: 516.

VerpDcourT, B. (1975). Studies in the Rubiaceae-

Rubioideae, Kew Bulletin 30(2): 301-322.

WHEELER, J.R. (ed) (1992). Flora of the Kimberley Region.

Western Australia: Department of Conservation

and Land Management.

Queensland Herbarium, Mareeba Office, PO Box 1054, Mareeba, Qld 4880, Australia

Austrobaileya 4(1): 119-120 (1993)

Notes

The correct names for two Australian varieties of Ficus L. (Moraceae)

It appears that many botanists are still unaware

of the significance of changes in relation to

autonyms, made in the nomenclature sessions at

the International Botanical Congress in Sydney

in 1981. At that time, it was decided that

autonyms be accepted as validly published and

dating (only) from the publication in which they

were established, and that they have priority

over the names that established them. These

changes are still in force and are covered by

Articles 32.6 and 57.3 of the current Interna-

tional Code of Botanical Nomenclature (ICBN)

(Greuter et al. 1988).

In the genus Ficus L., there are two

varieties occurring in northern Australia which

need renaming to acknowledge the standing of

autonyms which apply to them, if the taxonomy

of the genus as detailed by Chew (1989), based

on that of Corner (1960 a & b, 1961 and 1965),

is accepted. Application of the ICBN to Chew’s

accountrequires thatnew combinations be made

for the taxa presently recognised as F. opposita

var. micracantha (Miq.) Corner and F’. platypoda

var. angustata (Mig.) Corner.

Ficus opposita var. aculeata (Miq.) R.J.F.

Hend., comb. nov., based on Ficus

aculeata Miq., London J. Bot. 7: 426

(1848); F. aculeata Mig. var. aculeata,

Bentham, FI. Austral. 6: 175 (1873). Type:

‘Tn Ora boreali (Novae Holl.?), Hb. Hook.’

(holo: 7K, n.¥.).

F. micracantha Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot.

Lugduno-Batavum 3: 221 (1867); F.

aculeata var. micracantha (Miq.) Benth.,

FI. Austral. 6: 175 (1873); F. opposita

var. micracantha (Miq.) Corner, Gard.

Bull. Singapore 17: 471 (14960). Type:

Cairnscross Is., Qld, F. Mueller (holo: K,

fide Chew (1989), n.¥.).

Accepted for publication 5 March 1993

(See Chew, Flora of Australia 3: 57 (1989),

for further synonyms.)

Bentham’s publication of F. aculeata var.

micracantha tn 1873 established the autonym

F, aculeata var. aculeata which now is taken as

validly published, dating from 1873 and having

priority over F. aculeata var. micracantha

should the two names be considered synony-

mous, which both Corner (1960a) and Chew

(1989) in effect did. The names F. aculeata and

F. aculeata var. aculeata have the same

nomenclatural type but they date from different

publications at different times. Corner had no

option in 1960 but to make a new combination

based on Bentham’s F. aculeata var.

micracantha, then the earliest legitimate name

in varietal rank available for the taxon con-

cerned. However, after 1981, when this Bentham

name was superseded by the autonym it estab-

lished as the earliest legitimate combination in

varietal rank available for naming the variety, a

new combination should have been made for

that variety in Chew’s ‘Flora of Australia’ ac-

count. This situation is rectified above.

Ficus platypoda var. leichhardtii (Mig.) R.J.F.

Hend., comb. nov. based on Urostigma

leichhardtit Miq., J. Bot. Neerl. 1: 235

(1862); Ficus leichhardtii (Mig.) Mig..,

Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugduno-Batavum 3: 268,

287 (1867); Ficus leichhardtii(Miq.) Mia.

var. leichhardtii, Miquei, Ann. Mus. Bot.

Lugduno-Batavum 3; 268 (1867). Type:

Cape Cleveland, Qld, F. Mueller (holo:

IL. ).

Ficus leichhardtii var.angustata Miq., Ann.

Mus. Bot. Lugduno-Batavum 3; 268

(1867); Ficus platypoda var. angustata

(Mig.) Corner, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21:

27 (1965). Type: Whitsunday Is., Qld,

Henne (iso: NSW, fide Chew (1989), n.v.).

(See Chew, Flora of Australia 3: 46 (1989),

for further synonyms.)

120

When describing F. leichhardtii var.

angustata in 1867, Miquel created the autonym

F. leichhardtii var. leichhardtii which is now

taken as validly published and having priority

over F. leichhardtii var. angustataif the two are

treated as applying to the same taxon. As Chew

(1989), following Corner (1965), accepted that

this is the case, he should have made a new

combination under F. platypoda using the ep1-

thet leichhardtiifor the variety concerned, rather

than accepting Corner’s combination FP.

platypoda var. angustata for it. Though this

latter name was the correct one for the variety

until 1981, when the International Botanical

Congress changed the status of autonyms, Cor-

ner’s name for it became unacceptable. The

combination made above rectifies the situation.

If F. platypoda var. leichhardtiiis united

with F. platypoda var. lachnocaulos (Miq.)

Benth. following Chew’s comments about the

similarity of these two varieties, the correct

name for the combined taxon would continue to

be F. platypoda var. leichhardtii because

Miquel’s autonym F. leichhardtii var.

leichhardtii would be the earliest legitimate

name in varietal rank available for this taxon.

Note that the final epithet in the name F’

platypoda var. lachnocaulos has been corrected

to follow ICBN Arts. 23.5 and 32.5, and Stearn

(1987, p. 264).

Rodney J. F. Henderson

Austrobaileya 4(1): 119-120 (1993)

References

Cuew, W.-L. (1989). Moraceae. Ficus. Flora of Australia

3: 26-68.

Corner, E.J.H. (1960a). Taxonomic notes on Ficus Linn.,

Asia and Australasia, Sections I~4, The Gardens’

Bulletin Singapore 17: 368-485.

(1960b). Taxonomic notes on Ficus Linn., Asia

and Australasia. Sections 5 & 6, The Gardens’

Bulletin Singapore 18: 1-69.

(1961). Taxonomic notes on Ficus Linn., Asia

and Australasia. Addendum. The Gardens’ Bulletin

Singapore 18: 83-97.

(1962). Taxonomic notes on Ficus Linn., Asia

and Australasia. Addendum Il. The Gardens’ Bulle-

tin Singapore 19; 385-401.

(1965). Check-list of Ficus in Asia and Australa-

sia with keys to identification. The Gardens’ Bulle-

fin Singapore 21: 1-186.

GREUTER, W., BurDET, H. M., CHALONER, W.G., DEMOULIN,

V., GROLLE, R., HAwKswortu, D. L., Nicotson, D.

H., Sitva, P. C., Srarteu, F. A., Voss, E. G. &

McNEILL, J. (eds) (1988), International code of

botanical nomenclature, adopted by the Fourteenth

International Botanical Congress, Berlin, July-Au-

gust 1987. Reenum Vevetabile 118.

STEARN, W.T. (1987). Botanical Latin, 3rd ed., 4th impres-

sion. Newton Abbot: David & Charles.

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Austrobaileya 4(1): 121-127 (1993)

Notes

The distribution and habitats of three presumed rare species from Cape

York Peninsula

With the advent of Queensland (Nature Conser-

vation Act 1992) and Federal legislation (En-

dangered Species Bill 1992) designed to protect

rare and threatened flora and fauna, it is impor-

tant that sufficient data be gathered on any taxon

to accurately assess its rarity status. For Cape

York Peninsula, defined here as all of Queens-

land north of 16°S, Thomas and McDonald

(1989) list 324 species of vascular plants as rare

or threatened. These species and their rarity

status are listed in Clarkson (in press). Briggs

and Leigh (1988) list 633 vascular plant species

as rare or threatened for the much larger Cook

Pastoral District (approximately twice the area).

While this is the largest number recorded for a

pastoral district in Australia, 1t is much smaller

than the 1203 species listed for the comparably

sized Southwest Province of Western Australia.

A summary of the number of vascular plants in

each rarity code for three regions is given. in

Table 1.

Northern Queensland has a diverse flora,

and the rare and threatened species listed make

up a significant proportion of those listed for

Australia (Cape York Peninsula 9.7%, Cook

Pastoral District 19.0%). However, the major-

ity of those species listed by both authorities are

not under immediate threat; 86% of those listed

are rare or poorly known. It is important to note

that of the 324 species listed for Cape York

Peninsula, 198 species (61%) are confined to

therelativelyrestricted rainforest habitats (<15%

ofthe area). (Figures are derived from Thomas

& McDonald (1989)).

Development pressures over most of Cape

York Peninsula are presently of low intensity.

However, recently there have been some sig-

nificant sized areas cleared for pasture im-

provement (e.g. 800 ha at Kalinga Station north

of Laura), and infrastructure developments

(Shurga Royal Australian Air Force airfield,

east of Weipa), and an increasing number of

tourists in the region. It is likely that human

disturbance to the environment will increase in

impact in the future.

Our knowledge of plant distribution and

ecology is still limited, so as more data becomes

available, it is inevitable that the composition

and size of the rare and threatened plant list for

the area will change considerably. This paper

examines the conservation status of three pre-

sumed rare species in the light of additional

habitat and distribution data gathered during

the vegetation survey and mapping of Far

Northern Queensland (Neldner & Clarkson, in

prep.).

Table 1. Summary statistics of rare and threatened vascular plants for three regions

Cape York Peninsula

Thomas & McDonald

(1989)

Cook District

Briggs & Leigh (1988)

Accepted for publication 12 March 1993

AE STEEN ENE TRESS

Mnireveeanerinnenpeteineneareaneay

aa a a NN ab NenCRRM CREE merece hy

122

1. Neofabricia mjoebergii (Cheel) Joy

Thomps. (Myrtaceae)

Neofabricia mjoebergii was first described by

Cheel (1919) as a species of Leptospermum.

Thompson (1983), in a precursor to her

Leptospermum revision, described a new ge-

nus, Neofabricia, to accommodate two species

related to Leptospermum but separate from that

genus. A detailed description and illustration of

N. mjoebergii were provided in a later revision

of Neofabricia (Clarkson & Thompson 1989),

Sixteen specimens of NV. mjoebergii were exam-

ined for that revision. All were collected be-

tween latitudes 14°30’S and 15°30’S on Cape

York Peninsula (see Figure 1).

Since that revision, specimens from four

additional localities have been lodged in the

Queensland Herbarium (BRI). No additional

collecting localities were found when examin-

ing specimens in the Australian National Her-

barium, Atherton (QRS).

Additional specimens: Queensland, Coox District: Lower

Lumbar Lagoon, 15°-’S, 144°E, Sept 1986, Harger

[Hanger]; 5.4 km S of Hann River, 15°13’S, 143°54’E,

Nov 1989, Ne/dner 2857 & Clarkson, 14.4 km W of Lake

Emma, 15°21’S, 144°31’E, May 1989, Clarkson 7931; 6

km SE of Sefton homestead, 15°26’S, 142°39’E, Aug

1992, Clarkson 7937 & Neldner.

This species has also been recorded, but

not collected, at ten detailed and twenty obser-

vational sites by Neldner and Clarkson with five

sites (8, 548, 754, 755 and 773) occurring in

Lakefield National Park. This new data extends

the known distribution of the species, particu-

larly in a south westerly direction. Locality

details of sites are given in Appendix I.

Habitat notes: A general description of the

habitat of this species was given by Clarkson

and Thompson (1989, p. 293), viz ‘occurs in

open forests and woodlands dominated by Eu-

calyptus and Melaleuca species, usually associ-

ated with white sands. The understorey ofthese

communities is often shrubby’. A much clearer

description of the habitats of this species can

now be given. Neofabricia mjoebergii forms a

component of the canopy tree layer (8—13 m

tall) ofa woodland to low open-forest as defined

by Specht (1970), (20-35% Projective Foliage

Austrobaileya 4(1): 121-127 (1993)

Cover (PFC)), dominated usually by Thryp-

tomene oligandra and Melaleuca viridiflora.

Neofabricia mjoebergti, Acacia torulosa and

Grevillea pteridifolia are frequently codominant

canopy trees. Other frequent canopy species are

Asteromyrtus symphyocarpa, Melaleuca

stenostachya, Parinari nonda and Syzygium

eucalyptoides. An open low tree layer (S—7 m

tall) and an open low shrub layer (0.5—1.5 m tall)

are usually also present. These layers are com-

posed of smaller individuals of the canopy spe-

cies plus Acacia crassicarpa, A. platycarpa and

Petalostigma pubescens in the low tree layer,

and Alyxia spicata, Hibiscus meraukensis and

Jacksonia thesioides in the low shrub layer. The

ground layer is open (15—25% PFC) and com-

posed of grasses, sedges and forbs. The major-

ity of the ground layer biomass is composed of

grasses (Aristida spp., Eriachne spp., Ectrosia

leporina, Schizachyrium spp. and

Thaumastochloa spp.).

This vegetation association occurs pre-

dictably as a narrow band between the rolling

sand ridges dominated by Eucalyptus tetrodonta

woodlands and the longitudinal drainage de-

pressions dominated by Melaleuca citrolens,

M. viridiflora or M. saligna low open wood-

lands (See Figure 2). It occurs on rudimentary

podzols which are composed almost entirely of

siliceous sands, and overlie clay hardpans. In

this situation, the association probably receives

downslope seepage for much of the year, which

would account for the high density of trees and

shrubs. In the area south of Cape Melville, NV.

mjoebergii occurs in a similar woodland, adja-

cent to drainage lines dominated by Melaleuca

leucadendra. This association has been mapped.

by Neldner and Clarkson (in prep.) as a distinct

map unit which occurs widely and moderately

extensively throughout the range of N. mjoebergii

as shown in Figure 1.

Conservation status: Due to the limited number

of specimens available for study in herbaria and

the relatively restricted distributional range as

indicated by these specimens (collected mainly

from around Musgrave), N. mjoebergii was

afforded a conservation status rating of 2R by

Thomas and McDonald (1987, 1989) and Briggs

and Leigh (1988). This assessment was sup-

ported by Clarkson and Thompson (1989), al-

Neldner, Cape York Peninsula rare species

144°E 146°E

Bwvuue

pa '

+ a

2 S

: 4%

* +

Pe] . -—_—- “2

gN, o :

‘ *

6 : :

- e + & F

$ ‘ aiid

Teas, +*

: i

my ® Cooktown

Fig. 1. Known distribution of Neofabricia mjoebergii; O Herbarium collections examined by Clarkson & Thompson

... Lakefield National Park.

Fe ree

S2ivitewete,-s--Ws

aes ears

z aes,

wats Tevete irs,

wae ee a os

2s ee be ee tr,

at ee ee a *

re eS re aes

eae ad Sad ad Sad Sad Sad Sad

Pe Sg

= :

rratias ss

ese et few we nts

ee a ee

3 ee ee ee ee

aaa aa ae a er aa rs

She Shee peg rec ee

es se se ys es ee ss --——— -- BS

er a =—7

—— — Line u EE ——aee ee ee v7 ete. O09 6.605 9 eS Ss es = ee ee ed 2 a

* <e U8 ee en en 8 8 8 8 8 gs a be — = a FF * LF Et —— eee EEE EES a Tr To rT 8. Ce ee Ln oe eer ERR eA ——

== BEESAESEARASAS EE Ee cae <= Seana ee See ie tt Te ete ee ee ee Te anti

ree a a STS eT ea ae ee aS Seal we ate eee ere ne at yee = AEE OL a

ak oe a See ee ee ESS EAE SEE Br leer, Agar gp pal gery Mah pag g he Sg og me ee a te a ee ee ek

pi aS GT Tela ates woe ro ee = aa Se es oe ea a eS ee = ame, * S a A Bei SSP PPR Eg gi Ce eT Tene a a ee ee Ae aR RR aS ae €

mT Tas deeb hh D ITT LJ (a iain ile ce Aielive tas ol L ie! ee ae we eed Se 8 SS SS 8 a a 335.55 =e CY iii SERRE ee te Ca le ae a le ee oe oO -_ Fe 8 8 88 a Le

nT ee ee 7 FS PS Se Cee ee oo oe ae OSS 8 ST Ne Race ss. e ee eT a a et

ne ee a Es EE A EE A ene EEE ERS g ft SARS SASS, x ek a we ae ae ee

a a a eS ee eee Soest eee oe ss cece ss sewer, ST ee pe es ee ee Se ee oe

ee Se ee ee ee eee OEE eee Ce n i AS RAS, Sa a a ee a ee ee Set Se a a

7. eS oe a aR 2s oe eee Po ee naw eee oe SS a ee ee oR a i ee ee a i Oo ne ee

ae ae a a ae aaa ar gg ae SS oe ee ee oc iB haat ele = aoe i FA a ee ile A ea

— eye eS es 8 8 ee ef ed A et ee ok ko AA) ae ee ee are ee ER a ara er ae oe oe oe ea eS

tpn a a ae ee eS ~, ee site ee eet, ore ee atag tg a a a OR ee ee Sete eet Se

oT a ae a dt zs oe SS eee eee ee ee a Se OR vee sess = eae ae ae Tala aa ESS eS ee

ae a a al a eae rr oe ER I? pi eee : Ce ee eee ats Sone ae cae ae ee ae Se ee

eee a a A A Ah il gl gl igh tek tet oe ee Be ERA ee ess woos cea a 4 7 2 ee ee SS a a a a ee A i a Se ol ele EY

BO ee ee ee ane a a Ee ee a A nay Ot ee oe or. Pe ae ek Se Se ee

ee St a ree ee Se ee Fo a oe ee ee Br EE oe Bi ere RA AAA a2 x PT MMI EER EPR ASE SSS, =r - si = Se ees a a ee fg ig A

Parl <a A ee oe Re SRE ERAEAAA A AEE EAS A lille AAAAA SS — ==

art ai a Se ee ee Se ee Be ee ee ee Ee LEER LETEL IO ee

oe ee ee ee ee oe a ee een a ono NS vv

Sry ata ata aaa San aa ae a eae ea

pa i i Ek Bi ak Paige = Ree a eee a

Eucalyptus tetrodonta + Eucalyptus spp. woodland

Thryptomene oligandra, Melaleuca spp. + Acacia spp. woodland to open-forest

Melaleuca spp. low open-woodlands.

Plant codes: a= Acacia spp., ¢ = Erythrophleum chlorostachyus, e = Eucalyptus spp., g = Grevillea pteridifolia, m =

Melaleuca spp., n = Neofabricia mjoebergii, s = Syzygium eucalyptoides, t= Thryptomene oligandra, y = Asteromyrtus

symphyocarpa,< = shrubs, ¥ ¥= grasses,

ae ae a

eer

ee ee)

att tg eh

eee sone

Tatas

atte

See

an ge em ee nee

ea oe ee ee ER ga

g. 2, A schematic diagram of the vegetation communities found associated with Neofabricia mjoebergii.

the,

crt i ME A Ye AGG ae

NMAC a

(10 44 ml abby a Ha aM Naa

ree ereerrireh,

124

though they suggested that the species almost

certainly also occurs in Lakefield National Park.

The additional! data collected since 1989

suggest that this species should be removed

from any list of rare and threatened plants. NV.

mjoebergiihas arelatively widespread distribu-

tion (approximately 300 km by 130 km) and a

large area of suitable habitat. Where it occurs,

its habitat is not threatened by destructive forces

as the primary land use is extensive grazing on

natural pastures. The species has been recorded

at five localities in Lakefield National Park. At

the sample sites where N. mjoebergii was re-

corded, its density in the tree layer ranged from

40 to 220 trees/ha (mean 80 trees/ha) and 40 to

200 seedlings/ha (mean 90 seedlings/ha).

In the field, NV. mjoebergii looks similar in

general appearance to the more widespread

Thryptomene oligandra, and this may explain

why it has been previously poorly collected

(Clarkson & Thompson 1989).

2. Neofabricia serictsepala J. Clarkson & Joy

Thomps. (Myrtaceae)

Neofabricia sericisepala was described in

Clarkson and Thompson (1989) from 14 speci-

mens collected on Cape York Peninsula be-

tween 13°S and 16°S (see Figure3). Since their

revision, six additional specimens have been

lodged at BRI but no extra additional specimens

have been added to QRS.

Additional Specimens: Queensland. Coox District: 2.5

km W of Potallah Creek mine, 15°07’S, 143°02’E, Aug

1992, Clarkson 9727 & Neldner, 6.4 km E of Normanby

River, 15°17’S, 144°54’E, Apr 1989, Clarkson 7862 &

Neldner;, 3 km W of Mt Rose, 15°20’S, 144°59’E, Jul 1990,

Bean 2006; 4.9 km E of Oroners, 15°25’S, 142°59’E, Aug

1992, Clarkson 9732B & Neldner, 7 km W of Jowalbinna,

15°46’S, 144°11’E, Jul 1990, Bean 1729; 3.3 km S of

Shepherd Creek, 15°46’S, 144°16’E, Jun 1992, Clarkson

9616 & Neldner.

In addition, NV. sericisepala has been re-

corded, but not collected, at eight detailed and

two observational sites (Neldner & Clarkson, in

prep.). See Appendix 1 for site locations.

This new data extends the known range of

N. sericisepala in an easterly and south-west-

Austrobaileya 4(1); 121~127 (1993)

erly direction, giving it a range of approxi-

mately 350 km by 150 km.

Habitat notes: Clarkson and Thompson (1989,

p. 294) described the habitat of N. sericisepala

as ‘Eucalyptus woodlands usually on shallow

sandy soils derived from sandstone’. The data

collected by Neldner and Clarkson show that

this species occurs predominantly in two exten-

sive plant associations: (1) Eucalyptus hylandti

with or without E. fetrodonta woodlands on

Tertiary sandstone plateaus and slopes to the

east and west of Laura, and rocky, low ridges

north and west of Musgrave (sites 18 and 509);

and (2) Eucalyptus hylandii, E. setosa,

Erythrophleum chlorostachyus with or without

Eucalyptus tetrodontawoodlands on sandridges

of Tertiary washout or derived in sifu on sand-

stone, south-west of Musgrave (sites 556, 561

and 566). N. sericisepala has also been re-

corded in a Melaleuca stenostachya low open-

woodland on sandstone footslopes (site 505)

and in a Eucalyptus hylandii and M.

stenostachya low woodland on metamorphic

ranges (site 613). In all these associations, N.

sericisepala occurs occasionally asa low tree

3—6 m tall (20—S0 trees/ha) with scattered juve-

nile trees 0.5 m tall (40-1000 shrubs/ha). It

regenerates well after fire from underground

lignotubers and woody stems.

Conservation status: Clarkson and Thompson

(1989) rated this species as 3R, using the con-

servation status criteria of Thomas and

McDonald (1987), but stated that it was likely

that it occurred in Rokeby National Park (north

of Coen). This 3R rating was maintained by

Thomas and McDonald (1989), listed as

Neofabricia sp. ‘Merapah’. It was not listed in

Briggs and Leigh (1988). On the basis of the

additional data now available, itis recommended

that NV. sericisepala be removed from any list of

rare and threatened plants. The species occurs

over extensive areas where low intensity graz-

ing is having only a minimal impact on the

vegetation. It occurs in the Quinkan Reserve

(west of Laura) and Palmer River Goldfields

Reserve (north of Maytown) (neither offer a

high level of protection for flora), Lakefield

National Park (site 754) and almost certainly is

present in Rokeby National Park. Prior to 1989,

this species was confused with the more wide-

Neldner, Cape York Peninsula rare species

144°E

[25

146°E

Q ©Laura

Fig. 3. Known distribution of Neofabricia sericisepala: O Herbarium collections examined by Clarkson & Thompson

spread Neofabricia myrtifolia, which may partly

explain the low numbers of herbarium collec-

tions of this species.

3. Decaschistia peninsularis Craven & Fryx.

(Malvaceae)

Decaschistia peninsularis was described as a

new species by Craven and Fryxell (1989) from

seven specimens (see Figure 4). These speci-

mens were all collected on Cape York Penin-

sula, with the exception of one collection from

Lawn Hill (18°35’S, 138°35’E) in March 1891

by F.H. Hann (not shown on Figure 4).

Since the publication of the species name,

specimens from thirteen additional localities

have been lodged in BRI and one additional

locality in QRS.

Additional specimens: Queensland. Coox District: 10.1

km N of Ussher Point road, 11°06’S 142°44’E, Jul 1992,

Clarkson 9680 & Neldner; 1.3 km S of Cockatoo Creek,

11°39°S, 142°27°E, Mar 1992, Clarkson 9331 & Neldner;

Heathlands turnoff on Peninsula Developmental Road,

11°49’S, 142°30°E, Feb 1992, Sharpe 5179; between the

Dulhunty River and Bertie Creek, 11°50’S, 142°30’E, Mar

1992, Clarkson 9348; south of Dulhunty River crossing,

11°50’S, 142°30’E, Mar 1992, Sharpe 5246; 2 km along

Bolt Head Rd offMaloney’s Springs Rd, 12°27’S, 143°01’E,

Jun 1989, Forster 5523; 0.7 km S of Wenlock River,

12°28’S, 142°38’E, Apr 1990, Clarkson 8389 & Neldner;

Batavia Downs 11.7 km Eof Peninsula Developmental Rd,

12°50’S, 142°49’E, Oct 1989, Neldner 2817 & Clarkson;

19.4km S$ of Batavia Downs on Peninsula Developmental

Rd, 12°50’S, 142°43°E, Apr 1990, Clarkson 8314 &

Neldner, 31.5 km SW of Nundah outstation, Apr 1993,

Clarkson 9951 & Neldner; 15 km N of Archer River,

13°19’S, 142°52’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4036; 6.8 km N of

Archer River, 13°23’S, 142°S4’E, Apr 1991, Clarkson

8968 & Neldner; Merapah, 13°43’S, 142°25’E, Feb 1980,

Hyland 10313 (QRS); 33 km WSW of Coen, 14°01’S,

142°54’E, Aug 1990, Fel] 2184.

In addition, D. peninsularis has been

recorded butnot collected, at29 detailed sites in

the Far Northern Queensland vegetation sur-

vey, with the position of those sites that ex-

tended the range of this taxon indicated on

Figure 4. Locality details are given in Appen-

dix 1.

These new data have greatly increased the

known distribution of this taxon in a northerly,

southerly and easterly direction.

Habitat notes: The general habitat information

given by Craven and Fryxell (1989, p. 462) was

that D. peninsularis was collected ‘in open-

forest, in Eucalyptus tetrodonta woodland with

Melaleuca viridiflora and in Eucalyptus

AEST EH BR ES HS BB ee Eee Raa aa oad ae Moe TT ee

2 a st acne Atego garner AHERN P86

[26

e $ ve

, QO es

OO &

& ©

Oo +

®coen

142°E 143°E 144°E

papuana woodland, and on sandy and stony

clay soils’. Decaschistia peninsularis was re-

corded at.11 sites on Batavia Downs property

(north of Coen) in five different vegetation

communities (map units 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9) by

Neldner and Clarkson (1991). It has been

recorded at 22 additional sites elsewhere on

Cape York Peninsula. Vegetation communities

in which D. peninsularis was frequently re-

corded included a variety of Eucalyptus

tetrodonta and E. nesophila woodlands, EF.

tetrodonta and E. hylandii woodiands and E£.

cullenii woodlands. It was also recorded once

ina FE. leptophleba open-woodland, and once in

a Asteromyrtus brassii and Neofabricia

myrtifolia low open-forest.

Decaschistia peninsularis occurred on a

diversity of landforms ranging from sandstone

ranges, granite hills, bauxite plateaus, erosional

surfaces and depositional plains. It was found

growing on a variety of soil types including red

earths, yellow earths, earthy sands, lithosols

and a single occurrence on a brown clay.

From this data, it is obvious that D.

peninsularis has a wide range of vegetation

Austrobatleya 4(1); 121-127 (1993)

Fig. 4. Known distribution of

Decaschistia peninsularis.

O Herbarium collections examined by

Craven & Fryxell (1989)

- Recorded at detailed ecological site

13°S

14°S

145°E

communities, landforms and soil types within

which it successfully grows.

Conservation status: Due to the limited number

of specimens held in herbaria and few recorded

field observations, Decaschistia peninsularis

(then known as Decaschistia sp. ‘Rokeby’) was

afforded a conservation status rating of 3K

(poorly known taxon but suspected of being

rare) by Thomas and McDonald (1989). It was

not listed in Briggs and Leigh (1988). The

additional data collected since 1989 shows that

D, peninsularis should be removed from any List

of rare and threatened plants, because of the

broad range of habitats in which it occurs and

the low level of disturbance currently occurring

in these habitats. It regenerates well from the

roots when the aerial parts of the plant are

damaged by fire or mechanical disturbances. It

is protected in Rokeby National Park, the

Heathlands Department and Official Purposes

Reserve (south of Bamaga) and probably the

Jardine River National Park (south of Bamaga).

Decaschistia peninsularis flowers mainly

in the wet season (January to May) and at this

time is quite conspicuous. However, access to

Neldner, Cape York Peninsula rare species

northern Cape York Peninsula is difficult at this

time. This may explain why the species was

previously poorly collected and only recently

described.

Acknowledgements

Thanks are extended to John Clarkson, Rod

Henderson and Estelle Ross for useful com-

ments, and Will Smith for preparing the figures.

References

Briees, J.D. & Letcn, JH. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants, Revised edition. Special Publi-

cation 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

CuEEL, E. (1919). Journal and Proceedings of the Royal

Society of New South Wales 53: 120,

Ciarkson, J.R. (in press). An Annotated Checklist of the

Vascular Flora of Cape York Peninsula. Queens-

land Botany Bulletin. Brisbane: Queensland De-

partment of Environment and Heritage.

CLARKSON, J.R. & TrHompson, J. (1989). A revision of the

genus Neofabricia (Myrtaceae). Telopea 3:

291-300.

CRAVEN, L.A. & FRyYxELL, P.A. (1989). Two new species of

Decaschistia (Malvaceae) from Australia. Austral-

ian Systematic Botany 2: 461-468,

Netpner, V.J. & Crarxson, J.R. (1991). Vegetation Sur-

vey of Batavia Downs Cape York Peninsula. Re-

search Establishments Publication QR91003. Bris-

bane: Queensland Department of Primary Indus-

tries.

(in prep.). Vegetation Survey of Queensland.

Far Northern Queensland. Queensland Botany

Bulletin. Brisbane: Queensland Department of

Environment and Heritage.

Specut, R.L. (1970). Vegetation. In G. W. Leeper (ed.), The

Australian Environment (4th edition), Melbourne:

CSIRO and Melbourne University Press, pp. 44~

67.

Tuomas, M.B. & McDonatp, W.J.F. (1987). Rare and

threatened plants of Queensland. Brisbane: Queens-

land Department of Primary Industries.

V.J. Neldner

127

(1989). Rare and threatened plants of Queens-

land, 2nd edn, Brisbane: Queensland Department

of Primary Industries.

TrHompson, J. (1983). Redefinitions and nomenclatural

changes in the Leptospermum suballiance of

Myrtaceae, 7elopea 2: 379-383.

Appendix 1. Site localities

Neofabricia mjoebergii (Cheel) Joy Thomps.

Detailed Sites: 548 (14°40’S, 143°49°E); 551 (14°45’S,

143°33’E); 16 (14°58’S, 143°35°E); 754 (15°05’S,

144°26’E); 755 (15°05°S, 144°26’E); 8 (15°13°S,

143°45°E); 773 (15°18’S, 144°13’E); 729 (15°18’S,

144°49°E): 561 (15°25’S, 142°59°E); 567 (15°26’S,

142°39°B).

Observational Sites: 14°24’S, 144°19°E; 14°26’S,

144°17°E; 14°36’S, 144°18’E; 14°36’S, 144°41’E;

14°37°S, 144°16’E; 15°O1?S, 144°21’°E; 15°09’S,

143°16°R; I5°17°S, 142°49°E; [5°23°S, 142°35’E;

15°23°S, 142°36’E; 15°25’S, 142°47°E; 15°26’S,

142°48°E; 15°26’S, 142°48’E; 15°26’S, 142°49°E;

15°34°S, 142°43°E; 15°37’S, 142°43’°E; 15°38’S,

142°42°E; 15°41’S, 142°40’E; 15°42’S, 142°39’E;

15°45’S, 142°32’E.

Neofabricia sericisepala J, Clarkson & Joy

Thomps.

Detailed sites: 614 (14°23’S, 144°33’E); 18 (14°52’S,

143°14’E); 754 (15°05’S, 144°26’E); 556 (15°16’S,

142°47°E); 561 (15°25’S, 142°59’E); 566 (15°27’S,

142°39’E); 505 (15°46’S, 144°16’E); 509 (15°55’S,

144°17’E).

Observational sites; 15°46’S, 144°16’E; 15°47°S,

144°167’E.

Decaschistia peninsularis Craven & Fryx.

Detailed sites: 391 (11°50’S, 142°30’E); 316 (12°02’S,

142°32E); 203 (12°18°S, 142°52’E); 201 (12°21°S,

143°02’E); 248 (12°27°S, 142°06’E); 250 (12°27°S,

142°09°E); 204 (12°27°S, 142°54’E); 207 (12°27°S,

142°55’E); 52 (12°29°S, 142°40°E); 205 (12°29°S,

143°O1°E); 131 (12°28°S, 142°38’E); 134 (12°31°S,

142°39’E); 302 (12°31’S, 143°06’E); 133 (12°32’S,

142°10°E); 138 (12°32’S, 142°39°E); 137 (12°35’S,

142°40°E); 238 (12°40°S, 142°18°E); 124 (12°40°S,

142°41’E); 240 (12°41’S, 142°06’E): 241 (12°41’S,

142°06’E); 43 (12°41°S, 142°42°E); 74 (12°47°S,

142°43°E); 257 (12°52’S, 143°00°E); 255 (12°59’S,

143°00°E); 254 (13°03°S, 143°00°E); 253 (13°04’S,

143°00’E); 230 (13°07°S, 142°50’E); 225 (13°28’S,

142°58°E); 224 (13°39’S, 143°05’B).

Queensland Herbarium, PO Box 1054, Mareeba, Qld 4880, Australia

arta oer fee ane ce is ne ae rae na nar rene nen nated

RCE head et a

ee Oo Sih i bal Gobel Oi Teol Dita) os)

Austrobaileya 4(1); 129-130 (1993)

Notes

Additional records for some species of Finlaysonia Wallich, Gymnanthera R.

Br., Heterostemma Wight & Arn. and Sarcolobus R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in

Melanesia and Papuasia'

Additional records of distribution for some

species of Finlaysonia Wallich, Gymnanthera

R. Br., Heterostemma Wight & Arn. and

Sarcolobus R. Br. in Papuasia (Irian Jaya, Papua

New Guinea, Solomon Islands) and Melanesia

are documented, based on data additional to that

available for my recent revisions (Forster 1989,

1991a,b, 1992), This data has resulted from in

situ examination of holdings at Herbarium

Bogoriense (BO), Australian National Her-

barium (CANB), National Herbarium of Papua

New Guinea (LAE), Singapore Botanic Gar-

dens (SING), study of additional loan material

from B.P. Bishop Museum (BISH) and

Rijksherbarium (L) and fieldwork in Papua

New Guinea. In many instances, the cited speci-

mens in the NGF and LAE series have been

distributed as Apocynaceae indeterminate.

1. Finlaysonia obovata Wallich

The distribution previously given for this spe-

cies included Gulf and Western Provinces in

Papua New Guinea, other parts of Malesia west

of New Guinea and the Northern Territory in

Australia (Forster 1989). This species also oc-

curs in Irian Jaya, and Madang, Central and

Milne Bay Provinces in Papua New Guinea.

Additional specimens examined: Irian Jaya. Menapi,

Cape Vogel Peninsula, Mar 1953, Brass 21694 (CANB,

LAE); Merauke, Nov 1907, Versteeg 1890 (BO); Djalem

Kp. Koemba, Jul 1941, Aet 155 (BO); Jappen-Biak, Aug

1939, Aet 571, 701 & Idjan (BO); S.N.G, garden road near

Kp. Gelub, Wereba, Nov 1907, Branderhorst 206 (BO).

Papua New Guinea, Mapanc Province: near Boroi Vil-

lage No, 1, 4°05’S, 144°46’E, Jul 1992, Forster 10936 &

Liddle (BRI, LAE). Gutr Province: Kerema Bay, c. 5 miles

[8.3 km] NW of Kerema, Jan 1966, Schodde & Craven

4205 (CANB, LAE). WeEstERN Province: Mouth of

Bensbach River, 9°06’S, 141°02’E, Aug 1967, Ridsdale &

Galore NGF33632 (BO, LAE). CEnTRAL Province: Galley

Reach mangroves, 50 km NW of Port Moresby, May 1975,

Paijmans 1792 (CANB), ditto, 1807 (CANB); Kanosia,

‘Christensen Research Institute Contribution No. 81

Accepted for publication 20 August 1992

Jan 1935, Carr 11006 (SING), c. 5 miles [8.3 km] SW of

Kanosia plantation, Jul 1962, Darbyshire 631 (CANB,

LAE).

2. Gynmanthera oblonga (Burm.f.) P.S. Green

The distribution previously given for this spe-

cies (as G. nitida R. Br., but see Green 1992),

included northern Australia, Central Province

in Papua New Guinea and parts of Malesia west

of New Guinea (Forster 1991b), This species

also occurs in Irian Jaya and Milne Bay Prov-

ince in Papua New Guinea.

Additional specimens examined: Indonesia. Irian Jaya.

Merauke, path from Mopa airstrip to Mangegatrikke, E of

Merauke, Aug 1954, van Royen 4569 (CANB); Merauke,

Mar 1908, Branderhorst 314 (BO). Papua New Guinea.

MILNE Bay Province: Menapi, Cape Vogel Peninsula, Apr

1953, Brass 21925 (CANB, LAE); c. halfway between

Tapio & Mukawa, Cape Vogel Peninsula, Jul 1954,

Hoogland 4368 (CANB), Cenrrau Province: Hisiu, Feb

1935, Carr 11386 (SING),

3. Heterostemma acuminatum Decne

The distribution previously given for this spe-

cies included Indonesia west of New Guinea,

New Guinea, Queensland in Australia and New

Caledonia (Forster 1992). This species also

occurs in the Solomon Islands.

Specimen examined: Solomon Islands. GuapALCANAL

Provinces: Berande River, Dec 1930, Kajewski 2392 (BO,

SING).

Ethnobotanical use: This plant was known as

‘A-o-popolw’ inthe Solomon Islands. Kajewski

recorded that a piece of the vine was fastened

around the head to relieve headache (label data

of 2392),

4. Heterostemma samoense (A. Gray) P.

Forster

The distribution previously given for this spe-

cies included Tonga, Samoa and Fiji (Forster

1992). This plant also occurs in Vanuatu.

Specimen examined: Vanuatu. Efate, Vila, Feb 1974,

Krauss 1385 (BISH).

SARS

Rane Rc eC E rr O Er orn ibb ica arb Cal ik

130

5. Sarcolobus secamonoides (Schitr.) P.

Forster

The distribution previously given for this spe-

cies included East Sepik, Western Highlands,

Eastern Highlands, Madang, Morobe and Cen-

tral Provinces in Papua New Guinea (Forster

1991a). This species also occurs in Irian Jaya.

Additional specimens examined: Irian Jaya. MtCycloop,

Jun 1911, Gjellerup 514 (BO); Dalman, 45 km inwards of

Nabire, Mar 1940, Kanehira & Hatusima 12071 (BO);

Angi, Arfak Mountains, Koebre, Apr 1940, Kanehira &

Hatusima 13626 (BO). Papua New Guinea, CsnTRAL

Province; Lala River, Dec 1935, Carr 14092 (SING).

Notes: I previously stated that the holotype of

this name was not extent at B (Forster 199 1a),

based on a list of extant types of Schiechter

asclepiad specimens provided by staff at that

institution. The holotype specimen is indeed

extant, appearing in a loan of mdeterminate

Asclepiadaceae sent by B.

The specimens Kanehira & Hatusima

12071 & 13626 are in type folders in the type

room at BO and are labelled as ‘Astelma

nabirensis K. & H.’ and ‘Astelma arfakensis K.

& H.’ respectively. Neither of these names are

published (van Royen 1973) and should be

disregarded.

6. Sarcolobus vittatus P. Forster

The distribution previously given for this spe-

cies included Irian Jaya, Cook District in Queens-

land, and Western, Morobe and Central Prov-

inces in Papua New Guinea (Forster 1991a).

This species also occurs inthe Aru Islands to the

south-west of New Guinea and Madang Prov-

ince in Papua New Guinea.

Additional specimens examined; Indonesia. Aru Islands,

Dobo, Apr 1922, Jensen 224 (L). Papua New Guinea.

Mapanc Province: near Borot Village No. I, 4°05’S,

144°46’E, Jul 1992, Forster 10930 & Liddle (BRI, K, L,

Paul L. Forster

Austrobaileya 4(1): 129 -130 (1993)

LAE, MEL, QRS). Centrat Province: Edge of Galley

Reach, 3 km SSE of Kanosia Plantation, 50 km NW of Port

Moresby, May 1975, Paijmans 1789 (CANB).

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to the Directors/Curators of the

cited herbaria for enabling examination of their

material either on visits to their institutions or

via loans to BRI. D. Liddle assisted with the

visits to BO and SING and with fieldwork in

Papua New Guinea where T. Daniel (CAS) also

assisted. Support for fieldwork in Papua New

Guinea was provided in the form of a Fellow-

ship from the Christensen Research Institute at

Madang and M. Jebb, Director of that Institute

cheerfully provided facilities and logistic sup-

port, often under conditions of adversity due to

vehicle attrition. G. Stocker was of great assist-

ance in the visit to Lae.

References

Forster, P.I. (1989). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 1.

Austrobaileya 3: 109-133.

(1991a). A taxonomic revision of Sarcolobus R.

Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae) in Australia

and Papuasia. Austrobaileya 3: 335-360.

(199ib). A taxonomic revision of Gymnanthera

R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Periplocoideae) in Aus-

tralia. Australian Systematic Botany 4: 563-569.

(1992). A taxonomic revision of Heferostemma

Wight & Arn. (Asclepiadaceae: Stapelieae) in Aus-

tralia and the Western Pacific. Australian System-

atic Botany 5: 71-80.

GreEN, P.S. (1992). Jasminum oblongum belongs in

Gymnanthera (Asclepiadaceae). Studies in the ge-

nus Jasminum (Oleaceae): XIU. Kew Bulletin 47:

333-334.

VAN Royen, P. (1973). Publication dates of and index to

taxa in reports by R. Kanehira on plants collected

during the Kanehira-Hatusima 1940 collection in

New Guinea. Botanical Magazine, Tokyo 86:

143-154.

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Austrobaileya 4(1); 131-133 (1993)

Plant Profile

Bambusa moreheadiana ¥.M. Bailey (Magnoliophyta: Poaceae)

More than a century ago Carron (1852) noted

the presence of a climbing bamboo in North

Queensland and Mueller (1886), commenting

upon the record, regarded the collector's notes

and specimens as inadequate to name the spe-

cies. Three years later Bailey (1889) mindful of

the economic potential of bamboos and noting

the irregularity in flowering of the group de-

cided to describe the plant as a species of

Bambusa. He used the term in the sense of a

form genus (Greuter ef al. 1988) as employed by

palaeobotanists stating that “when flowers and

fruits are obtained the species can then be

placed in the tribe and genus to which it may

prove to belong”. The subsequent descriptions

and references to the species by Bailey (1890,

1902, 1913) add nothing to the original descrip-

tion.

Although Dr S.T. Blake collected flower-

ing specimens of Bambusa moreheadiana in

1941, pressure of war duties caused them to be

put aside and not until months before his death

in 1973 did he consider describing the material.

At that time he gave an inflorescence to the

author for dissection but ill health caused study

of the material to be postponed until now more

than 50 years after its collection and a century

and a half after it was studied by Carron (1852).

Bambusa moreheadiana F.M. Bailey, Botany

of the Bellenden Ker Expedition. Notes

and Proceedings of the Legislative As-

sembly of Queensland Session 1889, IV

p.26. Type: Queensland, Coox District,

Russell River, Harvey's Creek, July/Au-

gust 1888 /.M. Bailey (holo: BRI).

Scandent, vine-like bamboo. Culms hollow to

3 cm in diameter and internodes up to 30 cm

long inflated with abundant stiff antrorse hairs,

at length deciduous leaving bare culms. Nodes

marked by scar of fallen leaf and bearing a

Accepted for publication 5 May 1993

single rhombus-shaped bud covered by a pro-

phyll with shortly ciliate keels.

Branching usually solitary but sometimes

multiple due to development of lower buds on

extending axis. Foliage leaves evenly spaced

with shortly overlapping sheaths, blades vari-

able in size, green on both surfaces, lanceolate

up to 30 cm long and 3 cm wide, contracting

abruptly basally to a short pseudopetiole and

distally gradually to an acuminate apex, midvein

conspicuous on lower surface, glabrous on both

surfaces, deciduous; sheath shortly hairy when

young, lacking auricles or auriculate setae on

either side of pseudopetiole; ligule stiffly mem-

branous, obtuse, 3 mm long. Inflorescence

leafless with spikelets in sessile tufts separated

by long internodes. Pseudospikelets 5-6 mm

long with short rachilla internodes and bearing

3—4 florets; glumes not distinct from lemmas,

7-nerved; palea strongly dorsally compressed,

with long hairs on the keels; lodicules if present

small and fimbriate, stamens four with flattened

filaments and projecting barbellate connectives,

one or more anthers aborted resulting in

staminodes; pistil with a single flattened style

bearing short antrorse hairs and divided distally

into 2—3 short stigmas; fruit unknown. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Coox District: Russell

River, Harveys Creek, 17°01’S, 145°05’E Jul-Aug 1888,

FM. Bailey BRI(AQ 318904); Forest Reserve 755, Parish

of Palmerston, 17°31’S, 145°52’E, Sep 1986, B. Gray

4336 (BRI); between Innisfail and East Palmerston,

17°03°S, 145° 03°E, Nov 1941, 8.7. Blake 14412, (BRD;

Eubenangee via Innisfail, 17°02’S, 145°-’E, Jun 1980,

V.K. Moriarty 336 (BRI); Warraker Creek Rd, NW of

Innisfail, 17°32°S, 145°55’E, Nov 1991, 4.R. Bean, 3800

(BRD; State Forest Reserve 755 Badgery, 17°31’S,

145°52’E, Sep 1986, B. Gray 20232 RFV, (BRD; Cooper

Creek, Cape Tribulation Rd, 16°00’S, 145°02’E, Jul 1980,

K.A, Williams 80139 (BRD; S.F.R. 755 Barang L.A.,

17°31°S, 145°S VE, Sep 1976, D. Fitzsimon (QRS 045826);

T.R. 55, 16°20°S, 145°20°E, Apr 1974, 4_K. Irvine, (QRS

0458235, ..24, ..25); 17°40’S, 145°40’E, Jul 1971, B.

Hyland (QRS 045822); Harvey Creek, 17°16°S, 145°55’E,

Apr 1947, H, Flecker (QRS 045821).

Distribution and habitat: The species is re-

stricted to poorly drained areas below 200 m

COURSE «

ia alr ees lie inl al dala APT aR Te PE ETT? Oya TRL Geen bbe Ce tik ta

132

Austrobaileya 4(1): 131-133 1993)

Fig. 1. Bambusa moreheadiana: A. single pseudospikelet x 6. B. diagram of pseudospikelet with paleae represented by

interrupted lines and glumes and lemmas by continuous lines. C. stamens x 25, D. pistil x 25. From S.T. Blake 14412.

seaward of the Main Range between Innisfail

and Cape Tribulation in north-east Queens-

land. It occurs principally on the margins of

closed-forest, climbing to the tops of tall tress

from which its branches may cascade down-

wards for many metres.

Conservation status: The species is in no way

threatened for several of the sites at which it

grows are in National Parks, which are in-

cluded within the area listed for World Herit-

age.

Notes: Other than possessing four instead of

six stamens the flowers of Bambusa

moreheadiana are typical of those of Bambusa

as circumscribed by Holttum (1967) and so the

species may be regarded as correctly placed in

that genus. This viewpoint is further supported

by the structure of the pseudospikelets and the

inflorescence which also agree with those of

Bambusa. Variation in stamen number is not

unusual for grass flowers (Clifford 1961) and so

should be accorded only little weight in defin-

ing genera.

Nevertheless although the pistil resem-

bles that of Bambusa the fruit is unknown and is

required to confirm the generic status of the

taxon.

During the past century the species has

flowered at least twice in the Innisfail District,

the type locality. Flowering material was col-

lected by S.T. Blake in November 1941 and by

B. Gray in September 1986. These specimens

suggest the species flowers in spring and so

fruiting specimens should be sought in the late

spring or early summer.

Acknowledgement

[thank Bryan Simon for providing hospitality in

his office and commenting upon the manu-

script.

References

Baiey, F.M. (1889). Botany of the Bellenden Ker Expe-

dition. Notes and Proceedings of the Legislative

Assembly Queensland, Session 1889, IV.

(1890). A Synopsis of the Queensland Flora.

Third Supplement. Brisbane: Queensland Govern-

ment.

Clifford, Bambusa moreheadiana

(1902). The Queensland Flora. Part VI. Bris-

bane: Queensland Government.

(1913). Comprehensive Catalogue of Queens-

land Plants. Brisbane: Government Printer.

Carron, W. (1852). Narrative of Mr Wm. Carron, In J.

Macgillivray, (ed), Narrative of the Voyage of

H.M.S. Rattlesnake. London: T, & W. Boone.

Currorp, H.T, (1961). Floral Evolution in the Family

Gramineae. Evolution 15: 445-460.

H.T. Clifford

133

GreuTter, W., Burpet, H.M., CHALONER, W.G., DEMouLIN,

V., GRoLie, R., HAwKswortu, D.L., Nicotson, D.H.,

SILVA, P.C., STAFLEU, F.A., Voss, E.G, & McNert,

J, fed.) (1988). International code of botanical

nomenclature, adopted by the Fourteenth Interna-

tional Botanical Congress, Berlin, July-August 1987,

Regnum Vegetabile 118.

Ho.trum, R.E. (1967). The Bamboos ofNew Guinea. Kew

Bulletin 21(2): 263-292.

Mug tier, F. (1886). New Australian Plants. Australian

Journal of Pharmacy, 1: 447.

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4072, Australia

10 CC Ww Wh KW Wm He

Austrobaileya 4(1): 135 —136 (1993)

Book Review

DE. Whibley (1992). Acacias of South Australia. Second Edition, revised by

D.E. Symon. Adelaide: Government Printer.

Though it retains the many good features of the

original book, this second edition is a result of

a complete revision of the first, with additional

text, many new illustrations, accounts of more

species (some described here for the first time)

and (almost) up-to-date nomenclature. I expect

the book will be used primarily for the identifi-

cation of species and it has all that such a

volume requires: namely, good keys and illus-

trations and descriptions not cluttered up with

unnecessary details.

The keys are clear, well set out and are

helped by small line-drawings that illustrate all

of the species in the six groups recognised.

These are additional to the line-drawings that

accompany the descriptions and photographs of

each species, The keys work wellexcept in afew

cases where there is some doubt about the

distinctness of the species keyed. Acacia

cupularis-A. ligulata, A cambagei-A. georginae

and A. imbricata-A. triquetra are species pairs

where key characters are not wholly convinc-

ing, possibly because one species of the pair

should be treated only as a subspecies or variety

of the other. |

Species descriptions are short but list the

macroscopic features most useful in identifica-

tion. The structure of the flowers which is

sometimes useful in deciding relationships is

not described or illustrated; rightly so I think as

anything that requires x 10 magnification is

usually more of a distraction than a help. The

line drawings are excellent and useful aids to

identification. Figures 8 and 9 should be of great

help to newcomers to the identification of Aus-

tralian acacias in general.

The colour photographs are on the whole

of good quality though the very nature of the

subject limits their usefulness. Probably be-

cause of the harsh Mediterranean climate many

South Australian acacias are low twiggy shrubs

with yellow inflorescences. Compare, for ex-

ample, the photographs of A. microcarpa, A.

dodonaeifolia, A calamifolia and A. merrallii;

and are the photographs of A. stowardii and A.

cibaria really of different species? On the other

hand, the photographs of A. minyura and A.

aneura var. conifera, both recently described

but not illustrated, are welcome, especially as

the latter is distinguished from A. aneura var.

aneura solely onthe habit ofthe plant: “branches

horizontal (Christmas tree effect)’ versus

‘branches more or less erect or spreading’.

This revised edition of the handbook is

notable for the supplementary material written

by David Symon. In a nine page introduction he

gives a description of the ‘genus’ and an account

of its biology, naturally emphasising South

Australian species, Included is a brief summary

of the taxonomy of Acacia where the awkward

question of Racosperma is raised and dealt with

in an even-handed manner. I suspect that many

botanists with first hand knowledge of

Mimosaceae would agree that more than 98% of

Australian acacias do not belong in Acacia, but

buyers of the book need not be concerned as a

change to Racosperma or any other genus is

unlikely in the forseeable future.

As wellas the introductory material, notes

have been added to the accounts of some spe-

cies, As befits its importance, ecologically and

to the pastoral industry, A. aneura has three

pages devoted to it while 4. cyclops, A. saligna

and A. mearnsii are also well treated. These

notes read like random jottings, not structured

or placed in any particular order. None-the-less

they are interesting; I would like to know more

about the doughty men and their dog of the

wattle-bark industry pictured on p. 9. A second-

ary effect ofthe extended introduction and notes

has been the compilation of an excellent bibli-

ography. Anyone beginning a serious study of —

Acacia in Australia needs only to take in the 210

entries.

oto st, te aaa Naa Se ME mem emmy A EARS MME CE ERNE LH NINN tC et te Me at CAE REA

136

Though the nomenclature is very nearly

up-to-date there is one possibly significant

omission. The treatment of mulga adopted fol-

lows Randell (1992) who has gone some way to

solving long-standing problems in the complex.

However, her transfer of A. aneura var. latifolia

to_A. ayersiana is not warranted taxonomically

and produces serious practical difficulties. In a

short paper published too late for consideration

in the volume under review, I reduced A.

ayersiana to a variety of A. aneura (Pedley

1992), so that A. aneura consists of five varie-

ties: var. aneura, var. aversiana, var. conifera,

var. latifolia and var. macrocarpa. An alterna-

tive and possibly better solution to the problem

might be to treat A. ayersiana as a narrowly

circumscribed species restricted to Uluru and

vicinity.

A minor consequence of Randell’s work

has been the reinstatement of A. cibaria for the

species known, in eastern Australia at least, as

A, brachystachya, which Randell considered a

nomen dubium. Rather confusingly A. brachy-

stachya nomen dubium is placed here in the

synonymy of both A. aneuraand A. cibaria. If

the name is dubious perhaps it should treated as

such and not placed in the synonymy of any

species.

The incomplete coverage of A. aneura-A.

ayersiana is of no great moment for South

L. Pedley

Austrobaileya 4(1): 135-136 (1993)

Australian readers and probably could not

have been avoided, but one deficiency of the

book could certainly have been rectified. Re-

gions of South Australia are named in the

distribution of individual species and identified

only by number in the potentially useful chart

(pp. 311~313) but there is no map and no key to

the numbers on the chart!

With the possible exception of the last, the

faults of this book are minor. From the eye-

catching cover photograph of Woven mulga

sticks ‘sculpted’ by Andy Goldsworthy to the

equally eye-catching photograph of the aril of

A, cyclops (p. 241) the volume is an attractive

one. The book is recommended to all people,

amateur and professional, interested in acacias

in Australia, particularly South Australia. Even

owners of the first edition should acquire this

revised one for the additional species, extra

maps and extensive bibliography. The hand-

books committee should be congratulated on its

production, and Mr David Symon on making a

good book an even better one.

References

Pepiey, L. (1992). A further note on Acacia aneura

(Mimosoideae: Leguminosae). Australian System-

atic Botany 3: 767-768.

RanpeLt, B. (1992). Mulga. A revision of the major

species. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens

14; 105—132.

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia